summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/source/installer/sources/initrd
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'source/installer/sources/initrd')
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/bin/bash2
l---------source/installer/sources/initrd/bin/compress1
l---------source/installer/sources/initrd/bin/egrep1
l---------source/installer/sources/initrd/bin/fgrep1
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/bin/filesize6
l---------source/installer/sources/initrd/bin/grep1
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/bin/network41
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/bin/pcmcia29
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/bin/zcat56
l---------source/installer/sources/initrd/boot1
l---------source/installer/sources/initrd/cdrom1
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/dev/makedevs.sh260
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/dev/mknodes.sh416
-rw-r--r--source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/DIR_COLORS166
-rw-r--r--source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/HOSTNAME1
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/etc/dhcpc/dhcpcd.exe-sample49
-rw-r--r--source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/disk27
-rw-r--r--source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/dnsmasq.conf0
-rw-r--r--source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/fstab3
-rw-r--r--source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/group44
-rw-r--r--source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/host.conf2
-rw-r--r--source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/hosts21
-rw-r--r--source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/inittab40
-rw-r--r--source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/installer1
-rw-r--r--source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/issue25
-rw-r--r--source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/keymaps.tarbin0 -> 573440 bytes
-rw-r--r--source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/ld.so.cachebin0 -> 4468 bytes
-rw-r--r--source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/ld.so.conf2
-rw-r--r--source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/localtimebin0 -> 118 bytes
-rw-r--r--source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/login.defs68
-rw-r--r--source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/lvm/lvm.conf411
-rw-r--r--source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/mdev.conf0
-rw-r--r--source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/mke2fs.conf44
-rw-r--r--source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/motd0
-rw-r--r--source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/mtab0
-rw-r--r--source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/mtools.conf64
-rw-r--r--source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/networks10
-rw-r--r--source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/nsswitch.conf42
-rw-r--r--source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/passwd21
-rw-r--r--source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/pcmcia/config.opts71
-rw-r--r--source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/profile35
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/etc/profile.d/coreutils-dircolors.sh55
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/etc/profile.d/glibc.sh8
-rw-r--r--source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/protocols146
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/etc/rc.d/rc.S250
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/etc/rc.d/rc.dropbear58
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/etc/rc.d/rc.font45
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/etc/rc.d/rc.ieee139448
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/etc/rc.d/rc.inet128
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/etc/rc.d/rc.pcmcia65
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/etc/rc.d/rc.udev133
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/etc/rc.d/rc.usb71
-rw-r--r--source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/scsi_id.config17
-rw-r--r--source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/securetty20
-rw-r--r--source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/shadow17
-rw-r--r--source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/shells2
-rw-r--r--source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/syslog.conf4
-rw-r--r--source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/termcap238
l---------source/installer/sources/initrd/init1
-rw-r--r--source/installer/sources/initrd/mnt/README5
l---------source/installer/sources/initrd/nfs1
l---------source/installer/sources/initrd/root/README1
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/sbin/brc19
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/sbin/cfdisk5
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/sbin/fakedate4
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/sbin/fdisk5
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/sbin/fixdate4
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/sbin/probe438
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/sbin/rescan-scsi-bus755
-rw-r--r--source/installer/sources/initrd/scripts/network.sh155
-rw-r--r--source/installer/sources/initrd/tag/README5
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/usr/bin/logger6
l---------source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/bin/man1
l---------source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/bin/zcat1
-rw-r--r--source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/FDhelp256
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/INCISO31
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/INSCD270
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/INSNFS121
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/INSSMB120
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/INSURL241
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/INSUSB107
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/INSdir73
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/INShd146
-rw-r--r--source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/PROMPThelp83
-rw-r--r--source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/PXEhelp108
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTDOS214
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTEFI94
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTPKG148
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTPXEHELP2
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTconfig138
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTfdHELP2
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTfull24
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTkernel102
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTkeymap220
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTmaketag154
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTmedia47
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTnet360
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTnopart1
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTpartitions524
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTpasswd30
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTpxe315
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTpxemedia95
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTswap122
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/migrate.sh31
-rw-r--r--source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/nopartHELP34
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/pxesetup120
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/setup443
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/slackinstall254
-rwxr-xr-xsource/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/unmigrate.sh13
l---------source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/terminfo1
l---------source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/man/cat11
l---------source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/man/cat31
l---------source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/man/cat51
l---------source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/man/cat81
l---------source/installer/sources/initrd/var/adm1
-rw-r--r--source/installer/sources/initrd/var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.0bin0 -> 11816 bytes
-rw-r--r--source/installer/sources/initrd/var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg/default0
-rw-r--r--source/installer/sources/initrd/var/lib/tftpboot/slackpxe.cfg3
l---------source/installer/sources/initrd/var/log/packages1
l---------source/installer/sources/initrd/var/log/scripts1
l---------source/installer/sources/initrd/var/log/setup/tmp1
-rw-r--r--source/installer/sources/initrd/var/log/wtmp0
122 files changed, 9609 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/bin/bash b/source/installer/sources/initrd/bin/bash
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..f659f369
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/bin/bash
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+#!/bin/ash
+exec /bin/ash $*
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/bin/compress b/source/installer/sources/initrd/bin/compress
new file mode 120000
index 00000000..8483eff1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/bin/compress
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+/usr/bin/compress \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/bin/egrep b/source/installer/sources/initrd/bin/egrep
new file mode 120000
index 00000000..c45b35b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/bin/egrep
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+grep.bin \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/bin/fgrep b/source/installer/sources/initrd/bin/fgrep
new file mode 120000
index 00000000..c45b35b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/bin/fgrep
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+grep.bin \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/bin/filesize b/source/installer/sources/initrd/bin/filesize
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..4c537eda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/bin/filesize
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# Print the size of a file, in bytes.
+#
+SIZE=`ls -l -d -G $1 | cut -b23-32`
+echo -n $SIZE
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/bin/grep b/source/installer/sources/initrd/bin/grep
new file mode 120000
index 00000000..c45b35b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/bin/grep
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+grep.bin \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/bin/network b/source/installer/sources/initrd/bin/network
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..59637dd0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/bin/network
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# This script configures support for ethernet cards needed during
+# installation for an NFS install.
+#
+# Normally this automatically loads an image from the ISO, and if
+# it cannot be found tries to load a floppy disk.
+#
+# You may also give a path to the network.dsk image, like this:
+# network /some/exact/path/network.dsk
+#
+
+TMP=/var/log/setup/tmp
+mkdir -p $TMP/dhcpc
+
+echo
+echo "Network support for NFS install, 2006-09-20 volkerdi@slackware.com"
+echo "Network support for FTP/HTTP install, 26-Jan-2008 alien@slackware.com"
+echo
+
+# Now, let's call the network.sh script to actually do most of the work:
+
+if [ -r /scripts/network.sh ]; then
+ sh /scripts/network.sh
+fi
+
+# If we can get information from a local DHCP server, we store that for later:
+if ! grep -wq nodhcp /proc/cmdline ; then
+ for EDEV in $(cat /proc/net/dev | grep ':' | sed -e "s/^ *//" | cut -f1 -d: | grep -v lo) ; do
+ if grep -q `echo ${EDEV}: | cut -f 1 -d :`: /proc/net/wireless ; then
+ continue # skip wireless interfaces
+ fi
+ /sbin/dhcpcd -t 10 -T $EDEV 1>$TMP/dhcpc/dhcpcd-${EDEV}.info 2>/dev/null &
+ done
+fi
+
+echo
+echo "The next step in your installation may be partitioning your hard drive"
+echo "(if you're installing to a Linux partition) with 'fdisk' or 'cfdisk'"
+echo "(the menu-driven version of fdisk). If you already have a partition"
+echo "prepared for Linux, run 'setup' to start the installer program."
+echo
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/bin/pcmcia b/source/installer/sources/initrd/bin/pcmcia
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..b77503de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/bin/pcmcia
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# This script configures support for PCMCIA and/or Cardbus cards needed during
+# installation, such as a CD-ROM drive or an ethernet card used for an NFS
+# install.
+
+echo
+echo "PCMCIA/Cardbus support script, 2003-02-18 volkerdi@slackware.com"
+echo " 2007-05-09 alien@slackware.com"
+echo
+
+# OK, here goes nothing:
+/etc/rc.d/rc.pcmcia start
+
+echo
+echo
+echo "The PCMCIA/Cardbus subsystem is now installed. Please make sure that"
+echo "all of the cards you'll need for the installation are in the machine."
+echo "If you still need to insert any PCMCIA/Cardbus cards, do that now. Once"
+echo "the drive stops (indicating that all needed modules have been"
+echo -n "loaded), then press [enter] to continue."
+read inputjunk
+echo
+
+echo
+echo "The next step in your installation may be partitioning your hard drive"
+echo "(if you're installing to a Linux partition) with 'fdisk' or 'cfdisk'"
+echo "(the menu-driven version of fdisk). If you already have a partition"
+echo "prepared for Linux, run 'setup' to start the installer program."
+echo
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/bin/zcat b/source/installer/sources/initrd/bin/zcat
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..569b1539
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/bin/zcat
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# Uncompress files to standard output.
+
+# Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+# with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+# 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+
+bindir='/bin'
+case $1 in
+--__bindir) bindir=${2?}; shift; shift;;
+esac
+PATH=$bindir:$PATH
+
+version="zcat (gzip) 1.4
+Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+This is free software. You may redistribute copies of it under the terms of
+the GNU General Public License <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>.
+There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.
+
+Written by Paul Eggert."
+
+usage="Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [FILE]...
+Uncompress FILEs to standard output.
+
+ -f, --force force; read compressed data even from a terminal
+ -l, --list list compressed file contents
+ -q, --quiet suppress all warnings
+ -r, --recursive operate recursively on directories
+ -S, --suffix=SUF use suffix SUF on compressed files
+ -t, --test test compressed file integrity
+ -v, --verbose verbose mode
+ --help display this help and exit
+ --version display version information and exit
+
+With no FILE, or when FILE is -, read standard input.
+
+Report bugs to <bug-gzip@gnu.org>."
+
+case $1 in
+--help) exec echo "$usage";;
+--version) exec echo "$version";;
+esac
+
+exec gzip -cd "$@"
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/boot b/source/installer/sources/initrd/boot
new file mode 120000
index 00000000..cfecd6eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/boot
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+/mnt/boot \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/cdrom b/source/installer/sources/initrd/cdrom
new file mode 120000
index 00000000..3f165753
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/cdrom
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+/var/log/mount \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/dev/makedevs.sh b/source/installer/sources/initrd/dev/makedevs.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..8ecdb756
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/dev/makedevs.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,260 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# This script makes /dev entries for hard drives listed in /proc/partitions.
+# Written by Patrick Volkerding, licensed under the GPL (any version).
+# Copyright 2001, 2002 Slackware Linux, Inc., Concord, CA
+
+# Many thanks to Vincent Rivellino for contributing the patches to support
+# Mylex and Compaq RAID controllers.
+
+# Devfs enabled kernels don't use the old familiar device names in
+# /proc/partitions, so we need to be able to figure them out on the
+# basis of only the major/minor numbers. This will require some
+# maintainance for a while, but we expect to require devfs soon enough,
+# and that will help generalize the installation to new types of
+# devices without requiring fixes from us.
+
+# Also, we're not yet ready to install with devfs _mounted_, so don't
+# try that. :)
+
+# Main loop:
+# First, determine if we are using old or new device names. The old format
+# will never contain a '/' (Well, some RAID controllers could have them,
+# but luckily we can handle those in the same way)
+
+# Make a device:
+makedev() {
+ if [ ! -b $1 ]; then
+ mknod $1 b $2 $3
+ chown root.disk $1
+ chmod 640 $1
+ fi
+}
+
+# Make ide device
+# makeide major minor hd1 hd2 (2 base devs for major)
+make_ide() {
+ # Handle base devices:
+ if [ "$2" = "0" ]; then
+ makedev /dev/$3 $1 $2
+ return 0
+ elif [ "$2" = "64" ]; then
+ makedev /dev/$4 $1 $2
+ return 0
+ fi
+ # Must be a partition:
+ if [ "`expr $2 / 64`" = "0" ]; then
+ DEV=$3
+ NUM=$2
+ else
+ DEV=$4
+ NUM=`expr $2 - 64`
+ fi
+ makedev /dev/$DEV$NUM $1 $2
+}
+
+# Make SCSI device
+make_scsi() {
+ # find drive # 0 - 15
+ DRV=`expr $1 / 16`
+ NUM=`expr $1 % 16`
+ if [ "$NUM" = "0" ]; then
+ NUM=""
+ fi
+ if [ "$DRV" = "0" ]; then
+ makedev /dev/sda$NUM 8 $1
+ elif [ "$DRV" = "1" ]; then
+ makedev /dev/sdb$NUM 8 $1
+ elif [ "$DRV" = "2" ]; then
+ makedev /dev/sdc$NUM 8 $1
+ elif [ "$DRV" = "3" ]; then
+ makedev /dev/sdd$NUM 8 $1
+ elif [ "$DRV" = "4" ]; then
+ makedev /dev/sde$NUM 8 $1
+ elif [ "$DRV" = "5" ]; then
+ makedev /dev/sdf$NUM 8 $1
+ elif [ "$DRV" = "6" ]; then
+ makedev /dev/sdg$NUM 8 $1
+ elif [ "$DRV" = "7" ]; then
+ makedev /dev/sdh$NUM 8 $1
+ elif [ "$DRV" = "8" ]; then
+ makedev /dev/sdi$NUM 8 $1
+ elif [ "$DRV" = "9" ]; then
+ makedev /dev/sdj$NUM 8 $1
+ elif [ "$DRV" = "10" ]; then
+ makedev /dev/sdk$NUM 8 $1
+ elif [ "$DRV" = "11" ]; then
+ makedev /dev/sdl$NUM 8 $1
+ elif [ "$DRV" = "12" ]; then
+ makedev /dev/sdm$NUM 8 $1
+ elif [ "$DRV" = "13" ]; then
+ makedev /dev/sdn$NUM 8 $1
+ elif [ "$DRV" = "14" ]; then
+ makedev /dev/sdo$NUM 8 $1
+ elif [ "$DRV" = "15" ]; then
+ makedev /dev/sdp$NUM 8 $1
+ fi
+}
+
+# Make Mylex RAID device
+make_rd() {
+ if [ ! -d /dev/rd ]; then
+ mkdir /dev/rd
+ fi
+ # find drive
+ DRV=`expr $3 / 8`
+ NUM="p`expr $3 % 8`"
+ if [ "$NUM" = "p0" ]; then
+ NUM=""
+ fi
+ makedev /dev/rd/c$1d$DRV$NUM $2 $3
+}
+
+# Make Cpq SMART/2 RAID device
+make_ida() {
+ if [ ! -d /dev/ida ]; then
+ mkdir /dev/ida
+ fi
+ # find drive
+ DRV=`expr $3 / 16`
+ NUM="p`expr $3 % 16`"
+ if [ "$NUM" = "p0" ]; then
+ NUM=""
+ fi
+ makedev /dev/ida/c$1d$DRV$NUM $2 $3
+}
+
+# Make Compaq Next Generation RAID device
+make_cciss() {
+ if [ ! -d /dev/cciss ]; then
+ mkdir /dev/cciss
+ fi
+ # find drive
+ DRV=`expr $3 / 16`
+ NUM="p`expr $3 % 16`"
+ if [ "$NUM" = "p0" ]; then
+ NUM=""
+ fi
+ makedev /dev/cciss/c$1d$DRV$NUM $2 $3
+}
+
+# Make ATA RAID device
+make_ataraid() {
+ if [ ! -d /dev/ataraid ]; then
+ mkdir /dev/ataraid
+ fi
+ # find drive
+ DRV=`expr $2 / 16`
+ NUM=`expr $2 % 16`
+ if [ "$NUM" = "0" ]; then
+ makedev /dev/ataraid/d$DRV $1 $2
+ else
+ makedev /dev/ataraid/d${DRV}p$NUM $1 $2
+ fi
+}
+
+
+# Make AMI HyperRAID device:
+make_amiraid() {
+ if [ ! -d /dev/amiraid ]; then
+ mkdir /dev/amiraid
+ fi
+ # find drive
+ DRV=`expr $2 / 16`
+ NUM=`expr $2 % 16`
+ if [ "$NUM" = "0" ]; then
+ makedev /dev/amiraid/ar$DRV $1 $2
+ else
+ makedev /dev/amiraid/ar${DRV}p$NUM $1 $2
+ fi
+}
+
+if cat /proc/partitions | grep / 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null ; then # new
+ cat /proc/partitions | grep / | while read line ; do
+ SMASHED_LINE=$line
+ MAJOR=`echo $SMASHED_LINE | cut -f 1 -d ' '`
+ MINOR=`echo $SMASHED_LINE | cut -f 2 -d ' '`
+ if [ "$MAJOR" = "3" ]; then
+ make_ide $MAJOR $MINOR hda hdb
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "8" ]; then
+ make_scsi $MINOR
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "22" ]; then
+ make_ide $MAJOR $MINOR hdc hdd
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "33" ]; then
+ make_ide $MAJOR $MINOR hde hdf
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "34" ]; then
+ make_ide $MAJOR $MINOR hdg hdh
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "48" ]; then
+ make_rd 0 $MAJOR $MINOR
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "49" ]; then
+ make_rd 1 $MAJOR $MINOR
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "50" ]; then
+ make_rd 2 $MAJOR $MINOR
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "51" ]; then
+ make_rd 3 $MAJOR $MINOR
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "52" ]; then
+ make_rd 4 $MAJOR $MINOR
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "53" ]; then
+ make_rd 5 $MAJOR $MINOR
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "54" ]; then
+ make_rd 6 $MAJOR $MINOR
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "55" ]; then
+ make_rd 7 $MAJOR $MINOR
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "56" ]; then
+ make_ide $MAJOR $MINOR hdi hdj
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "57" ]; then
+ make_ide $MAJOR $MINOR hdk hdl
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "72" ]; then
+ make_ida 0 $MAJOR $MINOR
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "73" ]; then
+ make_ida 1 $MAJOR $MINOR
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "74" ]; then
+ make_ida 2 $MAJOR $MINOR
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "75" ]; then
+ make_ida 3 $MAJOR $MINOR
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "76" ]; then
+ make_ida 4 $MAJOR $MINOR
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "77" ]; then
+ make_ida 5 $MAJOR $MINOR
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "78" ]; then
+ make_ida 6 $MAJOR $MINOR
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "79" ]; then
+ make_ida 7 $MAJOR $MINOR
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "88" ]; then
+ make_ide $MAJOR $MINOR hdm hdn
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "89" ]; then
+ make_ide $MAJOR $MINOR hdo hdp
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "90" ]; then
+ make_ide $MAJOR $MINOR hdq hdr
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "91" ]; then
+ make_ide $MAJOR $MINOR hds hdt
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "101" ]; then
+ make_amiraid $MAJOR $MINOR
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "104" ]; then
+ make_cciss 0 $MAJOR $MINOR
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "105" ]; then
+ make_cciss 1 $MAJOR $MINOR
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "106" ]; then
+ make_cciss 2 $MAJOR $MINOR
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "107" ]; then
+ make_cciss 3 $MAJOR $MINOR
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "108" ]; then
+ make_cciss 4 $MAJOR $MINOR
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "109" ]; then
+ make_cciss 5 $MAJOR $MINOR
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "110" ]; then
+ make_cciss 6 $MAJOR $MINOR
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "111" ]; then
+ make_cciss 7 $MAJOR $MINOR
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "114" ]; then
+ make_ataraid $MAJOR $MINOR
+ fi
+ done
+else # old format
+ cat /proc/partitions | grep d | while read line ; do
+ SMASHED_LINE=$line
+ MAJOR=`echo $SMASHED_LINE | cut -f 1 -d ' '`
+ MINOR=`echo $SMASHED_LINE | cut -f 2 -d ' '`
+ DEVNAME=`echo $SMASHED_LINE | cut -f 4 -d ' '`
+ makedev /dev/$DEVNAME $MAJOR $MINOR
+ done
+fi
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/dev/mknodes.sh b/source/installer/sources/initrd/dev/mknodes.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..005e7bd5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/dev/mknodes.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,416 @@
+# Run this script in the root of the skeleton tree
+# to re-create the required device nodes
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 600 dev/tty3 c 4 3
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 660 dev/hdj b 56 64
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 660 dev/hdt b 91 64
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 660 dev/md15 b 9 15
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/sr4 b 11 4
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 644 dev/ptyp2 c 2 2
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/cdu535 b 24 0
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 600 dev/tcp c 18 3
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 644 dev/psaux c 10 1
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/sjcd b 18 0
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 644 dev/tty9 c 4 9
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/fd1h1200 b 2 9
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 600 dev/sgb c 21 1
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/rmt16 c 12 8
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/ttyS0 c 4 64
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 660 dev/hdn b 88 64
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/fd0h1200 b 2 8
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 600 dev/ip c 18 1
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/fd1h1440 b 2 41
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 700 dev/tty1 c 4 1
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/tape-reset c 12 255
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/eda1 b 36 1
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/cm206cd b 32 0
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 660 dev/parport3 c 99 3
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/sr1 b 11 1
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 660 dev/hdo b 89 0
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/tape-d c 12 136
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 660 dev/hdq b 90 0
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/st1 c 9 1
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/optcd0 b 17 0
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/sr3 b 11 3
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/cua0 c 5 64
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 644 dev/urandom c 1 9
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 644 dev/tty c 5 0
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/fd0 b 2 0
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/eda b 36 0
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/eda5 b 36 5
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 660 dev/md2 b 9 2
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 600 dev/tty2 c 4 2
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 644 dev/ptyp4 c 2 4
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 600 dev/console c 5 1
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 660 dev/md1 b 9 1
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/par0 c 6 0
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 644 dev/tty7 c 4 7
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 644 dev/random c 1 8
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/par2 c 6 2
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/lmscd b 24 0
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/sr0 b 11 0
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/eda8 b 36 8
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 660 dev/hdh b 34 64
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/sbpcd0 b 25 0
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 660 dev/hdm b 88 0
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/pf2 b 47 2
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/cua2 c 5 66
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 600 dev/sga c 21 0
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/pda5 b 45 5
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/ttyS2 c 4 66
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/mcdx1 b 20 1
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 644 dev/ttyp4 c 3 4
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/kmem c 1 2
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/eda2 b 36 2
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 644 dev/ttyp8 c 3 8
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 600 dev/icmp c 18 2
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/scd4 b 11 4
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 660 dev/md13 b 9 13
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/sbpcd1 b 25 1
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/pcd0 b 46 0
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/rmt8 c 12 6
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 660 dev/hdc b 22 0
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 644 dev/logibm c 10 0
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/scd1 b 11 1
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 660 dev/md10 b 9 10
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 660 dev/hds b 91 0
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 660 dev/hdl b 57 64
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 644 dev/socksys c 30 0
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 600 dev/tty6 c 4 6
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 660 dev/loop1 b 7 1
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/bpcd b 41 0
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 660 dev/md3 b 9 3
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/scd0 b 11 0
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 644 dev/ptyp3 c 2 3
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/pf0 b 47 0
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/gscd0 b 16 0
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/fd0h1440 b 2 40
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 660 dev/hdi b 56 0
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/cua4 c 5 68
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 660 dev/md12 b 9 12
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 660 dev/md8 b 9 8
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/scd2 b 11 2
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/mcdx0 b 20 0
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/sbpcd b 25 0
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 660 dev/md5 b 9 5
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 600 dev/sgd c 21 3
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 644 dev/atibm c 10 3
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 644 dev/ptyp6 c 2 6
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 644 dev/null c 1 3
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 600 dev/udp c 18 4
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 660 dev/md9 b 9 9
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 660 dev/fd0u1680 b 2 44
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/port c 1 4
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/rft0 c 27 0
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/st0 c 9 0
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/ram1 b 1 1
+mkdir -p dev/input
+mknod -m 644 dev/input/mice c 13 63
+mkdir -p dev/input
+mknod -m 660 dev/input/keyboard c 10 150
+mkdir -p dev/input
+mknod -m 644 dev/input/event0 c 13 64
+mkdir -p dev/input
+mknod -m 660 dev/input/mouse c 10 149
+mkdir -p dev/input
+mknod -m 644 dev/input/js0 c 13 0
+mkdir -p dev/input
+mknod -m 644 dev/input/mouse0 c 13 32
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/eda6 b 36 6
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/pcd3 b 46 3
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/pf3 b 47 3
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/pcd2 b 46 2
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/cua1 c 5 65
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 644 dev/zero c 1 5
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 660 dev/parport2 c 99 2
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 644 dev/inportbm c 10 2
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 644 dev/tty8 c 4 8
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/sonycd b 15 0
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 600 dev/arp c 16 1
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 600 dev/sgf c 21 5
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 644 dev/full c 1 7
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 600 dev/sge c 21 4
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 644 dev/ptyp7 c 2 7
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 660 dev/loop3 b 7 3
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/cua3 c 5 67
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 644 dev/ptyp0 c 2 0
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 600 dev/socket c 16 0
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/par1 c 6 1
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/nst0 c 9 128
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/pcd1 b 46 1
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 700 dev/ttyp1 c 3 1
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 600 dev/tty4 c 4 4
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/eda7 b 36 7
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 660 dev/parport1 c 99 1
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 600 dev/ttyp3 c 3 3
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/nrft0 c 27 4
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/ttyS4 c 4 68
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/ram0 b 1 0
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/nst1 c 9 129
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 644 dev/audio c 14 4
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 644 dev/ptyp8 c 2 8
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 660 dev/loop4 b 7 4
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 600 dev/tty5 c 4 5
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 660 dev/md6 b 9 6
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/scd3 b 11 3
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/pda b 45 0
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 644 dev/ptyp1 c 2 1
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/fd1u1440 b 2 29
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/eda4 b 36 4
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 600 dev/sgc c 21 2
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/pda3 b 45 3
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 660 dev/hdf b 33 64
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/ttyS1 c 4 65
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/pda6 b 45 6
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 660 dev/md7 b 9 7
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/lp0 c 6 0
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/eda9 b 36 9
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 660 dev/hde b 33 0
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 660 dev/md4 b 9 4
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/mem c 1 1
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/fd1 b 2 1
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 644 dev/ttyp7 c 3 7
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 700 dev/ttyp2 c 3 2
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 660 dev/hdg b 34 0
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 660 dev/hdk b 57 0
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 644 dev/spx c 30 1
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 660 dev/md14 b 9 14
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 600 dev/sgg c 21 6
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 660 dev/hda b 3 0
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/mcd b 23 0
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/pda4 b 45 4
+mkdir -p dev/inet
+mknod -m 644 dev/inet/tcp c 30 36
+mkdir -p dev/inet
+mknod -m 644 dev/inet/ip c 30 32
+mkdir -p dev/inet
+mknod -m 644 dev/inet/icmp c 30 33
+mkdir -p dev/inet
+mknod -m 644 dev/inet/egp c 30 37
+mkdir -p dev/inet
+mknod -m 644 dev/inet/idp c 30 40
+mkdir -p dev/inet
+mknod -m 644 dev/inet/udp c 30 39
+mkdir -p dev/inet
+mknod -m 644 dev/inet/pup c 30 38
+mkdir -p dev/inet
+mknod -m 644 dev/inet/rawip c 30 41
+mkdir -p dev/inet
+mknod -m 644 dev/inet/ggp c 30 34
+mkdir -p dev/inet
+mknod -m 644 dev/inet/ipip c 30 35
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 644 dev/ptyp5 c 2 5
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 660 dev/hdb b 3 64
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 660 dev/hdr b 90 64
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 660 dev/hdd b 22 64
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/pda1 b 45 1
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/fd0u1440 b 2 28
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/eda3 b 36 3
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 660 dev/fd0u1722 b 2 60
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 600 dev/unix c 17 0
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/pf1 b 47 1
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/sr2 b 11 2
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 660 dev/md0 b 9 0
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/aztcd b 29 0
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/pda2 b 45 2
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 660 dev/parport0 c 99 0
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 660 dev/loop0 b 7 0
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 660 dev/md11 b 9 11
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 640 dev/ttyS3 c 4 67
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 644 dev/ttyp6 c 3 6
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 600 dev/sgh c 21 7
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 644 dev/audio1 c 14 20
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 660 dev/hdp b 89 64
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 644 dev/ttyp0 c 3 0
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 600 dev/tty0 c 4 0
+mkdir -p dev
+mknod -m 644 dev/ttyp5 c 3 5
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/DIR_COLORS b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/DIR_COLORS
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..13a21dfc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/DIR_COLORS
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+# Configuration file for dircolors, a utility to help you set the
+# LS_COLORS environment variable used by GNU ls with the --color option.
+
+# The keywords COLOR, OPTIONS, and EIGHTBIT (honored by the
+# slackware version of dircolors) are recognized but ignored.
+# (see the scripts in /etc/profile.d/coreutils-dircolors.* to change default
+# options in the Slackware aliases)
+
+# Below, there should be one TERM entry for each termtype that is colorizable
+TERM linux
+TERM linux-c
+TERM mach-color
+TERM console
+TERM con132x25
+TERM con132x30
+TERM con132x43
+TERM con132x60
+TERM con80x25
+TERM con80x28
+TERM con80x30
+TERM con80x43
+TERM con80x50
+TERM con80x60
+TERM cygwin
+TERM dtterm
+TERM putty
+TERM xterm
+TERM xterm-color
+TERM xterm-debian
+TERM rxvt
+TERM screen
+TERM screen-bce
+TERM screen-w
+TERM vt100
+TERM Eterm
+
+# Below are the color init strings for the basic file types. A color init
+# string consists of one or more of the following numeric codes:
+# Attribute codes:
+# 00=none 01=bold 04=underscore 05=blink 07=reverse 08=concealed
+# Text color codes:
+# 30=black 31=red 32=green 33=yellow 34=blue 35=magenta 36=cyan 37=white
+# Background color codes:
+# 40=black 41=red 42=green 43=yellow 44=blue 45=magenta 46=cyan 47=white
+NORMAL 00 # global default, although everything should be something.
+FILE 00 # normal file
+DIR 01;34 # directory
+LINK 01;36 # symbolic link. (If you set this to 'target' instead of a
+ # numerical value, the color is as for the file pointed to.)
+FIFO 40;33 # pipe
+SOCK 01;35 # socket
+DOOR 01;35 # door
+BLK 40;33;01 # block device driver
+CHR 40;33;01 # character device driver
+ORPHAN 40;31;01 # symlink to nonexistent file
+SETUID 37;41 # file that is setuid (u+s)
+SETGID 30;43 # file that is setgid (g+s)
+STICKY_OTHER_WRITABLE 30;42 # dir that is sticky and other-writable (+t,o+w)
+OTHER_WRITABLE 34;42 # dir that is other-writable (o+w) and not sticky
+STICKY 37;44 # dir with the sticky bit set (+t) and not other-writable
+EXEC 01;32 # This is for files with execute permission:
+
+# List any file extensions like '.gz' or '.tar' that you would like ls
+# to colorize below. Put the extension, a space, and the color init string.
+# (and any comments you want to add after a '#')
+
+# DOS-style executables (bright green)
+.bat 01;32
+.BAT 01;32
+.btm 01;32
+.BTM 01;32
+.cmd 01;32
+.CMD 01;32
+.com 01;32
+.COM 01;32
+.dll 01;32
+.DLL 01;32
+.exe 01;32
+.EXE 01;32
+
+# archives or compressed (bright red)
+.arj 01;31
+.bz2 01;31
+.deb 01;31
+.gz 01;31
+.lzh 01;31
+.rar 01;31
+.RAR 01;31
+.rpm 01;31
+.tar 01;31
+.taz 01;31
+.tb2 01;31
+.tbz2 01;31
+.tbz 01;31
+.tgz 01;31
+.tz2 01;31
+.z 01;31
+.Z 01;31
+.zip 01;31
+.ZIP 01;31
+.zoo 01;31
+
+# multimedia (video/image/sound) file formats
+.asf 01;35
+.ASF 01;35
+.avi 01;35
+.AVI 01;35
+.bmp 01;35
+.BMP 01;35
+.flac 01;35
+.FLAC 01;35
+.gif 01;35
+.GIF 01;35
+.jpg 01;35
+.JPG 01;35
+.jpeg 01;35
+.JPEG 01;35
+.m2a 01;35
+.M2A 01;35
+.m2v 01;35
+.M2V 01;35
+.m4a 01;35
+.M4A 01;35
+.m4p 01;35
+.M4P 01;35
+.m4v 01;35
+.M4V 01;35
+.mov 01;35
+.MOV 01;35
+.mp3 01;35
+.MP3 01;35
+.mpc 01;35
+.MPC 01;35
+.mpeg 01;35
+.MPEG 01;35
+.mpg 01;35
+.MPG 01;35
+.ogg 01;35
+.OGG 01;35
+.pbm 01;35
+.pgm 01;35
+.png 01;35
+.PNG 01;35
+.ppm 01;35
+.ram 01;35
+.RAM 01;35
+.rm 01;35
+.RM 01;35
+.tga 01;35
+.TGA 01;35
+.tif 01;35
+.TIF 01;35
+.tiff 01;35
+.TIFF 01;35
+.wav 01;35
+.WAV 01;35
+.wma 01;35
+.WMA 01;35
+.wmv 01;35
+.WMV 01;35
+.xbm 01;35
+.xcf 01;35
+.xpm 01;35
+.xwd 01;35
+.XWD 01;35
+
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/HOSTNAME b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/HOSTNAME
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..23169fd6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/HOSTNAME
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+slackware.example.net
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/dhcpc/dhcpcd.exe-sample b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/dhcpc/dhcpcd.exe-sample
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..f49cffdd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/dhcpc/dhcpcd.exe-sample
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# This is a sample /etc/dhcpc/dhcpcd.exe script.
+# /etc/dhcpc/dhcpcd.exe script is executed by dhcpcd daemon
+# any time it configures or shuts down interface.
+# The following parameters are passed to dhcpcd.exe script:
+# $1 = HostInfoFilePath, e.g "/etc/dhcpc/dhcpcd-eth0.info"
+# $2 = "up" if interface has been configured with the same
+# IP address as before reboot;
+# $2 = "down" if interface has been shut down;
+# $2 = "new" if interface has been configured with new IP address;
+# $3 (optional) = "-d" debug flag passed if dhcpcd daemon has been
+# invoked with "-d" flag
+#
+# Sanity checks
+
+if [ $# -lt 2 ]; then
+ logger -s -p local0.err -t dhcpcd.exe "wrong usage"
+ exit 1
+fi
+
+hostinfo="$1"
+state="$2"
+debug="$3"
+
+# Reading HostInfo file for configuration parameters
+. "${hostinfo}"
+
+case "${state}" in
+ up)
+ logger -s -p local0.info -t dhcpcd.exe \
+ "interface ${INTERFACE} has been configured with old IP=${IPADDR}"
+ # Put your code here for when the interface has been brought up with an
+ # old IP address here
+ ;;
+
+ new)
+ logger -s -p local0.info -t dhcpcd.exe \
+ "interface ${INTERFACE} has been configured with new IP=${IPADDR}"
+ # Put your code here for when the interface has been brought up with a
+ # new IP address
+ ;;
+
+ down) logger -s -p local0.info -t dhcpcd.exe \
+ "interface ${INTERFACE} has been brought down"
+ # Put your code here for the when the interface has been shut down
+ ;;
+esac
+exit 0
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/disk2 b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/disk2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6a80aac2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/disk2
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+Hi there. :-)
+
+This file is used to determine if the second install "disk"
+is already loaded or not... if it's not found in /etc, then
+the boot scripts will ask you to insert the second install
+floppy.
+
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/dnsmasq.conf b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/dnsmasq.conf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e69de29b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/dnsmasq.conf
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/fstab b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/fstab
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0fdb74a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/fstab
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+devpts /dev/pts devpts gid=5,mode=620 0 0
+proc /proc proc defaults 0 0
+tmpfs /dev/shm tmpfs defaults 0 0
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/group b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/group
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8e9154a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/group
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+root:x:0:root
+bin:x:1:root,bin
+daemon:x:2:root,bin,daemon
+sys:x:3:root,bin,adm
+adm:x:4:root,adm,daemon
+tty:x:5:
+disk:x:6:root,adm
+lp:x:7:lp
+mem:x:8:
+kmem:x:9:
+wheel:x:10:root
+floppy:x:11:root
+mail:x:12:mail
+news:x:13:news
+uucp:x:14:uucp
+man:x:15:
+dialout:x:16:uucp
+audio:x:17:root
+video:x:18:root
+cdrom:x:19:root
+games:x:20:
+slocate:x:21:
+utmp:x:22:
+smmsp:x:25:smmsp
+tape:x:26:root
+mysql:x:27:
+rpc:x:32:
+sshd:x:33:sshd
+gdm:x:42:
+shadow:x:43:
+ftp:x:50:
+oprofile:x:51:
+apache:x:80:
+messagebus:x:81:
+haldaemon:x:82:
+plugdev:x:83:root
+power:x:84:
+netdev:x:86:
+pop:x:90:pop
+scanner:x:93:
+nobody:x:98:nobody
+nogroup:x:99:
+users:x:100:
+console:x:101:
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/host.conf b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/host.conf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a659e913
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/host.conf
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+order hosts, bind
+multi on
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/hosts b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/hosts
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bc4ad4f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/hosts
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+#
+# hosts This file describes a number of hostname-to-address
+# mappings for the TCP/IP subsystem. It is mostly
+# used at boot time, when no name servers are running.
+# On small systems, this file can be used instead of a
+# "named" name server. Just add the names, addresses
+# and any aliases to this file...
+#
+# By the way, Arnt Gulbrandsen <agulbra@nvg.unit.no> says that 127.0.0.1
+# should NEVER be named with the name of the machine. It causes problems
+# for some (stupid) programs, irc and reputedly talk. :^)
+#
+
+# For loopbacking.
+127.0.0.1 localhost
+# This next entry is technically wrong, but good enough to get TCP/IP apps
+# to quit complaining that they can't verify the hostname on a loopback-only
+# Linux box.
+127.0.0.1 slackware.example.net slackware
+
+# End of hosts.
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/inittab b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/inittab
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2695f00e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/inittab
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+# /etc/inittab
+# Boot-time system configuration/initialization script.
+# This is run first except when booting in single-user mode.
+::sysinit:/etc/rc.d/rc.S
+
+# Login /bin/sh invocations on selected ttys.
+#
+# Start a shell on the console
+::respawn:-/bin/sh
+# Start an "askfirst" shell on tty2 and tty3
+tty2::askfirst:-/bin/sh
+tty3::askfirst:-/bin/sh
+
+# /sbin/getty invocations for selected ttys.
+#
+#tty1::respawn:/sbin/getty 38400 tty1
+#tty2::respawn:/sbin/getty 38400 tty2
+
+# Example of how to put a getty on a serial line (for a terminal)
+#
+#ttyS0::respawn:/sbin/getty -L ttyS0 9600 vt100
+#ttyS1::respawn:/sbin/getty -L ttyS1 9600 vt100
+#
+# Example how to put a getty on a modem line.
+#ttyS2::respawn:/sbin/getty -x0 -s 57600 ttyS2
+
+# Reboot when ctrl-alt-del keys are pressed.
+::ctrlaltdel:/sbin/reboot
+#::ctrlaltdel:/sbin/brc
+
+# Stuff to do before halting or rebooting.
+# Hopefully it does these things in order, so that we can fake the
+# system date one last time before umounting:
+::shutdown:/bin/sh /sbin/fakedate
+::shutdown:/sbin/swapoff -a >/dev/null 2>&1
+::shutdown:/bin/umount -a -r >/dev/null 2>&1
+::shutdown:/sbin/vgchange -an --ignorelockingfailure >/dev/null 2>&1
+# Otherwise SSH logins are left lingering:
+::shutdown:/bin/killall dropbear > /dev/null 2>&1
+::shutdown:/bin/sh /sbin/fixdate
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/installer b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/installer
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e2af85b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/installer
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+If /etc/installer exists, it's a cue to scripts that we're on the installer.
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/issue b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/issue
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8b2ac336
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/issue
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+
+
+
+
+Welcome to the Slackware Linux installation disk! (version 12.2)
+
+###### IMPORTANT! READ THE INFORMATION BELOW CAREFULLY. ######
+
+- You will need one or more partitions of type 'Linux' prepared. It is also
+ recommended that you create a swap partition (type 'Linux swap') prior
+ to installation. For more information, run 'setup' and read the help file.
+
+- If you're having problems that you think might be related to low memory, you
+ can try activating a swap partition before you run setup. After making a
+ swap partition (type 82) with cfdisk or fdisk, activate it like this:
+ mkswap /dev/<partition> ; swapon /dev/<partition>
+
+- Once you have prepared the disk partitions for Linux, type 'setup' to begin
+ the installation process.
+
+- If you do not have a color monitor, type: TERM=vt100
+ before you start 'setup'.
+
+You may now login as 'root'.
+
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/keymaps.tar b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/keymaps.tar
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2ae6004b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/keymaps.tar
Binary files differ
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/ld.so.cache b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/ld.so.cache
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ea1fb85b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/ld.so.cache
Binary files differ
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/ld.so.conf b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/ld.so.conf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..61b171c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/ld.so.conf
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+/lib
+/usr/lib
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/localtime b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/localtime
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5583f5b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/localtime
Binary files differ
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/login.defs b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/login.defs
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bcbdb2f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/login.defs
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+#
+# /etc/login.defs - Configuration control definitions for the login package.
+#
+# $Id: login.defs.linux,v 1.10 1999/03/07 19:14:33 marekm Exp $
+FAIL_DELAY 3
+DIALUPS_CHECK_ENAB yes
+FAILLOG_ENAB yes
+LOG_UNKFAIL_ENAB no
+LOG_OK_LOGINS no
+LASTLOG_ENAB yes
+MAIL_CHECK_ENAB no
+OBSCURE_CHECKS_ENAB yes
+PORTTIME_CHECKS_ENAB yes
+QUOTAS_ENAB yes
+SYSLOG_SU_ENAB yes
+SYSLOG_SG_ENAB yes
+CONSOLE /etc/securetty
+#CONSOLE console:tty01:tty02:tty03:tty04
+#SULOG_FILE /var/log/sulog
+MOTD_FILE /etc/motd
+#MOTD_FILE /etc/motd:/usr/lib/news/news-motd
+#ISSUE_FILE /etc/issue
+#TTYTYPE_FILE /etc/ttytype
+FTMP_FILE /var/log/btmp
+NOLOGINS_FILE /etc/nologin
+SU_NAME su
+#QMAIL_DIR Maildir
+MAIL_DIR /var/spool/mail
+#MAIL_FILE .mail
+HUSHLOGIN_FILE .hushlogin
+#HUSHLOGIN_FILE /etc/hushlogins
+NOLOGIN_STR NOLOGIN
+#ENV_TZ TZ=CST6CDT
+#ENV_TZ /etc/tzname
+ENV_HZ HZ=100
+#ENV_HZ HZ=1024
+ENV_SUPATH PATH=/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin:/bin:/usr/bin
+ENV_PATH PATH=/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin
+TTYGROUP tty
+TTYPERM 0620
+ERASECHAR 0177
+KILLCHAR 025
+UMASK 022
+#ULIMIT 2097152
+PASS_MAX_DAYS 99999
+PASS_MIN_DAYS 0
+PASS_MIN_LEN 5
+PASS_WARN_AGE 7
+SU_WHEEL_ONLY no
+#CRACKLIB_DICTPATH /var/cache/cracklib/cracklib_dict
+UID_MIN 1000
+UID_MAX 60000
+GID_MIN 100
+GID_MAX 60000
+LOGIN_RETRIES 5
+LOGIN_TIMEOUT 60
+PASS_CHANGE_TRIES 5
+PASS_ALWAYS_WARN yes
+#PASS_MAX_LEN 8
+CHFN_AUTH yes
+CHFN_RESTRICT frwh
+#LOGIN_STRING "%s's Password: "
+MD5_CRYPT_ENAB yes
+#CONSOLE_GROUPS floppy:audio:cdrom
+DEFAULT_HOME yes
+ENVIRON_FILE /etc/environment
+#USERDEL_CMD /usr/sbin/userdel_local
+#NO_PASSWORD_CONSOLE tty1:tty2:tty3:tty4:tty5:tty6
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/lvm/lvm.conf b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/lvm/lvm.conf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..16cefb2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/lvm/lvm.conf
@@ -0,0 +1,411 @@
+# This is an example configuration file for the LVM2 system.
+# It contains the default settings that would be used if there was no
+# /etc/lvm/lvm.conf file.
+#
+# Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.
+#
+# To put this file in a different directory and override /etc/lvm set
+# the environment variable LVM_SYSTEM_DIR before running the tools.
+
+
+# This section allows you to configure which block devices should
+# be used by the LVM system.
+devices {
+
+ # Where do you want your volume groups to appear ?
+ dir = "/dev"
+
+ # An array of directories that contain the device nodes you wish
+ # to use with LVM2.
+ scan = [ "/dev" ]
+
+ # If several entries in the scanned directories correspond to the
+ # same block device and the tools need to display a name for device,
+ # all the pathnames are matched against each item in the following
+ # list of regular expressions in turn and the first match is used.
+ preferred_names = [ ]
+
+ # Try to avoid using undescriptive /dev/dm-N names, if present.
+ # preferred_names = [ "^/dev/mpath/", "^/dev/mapper/mpath", "^/dev/[hs]d" ]
+
+ # A filter that tells LVM2 to only use a restricted set of devices.
+ # The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These
+ # expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and
+ # prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).
+ # The first expression found to match a device name determines if
+ # the device will be accepted or rejected (ignored). Devices that
+ # don't match any patterns are accepted.
+
+ # Be careful if there there are symbolic links or multiple filesystem
+ # entries for the same device as each name is checked separately against
+ # the list of patterns. The effect is that if any name matches any 'a'
+ # pattern, the device is accepted; otherwise if any name matches any 'r'
+ # pattern it is rejected; otherwise it is accepted.
+
+ # Don't have more than one filter line active at once: only one gets used.
+
+ # Run vgscan after you change this parameter to ensure that
+ # the cache file gets regenerated (see below).
+ # If it doesn't do what you expect, check the output of 'vgscan -vvvv'.
+
+
+ # By default we accept every block device:
+ filter = [ "a/.*/" ]
+
+ # Exclude the cdrom drive
+ # filter = [ "r|/dev/cdrom|" ]
+
+ # When testing I like to work with just loopback devices:
+ # filter = [ "a/loop/", "r/.*/" ]
+
+ # Or maybe all loops and ide drives except hdc:
+ # filter =[ "a|loop|", "r|/dev/hdc|", "a|/dev/ide|", "r|.*|" ]
+
+ # Use anchors if you want to be really specific
+ # filter = [ "a|^/dev/hda8$|", "r/.*/" ]
+
+ # The results of the filtering are cached on disk to avoid
+ # rescanning dud devices (which can take a very long time).
+ # By default this cache is stored in the /etc/lvm/cache directory
+ # in a file called '.cache'.
+ # It is safe to delete the contents: the tools regenerate it.
+ # (The old setting 'cache' is still respected if neither of
+ # these new ones is present.)
+ cache_dir = "/etc/lvm/cache"
+ cache_file_prefix = ""
+
+ # You can turn off writing this cache file by setting this to 0.
+ write_cache_state = 1
+
+ # Advanced settings.
+
+ # List of pairs of additional acceptable block device types found
+ # in /proc/devices with maximum (non-zero) number of partitions.
+ # types = [ "fd", 16 ]
+
+ # If sysfs is mounted (2.6 kernels) restrict device scanning to
+ # the block devices it believes are valid.
+ # 1 enables; 0 disables.
+ sysfs_scan = 1
+
+ # By default, LVM2 will ignore devices used as components of
+ # software RAID (md) devices by looking for md superblocks.
+ # 1 enables; 0 disables.
+ md_component_detection = 1
+
+ # By default, if a PV is placed directly upon an md device, LVM2
+ # will align its data blocks with the the chunk_size exposed in sysfs.
+ # 1 enables; 0 disables.
+ md_chunk_alignment = 1
+
+ # If, while scanning the system for PVs, LVM2 encounters a device-mapper
+ # device that has its I/O suspended, it waits for it to become accessible.
+ # Set this to 1 to skip such devices. This should only be needed
+ # in recovery situations.
+ ignore_suspended_devices = 0
+}
+
+# This section that allows you to configure the nature of the
+# information that LVM2 reports.
+log {
+
+ # Controls the messages sent to stdout or stderr.
+ # There are three levels of verbosity, 3 being the most verbose.
+ verbose = 0
+
+ # Should we send log messages through syslog?
+ # 1 is yes; 0 is no.
+ syslog = 1
+
+ # Should we log error and debug messages to a file?
+ # By default there is no log file.
+ #file = "/var/log/lvm2.log"
+
+ # Should we overwrite the log file each time the program is run?
+ # By default we append.
+ overwrite = 0
+
+ # What level of log messages should we send to the log file and/or syslog?
+ # There are 6 syslog-like log levels currently in use - 2 to 7 inclusive.
+ # 7 is the most verbose (LOG_DEBUG).
+ level = 0
+
+ # Format of output messages
+ # Whether or not (1 or 0) to indent messages according to their severity
+ indent = 1
+
+ # Whether or not (1 or 0) to display the command name on each line output
+ command_names = 0
+
+ # A prefix to use before the message text (but after the command name,
+ # if selected). Default is two spaces, so you can see/grep the severity
+ # of each message.
+ prefix = " "
+
+ # To make the messages look similar to the original LVM tools use:
+ # indent = 0
+ # command_names = 1
+ # prefix = " -- "
+
+ # Set this if you want log messages during activation.
+ # Don't use this in low memory situations (can deadlock).
+ # activation = 0
+}
+
+# Configuration of metadata backups and archiving. In LVM2 when we
+# talk about a 'backup' we mean making a copy of the metadata for the
+# *current* system. The 'archive' contains old metadata configurations.
+# Backups are stored in a human readeable text format.
+backup {
+
+ # Should we maintain a backup of the current metadata configuration ?
+ # Use 1 for Yes; 0 for No.
+ # Think very hard before turning this off!
+ backup = 1
+
+ # Where shall we keep it ?
+ # Remember to back up this directory regularly!
+ backup_dir = "/etc/lvm/backup"
+
+ # Should we maintain an archive of old metadata configurations.
+ # Use 1 for Yes; 0 for No.
+ # On by default. Think very hard before turning this off.
+ archive = 1
+
+ # Where should archived files go ?
+ # Remember to back up this directory regularly!
+ archive_dir = "/etc/lvm/archive"
+
+ # What is the minimum number of archive files you wish to keep ?
+ retain_min = 10
+
+ # What is the minimum time you wish to keep an archive file for ?
+ retain_days = 30
+}
+
+# Settings for the running LVM2 in shell (readline) mode.
+shell {
+
+ # Number of lines of history to store in ~/.lvm_history
+ history_size = 100
+}
+
+
+# Miscellaneous global LVM2 settings
+global {
+
+ # The file creation mask for any files and directories created.
+ # Interpreted as octal if the first digit is zero.
+ umask = 077
+
+ # Allow other users to read the files
+ #umask = 022
+
+ # Enabling test mode means that no changes to the on disk metadata
+ # will be made. Equivalent to having the -t option on every
+ # command. Defaults to off.
+ test = 0
+
+ # Default value for --units argument
+ units = "h"
+
+ # Whether or not to communicate with the kernel device-mapper.
+ # Set to 0 if you want to use the tools to manipulate LVM metadata
+ # without activating any logical volumes.
+ # If the device-mapper kernel driver is not present in your kernel
+ # setting this to 0 should suppress the error messages.
+ activation = 1
+
+ # If we can't communicate with device-mapper, should we try running
+ # the LVM1 tools?
+ # This option only applies to 2.4 kernels and is provided to help you
+ # switch between device-mapper kernels and LVM1 kernels.
+ # The LVM1 tools need to be installed with .lvm1 suffices
+ # e.g. vgscan.lvm1 and they will stop working after you start using
+ # the new lvm2 on-disk metadata format.
+ # The default value is set when the tools are built.
+ # fallback_to_lvm1 = 0
+
+ # The default metadata format that commands should use - "lvm1" or "lvm2".
+ # The command line override is -M1 or -M2.
+ # Defaults to "lvm1" if compiled in, else "lvm2".
+ # format = "lvm1"
+
+ # Location of proc filesystem
+ proc = "/proc"
+
+ # Type of locking to use. Defaults to local file-based locking (1).
+ # Turn locking off by setting to 0 (dangerous: risks metadata corruption
+ # if LVM2 commands get run concurrently).
+ # Type 2 uses the external shared library locking_library.
+ # Type 3 uses built-in clustered locking.
+ locking_type = 1
+
+ # If using external locking (type 2) and initialisation fails,
+ # with this set to 1 an attempt will be made to use the built-in
+ # clustered locking.
+ # If you are using a customised locking_library you should set this to 0.
+ fallback_to_clustered_locking = 1
+
+ # If an attempt to initialise type 2 or type 3 locking failed, perhaps
+ # because cluster components such as clvmd are not running, with this set
+ # to 1 an attempt will be made to use local file-based locking (type 1).
+ # If this succeeds, only commands against local volume groups will proceed.
+ # Volume Groups marked as clustered will be ignored.
+ fallback_to_local_locking = 1
+
+ # Local non-LV directory that holds file-based locks while commands are
+ # in progress. A directory like /tmp that may get wiped on reboot is OK.
+ locking_dir = "/var/lock/lvm"
+
+ # Other entries can go here to allow you to load shared libraries
+ # e.g. if support for LVM1 metadata was compiled as a shared library use
+ # format_libraries = "liblvm2format1.so"
+ # Full pathnames can be given.
+
+ # Search this directory first for shared libraries.
+ # library_dir = "/lib"
+
+ # The external locking library to load if locking_type is set to 2.
+ # locking_library = "liblvm2clusterlock.so"
+}
+
+activation {
+ # How to fill in missing stripes if activating an incomplete volume.
+ # Using "error" will make inaccessible parts of the device return
+ # I/O errors on access. You can instead use a device path, in which
+ # case, that device will be used to in place of missing stripes.
+ # But note that using anything other than "error" with mirrored
+ # or snapshotted volumes is likely to result in data corruption.
+ missing_stripe_filler = "error"
+
+ # How much stack (in KB) to reserve for use while devices suspended
+ reserved_stack = 256
+
+ # How much memory (in KB) to reserve for use while devices suspended
+ reserved_memory = 8192
+
+ # Nice value used while devices suspended
+ process_priority = -18
+
+ # If volume_list is defined, each LV is only activated if there is a
+ # match against the list.
+ # "vgname" and "vgname/lvname" are matched exactly.
+ # "@tag" matches any tag set in the LV or VG.
+ # "@*" matches if any tag defined on the host is also set in the LV or VG
+ #
+ # volume_list = [ "vg1", "vg2/lvol1", "@tag1", "@*" ]
+
+ # Size (in KB) of each copy operation when mirroring
+ mirror_region_size = 512
+
+ # Setting to use when there is no readahead value stored in the metadata.
+ #
+ # "none" - Disable readahead.
+ # "auto" - Use default value chosen by kernel.
+ readahead = "auto"
+
+ # 'mirror_image_fault_policy' and 'mirror_log_fault_policy' define
+ # how a device failure affecting a mirror is handled.
+ # A mirror is composed of mirror images (copies) and a log.
+ # A disk log ensures that a mirror does not need to be re-synced
+ # (all copies made the same) every time a machine reboots or crashes.
+ #
+ # In the event of a failure, the specified policy will be used to
+ # determine what happens:
+ #
+ # "remove" - Simply remove the faulty device and run without it. If
+ # the log device fails, the mirror would convert to using
+ # an in-memory log. This means the mirror will not
+ # remember its sync status across crashes/reboots and
+ # the entire mirror will be re-synced. If a
+ # mirror image fails, the mirror will convert to a
+ # non-mirrored device if there is only one remaining good
+ # copy.
+ #
+ # "allocate" - Remove the faulty device and try to allocate space on
+ # a new device to be a replacement for the failed device.
+ # Using this policy for the log is fast and maintains the
+ # ability to remember sync state through crashes/reboots.
+ # Using this policy for a mirror device is slow, as it
+ # requires the mirror to resynchronize the devices, but it
+ # will preserve the mirror characteristic of the device.
+ # This policy acts like "remove" if no suitable device and
+ # space can be allocated for the replacement.
+ # Currently this is not implemented properly and behaves
+ # similarly to:
+ #
+ # "allocate_anywhere" - Operates like "allocate", but it does not
+ # require that the new space being allocated be on a
+ # device is not part of the mirror. For a log device
+ # failure, this could mean that the log is allocated on
+ # the same device as a mirror device. For a mirror
+ # device, this could mean that the mirror device is
+ # allocated on the same device as another mirror device.
+ # This policy would not be wise for mirror devices
+ # because it would break the redundant nature of the
+ # mirror. This policy acts like "remove" if no suitable
+ # device and space can be allocated for the replacement.
+
+ mirror_log_fault_policy = "allocate"
+ mirror_device_fault_policy = "remove"
+}
+
+
+####################
+# Advanced section #
+####################
+
+# Metadata settings
+#
+# metadata {
+ # Default number of copies of metadata to hold on each PV. 0, 1 or 2.
+ # You might want to override it from the command line with 0
+ # when running pvcreate on new PVs which are to be added to large VGs.
+
+ # pvmetadatacopies = 1
+
+ # Approximate default size of on-disk metadata areas in sectors.
+ # You should increase this if you have large volume groups or
+ # you want to retain a large on-disk history of your metadata changes.
+
+ # pvmetadatasize = 255
+
+ # List of directories holding live copies of text format metadata.
+ # These directories must not be on logical volumes!
+ # It's possible to use LVM2 with a couple of directories here,
+ # preferably on different (non-LV) filesystems, and with no other
+ # on-disk metadata (pvmetadatacopies = 0). Or this can be in
+ # addition to on-disk metadata areas.
+ # The feature was originally added to simplify testing and is not
+ # supported under low memory situations - the machine could lock up.
+ #
+ # Never edit any files in these directories by hand unless you
+ # you are absolutely sure you know what you are doing! Use
+ # the supplied toolset to make changes (e.g. vgcfgrestore).
+
+ # dirs = [ "/etc/lvm/metadata", "/mnt/disk2/lvm/metadata2" ]
+#}
+
+# Event daemon
+#
+# dmeventd {
+ # mirror_library is the library used when monitoring a mirror device.
+ #
+ # "libdevmapper-event-lvm2mirror.so" attempts to recover from
+ # failures. It removes failed devices from a volume group and
+ # reconfigures a mirror as necessary. If no mirror library is
+ # provided, mirrors are not monitored through dmeventd.
+
+ # mirror_library = "libdevmapper-event-lvm2mirror.so"
+
+ # snapshot_library is the library used when monitoring a snapshot device.
+ #
+ # "libdevmapper-event-lvm2snapshot.so" monitors the filling of
+ # snapshots and emits a warning through syslog, when the use of
+ # snapshot exceedes 80%. The warning is repeated when 85%, 90% and
+ # 95% of the snapshot are filled.
+
+ # snapshot_library = "libdevmapper-event-lvm2snapshot.so"
+#}
+
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/mdev.conf b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/mdev.conf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e69de29b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/mdev.conf
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/mke2fs.conf b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/mke2fs.conf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3795b1ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/mke2fs.conf
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+[defaults]
+ base_features = sparse_super,filetype,resize_inode,dir_index,ext_attr
+ blocksize = 4096
+ inode_size = 256
+ inode_ratio = 16384
+
+[fs_types]
+ ext3 = {
+ features = has_journal
+ }
+ ext4 = {
+ features = has_journal,extents,huge_file,flex_bg,uninit_bg,dir_nlink,extra_isize
+ inode_size = 256
+ }
+ ext4dev = {
+ features = has_journal,extents,huge_file,flex_bg,uninit_bg,dir_nlink,extra_isize
+ inode_size = 256
+ options = test_fs=1
+ }
+ small = {
+ blocksize = 1024
+ inode_size = 128
+ inode_ratio = 4096
+ }
+ floppy = {
+ blocksize = 1024
+ inode_size = 128
+ inode_ratio = 8192
+ }
+ news = {
+ inode_ratio = 4096
+ }
+ largefile = {
+ inode_ratio = 1048576
+ blocksize = -1
+ }
+ largefile4 = {
+ inode_ratio = 4194304
+ blocksize = -1
+ }
+ hurd = {
+ blocksize = 4096
+ inode_size = 128
+ }
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/motd b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/motd
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e69de29b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/motd
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/mtab b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/mtab
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e69de29b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/mtab
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/mtools.conf b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/mtools.conf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b528c01d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/mtools.conf
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+# Example mtools.conf files. Uncomment the lines which correspond to
+# your architecture and comment out the "SAMPLE FILE" line below
+#SAMPLE FILE
+
+# # Linux floppy drives
+drive a: file="/dev/fd0" exclusive
+drive b: file="/dev/fd1" exclusive
+
+# # First SCSI hard disk partition
+# drive c: file="/dev/sda1"
+
+# # First IDE hard disk partition
+# drive c: file="/dev/hda1"
+
+# # dosemu floppy image
+# drive m: file="/var/lib/dosemu/diskimage"
+
+# # dosemu hdimage
+# drive n: file="/var/lib/dosemu/diskimage" offset=3840
+
+# # Atari ramdisk image
+# drive o: file="/tmp/atari_rd" offset=136
+
+# # ZIP disk for Solaris:
+# Drive X is ZIP-100 at target 5
+# drive X: file="/dev/rdsk/c0t5d0s2" partition=4 scsi=1 nodelay
+
+# # ZIP disk for SunOS:
+# # Zip drive is at target 5, which default kernel calls tape st1 !!
+# drive Y: file="/dev/rsd5c" partition=4 scsi=1 nodelay
+
+# # autoselect zip drive/floppy on HP-UX 9/10
+# drive a: file="/dev/rdsk/c201d5" exclusive partition=4
+# drive a: file="/dev/rdsk/c201d5s0" exclusive partition=4
+# drive a: file="/dev/rfloppy/c201d0s0" exclusive
+
+# A/UX target 5 on 1st scsi bus jaz or zip
+# drive X: file="/dev/rdsk/c105d0s31" partition=4
+
+
+# Some examples for BeOS.
+# floppy drive. hardcoded in devices.c, so no real need to define it here
+#drive a: file="/dev/floppy_disk" exclusive
+# ZIP drive on SCSI ID 6
+#drive z: file="/dev/scsi_disk_060" offset=16384 fat_bits=16
+
+# SCO Unix 3.2v4
+# # Floppy disk drives
+#
+# drive a: file="/dev/install" exclusive
+# drive b: file="/dev/install1" exclusive
+#
+# # SCSI hard disk partitions
+#
+# drive c: file="/dev/dsk/0sC"
+# drive d: file="/dev/dsk/0sD"
+# drive e: file="/dev/dsk/0sE"
+# drive f: file="/dev/dsk/0sF"
+# drive g: file="/dev/dsk/0sG"
+# drive h: file="/dev/dsk/0sH"
+
+# # uncomment the following line to display all file names in lower
+# # case by default
+# mtools_lower_case=1
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/networks b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/networks
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..50d5162e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/networks
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+#
+# networks This file describes a number of netname-to-address
+# mappings for the TCP/IP subsystem. It is mostly
+# used at boot time, when no name servers are running.
+#
+
+loopback 127.0.0.0
+localnet 127.0.0.0
+
+# End of networks.
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/nsswitch.conf b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/nsswitch.conf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b21796bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/nsswitch.conf
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+#
+# /etc/nsswitch.conf
+#
+# An example Name Service Switch config file. This file should be
+# sorted with the most-used services at the beginning.
+#
+# The entry '[NOTFOUND=return]' means that the search for an
+# entry should stop if the search in the previous entry turned
+# up nothing. Note that if the search failed due to some other reason
+# (like no NIS server responding) then the search continues with the
+# next entry.
+#
+# Legal entries are:
+#
+# nisplus or nis+ Use NIS+ (NIS version 3)
+# nis or yp Use NIS (NIS version 2), also called YP
+# dns Use DNS (Domain Name Service)
+# files Use the local files
+# [NOTFOUND=return] Stop searching if not found so far
+#
+
+passwd: files
+shadow: files
+group: files
+
+hosts: files dns
+
+services: [NOTFOUND=return] files
+networks: [NOTFOUND=return] files
+protocols: [NOTFOUND=return] files
+rpc: [NOTFOUND=return] files
+ethers: [NOTFOUND=return] files
+netmasks: [NOTFOUND=return] files
+bootparams: [NOTFOUND=return] files
+
+netgroup:
+
+publickey:
+
+automount: files
+aliases: files
+
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/passwd b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/passwd
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d89e1ba5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/passwd
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+root:x:0:0::/root:/bin/bash
+bin:x:1:1:bin:/bin:
+daemon:x:2:2:daemon:/sbin:
+adm:x:3:4:adm:/var/log:
+lp:x:4:7:lp:/var/spool/lpd:
+sync:x:5:0:sync:/sbin:/bin/sync
+shutdown:x:6:0:shutdown:/sbin:/sbin/shutdown
+halt:x:7:0:halt:/sbin:/sbin/halt
+mail:x:8:12:mail:/:
+news:x:9:13:news:/usr/lib/news:
+uucp:x:10:14:uucp:/var/spool/uucppublic:
+operator:x:11:0:operator:/root:/bin/bash
+games:x:12:100:games:/usr/games:
+ftp:x:14:50::/home/ftp:
+smmsp:x:25:25:smmsp:/var/spool/clientmqueue:
+mysql:x:27:27:MySQL:/var/lib/mysql:/bin/bash
+rpc:x:32:32:RPC portmap user:/:/bin/false
+sshd:x:33:33:sshd:/:
+gdm:x:42:42:GDM:/var/state/gdm:/bin/bash
+pop:x:90:90:POP:/:
+nobody:x:99:99:nobody:/:
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/pcmcia/config.opts b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/pcmcia/config.opts
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5b8d5faf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/pcmcia/config.opts
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+#
+# Local PCMCIA Configuration File
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+# System resources available for PCMCIA cards
+#
+# NOTE: these settings have no effect on resources assigned to a
+# CardBus bridge device itself; this file only affects resources
+# assigned to cards. Also, interrupt settings here will only affect
+# ISA bus interrupts assigned to 16-bit cards. PCI interrupts
+# generally can't be reconfigured.
+#
+# With the kernel PCMCIA subsystem, these settings also have no effect
+# at all on resources used for 32-bit CardBus cards. Those are set by
+# the PCI hotplug subsystem.
+#
+
+# These are the official ports to use from pcmcia-cs:
+#include port 0x100-0x4ff, port 0x800-0x8ff, port 0xc00-0xcff
+# However, ports 0x810-0x81f hurt on some DELL machines and
+# ports 0x3b0-0x3df hurt on some FSC machines, so we use this port
+# list instead:
+include port 0x100-0x3af, port 0x3e0-0x4ff, port 0xc00-0xcff
+
+include memory 0xc0000-0xfffff
+include memory 0xa0000000-0xa0ffffff, memory 0x60000000-0x60ffffff
+
+# High port numbers do not always work...
+# include port 0x1000-0x17ff
+
+# Extra port range for IBM Token Ring
+include port 0xa00-0xaff
+
+# Resources we should not use, even if they appear to be available
+
+# First built-in serial port
+exclude irq 4
+# Second built-in serial port
+#exclude irq 3
+# First built-in parallel port
+exclude irq 7
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# Examples of options for loadable modules
+
+# To fix sluggish network with IBM ethernet adapter...
+#module "pcnet_cs" opts "mem_speed=600"
+
+# Options for IBM Token Ring adapters
+#module "ibmtr_cs" opts "mmiobase=0xd0000 srambase=0xd4000"
+
+# Options for Raylink/WebGear driver: uncomment only one line...
+# These are the default settings for use with the WebGear Windows driver:
+#module "ray_cs" opts "essid=NETWORK_NAME hop_dwell=128 beacon_period=256 translate=0"
+# Generic ad-hoc network
+#module "ray_cs" opts "essid=ADHOC_ESSID hop_dwell=128 beacon_period=256 translate=1"
+# Infrastructure network for older cards
+#module "ray_cs" opts "net_type=1 essid=ESSID1"
+# Infrastructure network for WebGear
+#module "ray_cs" opts "net_type=1 essid=ESSID1 translate=1 hop_dwell=128 beacon_period=256"
+
+# Options for WaveLAN/IEEE driver (AccessPoint mode)...
+#module "wvlan_cs" opts "station_name=MY_PC"
+# Options for WaveLAN/IEEE driver (ad-hoc mode)...
+#module "wvlan_cs" opts "port_type=3 channel=1 station_name=MY_PC"
+
+# Options for Xircom Netwave driver...
+#module "netwave_cs" opts "domain=0x100 scramble_key=0x0"
+
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/profile b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/profile
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c728b165
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/profile
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+# commands common to all logins
+PATH="$PATH:/bin:/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/lib/setup"
+PATH="$PATH:/mnt/usr/local/bin:/mnt/usr/bin:/mnt/bin"
+PATH="$PATH:/mnt/usr/local/sbin:/mnt/usr/sbin:/mnt/sbin"
+PATH="$PATH:/mnt/linux/usr/local/bin:/mnt/linux/usr/bin:/mnt/linux/bin"
+PATH="$PATH:/mnt/linux/usr/local/sbin:/mnt/linux/usr/sbin:/mnt/linux/sbin"
+
+# Allow a user to set the default TERM entry by specifying TERM=<name>
+# as a kernel command line parameter:
+if cat /proc/cmdline | grep "TERM=[a-zA-Z0-9]" 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null ; then
+ export TERM=$( sed 's/.*TERM=\([^ ]*\).*/\1/' < /proc/cmdline )
+elif cat /proc/cmdline | grep console=ttyS 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null ; then
+ export TERM=vt100
+else
+ export TERM=linux
+fi
+HOME=/root
+LESS=-MM
+
+# Set command line prompt:
+PS1='\u@\h:\w# '
+PS2='> '
+
+ignoreeof=10
+export HOME PATH DISPLAY LESS TERM PS1 PS2 ignoreeof
+umask 022
+
+# Append any additional sh scripts found in /etc/profile.d/:
+for profile_script in /etc/profile.d/*.sh ; do
+ if [ -x $profile_script ]; then
+ . $profile_script
+ fi
+done
+unset profile_script
+
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/profile.d/coreutils-dircolors.sh b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/profile.d/coreutils-dircolors.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..57670d6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/profile.d/coreutils-dircolors.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+# Slackware color ls profile script for /bin/sh-like shells.
+
+# Set up LS_OPTIONS environment variable.
+# This contains extra command line options to use with ls.
+# The default ones are:
+# -F = show '/' for dirs, '*' for executables, etc.
+# -T 0 = don't trust tab spacing when formatting ls output.
+# -b = better support for special characters
+OPTIONS="-F -b -T 0"
+
+# COLOR needs one of these arguments:
+# 'auto' colorizes output to ttys, but not pipes.
+# 'always' adds color characters to all output.
+# 'never' shuts colorization off.
+COLOR=auto
+
+# This section shouldn't require any user adjustment since it is
+# simply setting the LS_OPTIONS variable using the information
+# already given above:
+LS_OPTIONS=" $OPTIONS --color=$COLOR ";
+export LS_OPTIONS;
+unset COLOR
+unset OPTIONS
+
+# Set up aliases to use color ls by default. A few additional
+# aliases like 'dir', 'vdir', etc, are some ancient artifacts
+# from 1992 or so... possibly they should be disabled, but maybe
+# someone out there is actually using them? :-)
+# Assume shell aliases are supported. Ash is going to freak out
+# when it sees zsh syntax anyway, so whatever.
+alias ls='/bin/ls $LS_OPTIONS';
+alias dir='/bin/ls $LS_OPTIONS --format=vertical';
+alias vdir='/bin/ls $LS_OPTIONS --format=long';
+alias d=dir;
+alias v=vdir;
+
+# Just for fun, here are the old sh/ash style shell functions.
+# this script isn't currently working with ash (and makes some noisy
+# error messages), but perhaps these will still be of use to
+# someone...
+#ls () { /bin/ls $LS_OPTIONS "$@" ; };
+#dir () { /bin/ls $LS_OPTIONS --format=vertical "$@" ; };
+#vdir () { /bin/ls $LS_OPTIONS --format=long "$@" ; };
+#d () { dir "$@" ; };
+#v () { vdir "$@" ; };
+
+# Set up the LS_COLORS environment:
+if [ -f $HOME/.dir_colors ]; then
+ eval `/bin/dircolors -b $HOME/.dir_colors`
+elif [ -f /etc/DIR_COLORS ]; then
+ eval `/bin/dircolors -b /etc/DIR_COLORS`
+else
+ eval `/bin/dircolors -b`
+fi
+
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/profile.d/glibc.sh b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/profile.d/glibc.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..979f4879
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/profile.d/glibc.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# Set more relaxed (glibc-2.3.5 like) malloc() checking.
+#
+# This relaxes the default paranoia level so that it reports
+# bugs, but does not kill the questionable process. You can
+# get away with running broken programs with this setting,
+# but at a possible performance and security cost.
+#export MALLOC_CHECK_=1
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/protocols b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/protocols
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..db3254c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/protocols
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+#
+# Internet protocols
+#
+# $FreeBSD: src/etc/protocols,v 1.16 2002/02/10 08:19:58 dd Exp $
+# from: @(#)protocols 5.1 (Berkeley) 4/17/89
+#
+# See also http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers
+#
+ip 0 IP # internet protocol, pseudo protocol number
+#hopopt 0 HOPOPT # hop-by-hop options for ipv6
+icmp 1 ICMP # internet control message protocol
+igmp 2 IGMP # internet group management protocol
+ggp 3 GGP # gateway-gateway protocol
+ipencap 4 IP-ENCAP # IP encapsulated in IP (officially ``IP'')
+st2 5 ST2 # ST2 datagram mode (RFC 1819)
+tcp 6 TCP # transmission control protocol
+cbt 7 CBT # CBT, Tony Ballardie <A.Ballardie@cs.ucl.ac.uk>
+egp 8 EGP # exterior gateway protocol
+igp 9 IGP # any private interior gateway (Cisco: for IGRP)
+bbn-rcc 10 BBN-RCC-MON # BBN RCC Monitoring
+nvp 11 NVP-II # Network Voice Protocol
+pup 12 PUP # PARC universal packet protocol
+argus 13 ARGUS # ARGUS
+emcon 14 EMCON # EMCON
+xnet 15 XNET # Cross Net Debugger
+chaos 16 CHAOS # Chaos
+udp 17 UDP # user datagram protocol
+mux 18 MUX # Multiplexing protocol
+dcn 19 DCN-MEAS # DCN Measurement Subsystems
+hmp 20 HMP # host monitoring protocol
+prm 21 PRM # packet radio measurement protocol
+xns-idp 22 XNS-IDP # Xerox NS IDP
+trunk-1 23 TRUNK-1 # Trunk-1
+trunk-2 24 TRUNK-2 # Trunk-2
+leaf-1 25 LEAF-1 # Leaf-1
+leaf-2 26 LEAF-2 # Leaf-2
+rdp 27 RDP # "reliable datagram" protocol
+irtp 28 IRTP # Internet Reliable Transaction Protocol
+iso-tp4 29 ISO-TP4 # ISO Transport Protocol Class 4
+netblt 30 NETBLT # Bulk Data Transfer Protocol
+mfe-nsp 31 MFE-NSP # MFE Network Services Protocol
+merit-inp 32 MERIT-INP # MERIT Internodal Protocol
+sep 33 SEP # Sequential Exchange Protocol
+3pc 34 3PC # Third Party Connect Protocol
+idpr 35 IDPR # Inter-Domain Policy Routing Protocol
+xtp 36 XTP # Xpress Tranfer Protocol
+ddp 37 DDP # Datagram Delivery Protocol
+idpr-cmtp 38 IDPR-CMTP # IDPR Control Message Transport Proto
+tp++ 39 TP++ # TP++ Transport Protocol
+il 40 IL # IL Transport Protocol
+ipv6 41 IPV6 # ipv6
+sdrp 42 SDRP # Source Demand Routing Protocol
+ipv6-route 43 IPV6-ROUTE # routing header for ipv6
+ipv6-frag 44 IPV6-FRAG # fragment header for ipv6
+idrp 45 IDRP # Inter-Domain Routing Protocol
+rsvp 46 RSVP # Resource ReSerVation Protocol
+gre 47 GRE # Generic Routing Encapsulation
+mhrp 48 MHRP # Mobile Host Routing Protocol
+bna 49 BNA # BNA
+esp 50 ESP # encapsulating security payload
+ah 51 AH # authentication header
+i-nlsp 52 I-NLSP # Integrated Net Layer Security TUBA
+swipe 53 SWIPE # IP with Encryption
+narp 54 NARP # NBMA Address Resolution Protocol
+mobile 55 MOBILE # IP Mobility
+tlsp 56 TLSP # Transport Layer Security Protocol
+skip 57 SKIP # SKIP
+ipv6-icmp 58 IPV6-ICMP # ICMP for IPv6
+ipv6-nonxt 59 IPV6-NONXT # no next header for ipv6
+ipv6-opts 60 IPV6-OPTS # destination options for ipv6
+# 61 # any host internal protocol
+cftp 62 CFTP # CFTP
+# 63 # any local network
+sat-expak 64 SAT-EXPAK # SATNET and Backroom EXPAK
+kryptolan 65 KRYPTOLAN # Kryptolan
+rvd 66 RVD # MIT Remote Virtual Disk Protocol
+ippc 67 IPPC # Internet Pluribus Packet Core
+# 68 # any distributed file system
+sat-mon 69 SAT-MON # SATNET Monitoring
+visa 70 VISA # VISA Protocol
+ipcv 71 IPCV # Internet Packet Core Utility
+cpnx 72 CPNX # Computer Protocol Network Executive
+cphb 73 CPHB # Computer Protocol Heart Beat
+wsn 74 WSN # Wang Span Network
+pvp 75 PVP # Packet Video Protocol
+br-sat-mon 76 BR-SAT-MON # Backroom SATNET Monitoring
+sun-nd 77 SUN-ND # SUN ND PROTOCOL-Temporary
+wb-mon 78 WB-MON # WIDEBAND Monitoring
+wb-expak 79 WB-EXPAK # WIDEBAND EXPAK
+iso-ip 80 ISO-IP # ISO Internet Protocol
+vmtp 81 VMTP # Versatile Message Transport
+secure-vmtp 82 SECURE-VMTP # SECURE-VMTP
+vines 83 VINES # VINES
+ttp 84 TTP # TTP
+nsfnet-igp 85 NSFNET-IGP # NSFNET-IGP
+dgp 86 DGP # Dissimilar Gateway Protocol
+tcf 87 TCF # TCF
+eigrp 88 EIGRP # Enhanced Interior Routing Protocol (Cisco)
+ospf 89 OSPFIGP # Open Shortest Path First IGP
+sprite-rpc 90 Sprite-RPC # Sprite RPC Protocol
+larp 91 LARP # Locus Address Resolution Protocol
+mtp 92 MTP # Multicast Transport Protocol
+ax.25 93 AX.25 # AX.25 Frames
+ipip 94 IPIP # Yet Another IP encapsulation
+micp 95 MICP # Mobile Internetworking Control Pro.
+scc-sp 96 SCC-SP # Semaphore Communications Sec. Pro.
+etherip 97 ETHERIP # Ethernet-within-IP Encapsulation
+encap 98 ENCAP # Yet Another IP encapsulation
+# 99 # any private encryption scheme
+gmtp 100 GMTP # GMTP
+ifmp 101 IFMP # Ipsilon Flow Management Protocol
+pnni 102 PNNI # PNNI over IP
+pim 103 PIM # Protocol Independent Multicast
+aris 104 ARIS # ARIS
+scps 105 SCPS # SCPS
+qnx 106 QNX # QNX
+a/n 107 A/N # Active Networks
+ipcomp 108 IPComp # IP Payload Compression Protocol
+snp 109 SNP # Sitara Networks Protocol
+compaq-peer 110 Compaq-Peer # Compaq Peer Protocol
+ipx-in-ip 111 IPX-in-IP # IPX in IP
+vrrp 112 VRRP # Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol
+pgm 113 PGM # PGM Reliable Transport Protocol
+# 114 # any 0-hop protocol
+l2tp 115 L2TP # Layer Two Tunneling Protocol
+ddx 116 DDX # D-II Data Exchange
+iatp 117 IATP # Interactive Agent Transfer Protocol
+st 118 ST # Schedule Transfer
+srp 119 SRP # SpectraLink Radio Protocol
+uti 120 UTI # UTI
+smp 121 SMP # Simple Message Protocol
+sm 122 SM # SM
+ptp 123 PTP # Performance Transparency Protocol
+isis 124 ISIS # ISIS over IPv4
+fire 125 FIRE
+crtp 126 CRTP # Combat Radio Transport Protocol
+crudp 127 CRUDP # Combat Radio User Datagram
+sscopmce 128 SSCOPMCE
+iplt 129 IPLT
+sps 130 SPS # Secure Packet Shield
+pipe 131 PIPE # Private IP Encapsulation within IP
+sctp 132 SCTP # Stream Control Transmission Protocol
+fc 133 FC # Fibre Channel
+# 134-254 # Unassigned
+divert 254 DIVERT # Divert pseudo-protocol [non IANA]
+# 255 # Reserved
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/rc.d/rc.S b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/rc.d/rc.S
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..38317b4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/rc.d/rc.S
@@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# rc.S: Basic system initialization.
+
+# Any /etc/mtab that exists here is old, so we start with a new one:
+/bin/rm -f /etc/mtab{,~,.tmp} && /bin/touch /etc/mtab
+
+# Add (fake) entry for / to /etc/mtab:
+/sbin/mount -f -w /dev/initramfs / -t tmpfs 1> /dev/null
+
+# Mount /proc:
+/sbin/mount -v proc /proc -t proc 1> /dev/null
+
+# Mount sysfs next:
+/sbin/mount -v sysfs /sys -t sysfs 1> /dev/null
+
+# Activate swap:
+/sbin/swapon -a 1> /dev/null
+
+if [ -x /sbin/ldconfig ]; then
+ /sbin/ldconfig 1> /dev/null
+fi
+
+## Detect serial console from kernel command line:
+#if cat /proc/cmdline | grep console=ttyS 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null ; then
+# SERIAL_CONSOLE="true"
+#fi
+
+# System logger (mostly to eat annoying messages):
+/sbin/syslogd 2> /dev/null
+sleep 1
+/sbin/klogd -c 3 1> /dev/null
+
+# Try to load the loop module:
+modprobe loop 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null
+
+# Run udev:
+if ! grep -wq noudev /proc/cmdline ; then
+ /bin/bash /etc/rc.d/rc.udev start
+
+ # Re-assemble RAID volumes:
+ /sbin/mdadm -E -s > /etc/mdadm.conf
+ /sbin/mdadm -S -s
+ /sbin/mdadm -A -s
+ # This seems to make the kernel see partitions more reliably:
+ fdisk -l /dev/md* 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null
+else
+ # Run our old detection routines:
+
+ # Look for USB keyboard or storage:
+ /etc/rc.d/rc.usb start
+ sleep 3
+
+ # Look for IEEE1394 devices:
+ if grep 1394 /proc/pci 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null ; then
+ /etc/rc.d/rc.ieee1394 start
+ #sleep 3
+ fi
+
+ # Load additional install floppies:
+ for NEWDISK in 2 ; do
+ if [ ! -r /etc/disk${NEWDISK} ]; then
+ while [ 0 ]; do
+ echo
+ echo -n "Insert install.${NEWDISK} floppy disk to be loaded into RAM disk and press ENTER"
+ read readfoo;
+ if [ "$readfoo" = "Q" -o "$readfoo" = "q" ]; then
+ break;
+ fi
+ echo -n "Loading install.${NEWDISK} floppy into RAM disk... "
+ ( cd / ; cat /dev/fd0 | zcat 2> /dev/null | tar xf - )
+ if [ -r /etc/disk${NEWDISK} ]; then
+ echo "done."
+ echo
+ break;
+ else
+ echo "Error. (reload or enter Q)"
+ echo
+ continue;
+ fi
+ done
+ fi
+ done
+
+ ### PROBABLY USELESS WITHOUT SOME TIMED DELAY ABOVE
+ ## Start USB again (in case we missed a USB keyboard)
+ #/etc/rc.d/rc.usb start
+
+ # Make detected partitions:
+ /dev/makedevs.sh
+
+ ## Not needed with CONFIG_SCSI_MULTI_LUN=y
+ #unset SCAN
+ ## Now we should rescan the "SCSI" bus to look for new USB or firewire devices
+ ## that look like SCSI devices:
+ #if [ -r /proc/bus/usb/devices ]; then
+ # if cat /proc/bus/usb/devices | grep -w usb-storage 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null ; then
+ # SCAN="true"
+ # fi
+ #fi
+ #if [ -r /proc/bus/ieee1394/devices ]; then
+ # if cat /proc/bus/ieee1394/devices | grep -w SBP2 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null ; then
+ # SCAN="true"
+ # fi
+ #fi
+ #if [ "$SCAN" = "true" ]; then
+ # if ! cat /proc/cmdline | grep -q noscanluns 2> /dev/null ; then
+ # echo "Detected new USB/IEEE1394 storage devices... scanning all LUNs."
+ # echo "(to skip, give a 'noscanluns' kernel option at boot)"
+ # #sleep 5
+ # sh /sbin/rescan-scsi-bus -l
+ # #sleep 1
+ # fi
+ #fi
+ #unset SCAN
+
+ # Re-assemble RAID volumes:
+ /sbin/mdadm -E -s > /etc/mdadm.conf
+ /sbin/mdadm -S -s
+ /sbin/mdadm -A -s
+ # This seems to make the kernel see partitions more reliably:
+ fdisk -l /dev/md* 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null
+
+ # Check /proc/partitions again:
+ /dev/makedevs.sh
+
+ # Create LVM nodes:
+ /dev/devmap_mknod.sh
+
+fi # End Run udev:
+
+# Here's the situation. Because of the practice of keeping the local
+# time (rather than UTC) in the system's clock, at any given time half
+# of the people doing an install will be creating files that upon
+# reboot will appear to have been created in the future.
+#
+# There are a lot of things that aren't happy when that happens. The
+# one that screams the most loudly is e2fsck, and we don't want to
+# anger that! Sometimes it even proceeds to check the partitions just
+# to be sure the user is fully punished.
+#
+# But, there's a simple solution. If we set the (temporary) Linux clock
+# to yesterday (-24h), then there's no way that could occur. Everything
+# on the system will be in the past (but not too far in the past).
+# Since files will quickly be put into use and given the correct after
+# reboot, this really shouldn't have a negative impact. Plus, it affects
+# only newly created files during installation -- any file shipped in a
+# package will have an accurate time of creation. (for its timezone ;-)
+#
+# Update: We have to use 2 days ago, or chroot()+timezone offset might
+# still be in the future... <sigh>
+#
+touch /.today
+/bin/sh /sbin/fakedate
+
+if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.inet1 ]; then
+ /bin/sh /etc/rc.d/rc.inet1
+fi
+
+# pcmciautils is installing rc.pcmcia as chmod 644, so we'll change that.
+# It won't be run at boot time, but it'll make it easy for the pcmcia script
+# or to run it from the command line.
+chmod 755 /etc/rc.d/rc.pcmcia
+
+# Scan for existing LVM partitions:
+# We will run 'vgscan -ay' in the setup to prevent a 10 second sleep;
+vgscan --mknodes 2> /tmp/foo
+cat /tmp/foo | uniq
+rm -f /tmp/foo
+
+if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.font ]; then
+ /bin/sh /etc/rc.d/rc.font
+fi
+
+# Don't automatically blank the screen, or it will go black during the install
+# process when stray keystrokes might be dangerous:
+/bin/setterm -blank 0
+
+echo > /etc/motd
+echo "`/bin/uname -a | /bin/cut -d\ -f1,3`." >> /etc/motd
+echo >> /etc/motd
+cat << EOF >> /etc/motd
+If you're upgrading an existing Slackware system, you might want to
+remove old packages before you run 'setup' to install the new ones. If
+you don't, your system will still work but there might be some old files
+left laying around on your drive.
+
+Just mount your Linux partitions under /mnt and type 'pkgtool'. If you
+don't know how to mount your partitions, type 'pkgtool' and it will tell
+you how it's done.
+
+To partition your hard drive(s), use 'cfdisk' or 'fdisk'.
+To start the main installation (after partitioning), type 'setup'.
+
+EOF
+
+# Dropbear seems to handle the $PATH correctly now...
+#echo > /etc/motd.net
+#echo "First command to run is 'source /etc/profile'." >> /etc/motd.net
+#echo "This will setup the PATH for you." >> /etc/motd.net
+#echo >> /etc/motd.net
+
+# If possible, figure out what kernel we just booted with:
+unset SLACK_KERNEL
+for ARG in `cat /proc/cmdline` ; do
+ if [ "`echo $ARG | cut -f 1 -d =`" = "SLACK_KERNEL" ]; then
+ IMAGE="`echo $ARG | cut -f 2 -d =`"
+ SLACK_KERNEL=$IMAGE
+ fi
+done
+export SLACK_KERNEL
+
+. /etc/profile
+
+clear
+if ! cat /proc/cmdline | grep -q 'kbd=' 2> /dev/null ; then
+ echo
+ echo
+ echo "<OPTION TO LOAD SUPPORT FOR NON-US KEYBOARD>"
+ echo
+ echo "If you are not using a US keyboard, you may now load a different"
+ echo "keyboard map. To select a different keyboard map, please enter 1"
+ echo "now. To continue using the US map, just hit enter."
+ echo
+ echo -n "Enter 1 to select a keyboard map: "
+ read ONE
+ if [ "$ONE" = "1" ]; then
+ /usr/lib/setup/SeTkeymap
+ fi
+else
+ for ARG in `cat /proc/cmdline` ; do
+ if [ "`echo $ARG | cut -f1 -d=`" = "kbd" ]; then
+ BMAP="`echo $ARG | cut -f2 -d=`.bmap"
+ fi
+ done
+ tar xzOf /etc/keymaps.tar.gz $BMAP | loadkmap
+ unset BMAP
+fi
+clear
+
+# Provision for unattended network configuration:
+/usr/lib/setup/SeTnet boot
+# Start dropbear ssh server (only if a configured interface is present):
+/etc/rc.d/rc.dropbear start
+
+# Fake login: (fooled ya! ;^)
+
+cat /etc/issue
+echo -n "slackware login: "
+read BOGUS_LOGIN
+cat /etc/motd
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/rc.d/rc.dropbear b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/rc.d/rc.dropbear
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..a9ed47fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/rc.d/rc.dropbear
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# Start/stop/restart the dropbear secure shell server:
+
+# Terminate the script now if we have no interface with an IP address:
+if ! `ip -f inet -o addr show | grep -v " lo " 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null` ; then
+ exit 1
+fi
+
+dropbear_start() {
+ # Create host keys if needed.
+ if [ ! -f /etc/dropbear/dropbear_rsa_host_key ]; then
+ /bin/dropbearkey -t rsa -f /etc/dropbear/dropbear_rsa_host_key
+ fi
+ if [ ! -f /etc/dropbear/dropbear_dss_host_key ]; then
+ /bin/dropbearkey -t dss -f /etc/dropbear/dropbear_dss_host_key
+ fi
+ touch /var/log/lastlog # The file is missing in the installer
+ /sbin/dropbear 2>> /var/log/dropbear.log
+}
+
+dropbear_stop() {
+ killall dropbear
+}
+
+dropbear_restart() {
+ if [ -r /var/run/dropbear.pid ]; then
+ echo "WARNING: killing listener process only. To kill every dropbear process, you "
+ echo " must use 'rc.dropbear stop'. 'rc.dropbear restart' kills only the "
+ echo " parent dropbear to allow an admin logged in through dropbear to use "
+ echo " 'rc.dropbear restart' without being cut off. If dropbear has been "
+ echo " upgraded, new connections will now use the new version, which should "
+ echo " be a safe enough approach."
+ kill `cat /var/run/dropbear.pid`
+ else
+ echo "WARNING: There does not appear to be a parent instance of dropbear running."
+ echo " If you really want to kill all running instances of dropbear "
+ echo " (including any sessions currently in use), run "
+ echo " '/etc/rc.d/rc.dropbear stop' instead."
+ exit 1
+ fi
+ sleep 1
+ dropbear_start
+}
+
+case "$1" in
+'start')
+ dropbear_start
+ ;;
+'stop')
+ dropbear_stop
+ ;;
+'restart')
+ dropbear_restart
+ ;;
+*)
+ echo "usage $0 start|stop|restart"
+esac
+
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/rc.d/rc.font b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/rc.d/rc.font
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..69e69baa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/rc.d/rc.font
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# Load terminus font. This is either to resize the terminal to be close to default,
+# or to simply load a better looking font for the installer.
+
+# In case udev has not yet prepared the tty devices, create them:
+create_tty() {
+ if [ ! -r /dev/tty1 ]; then
+ mknod /dev/tty1 c 4 1
+ chown root:tty /dev/tty1
+ chmod 620 /dev/tty1
+ fi
+ if [ ! -r /dev/tty2 ]; then
+ mknod /dev/tty2 c 4 2
+ chown root:tty /dev/tty2
+ chmod 620 /dev/tty2
+ fi
+ if [ ! -r /dev/tty3 ]; then
+ mknod /dev/tty3 c 4 3
+ chown root:tty /dev/tty3
+ chmod 620 /dev/tty3
+ fi
+ if [ ! -r /dev/tty4 ]; then
+ mknod /dev/tty4 c 4 4
+ chown root:tty /dev/tty4
+ chmod 620 /dev/tty4
+ fi
+}
+
+if ! grep -wq nofont /proc/cmdline ; then
+ if [ ! "$(cat /proc/fb)" = "" ] ; then
+ if [ -r /usr/share/kbd/consolefonts/ter-120b.psf.gz ]; then
+ create_tty
+ for tty in /dev/tty{1,2,3,4} ; do
+ setfont -C $tty /usr/share/kbd/consolefonts/ter-120b.psf.gz
+ done
+ fi
+ else
+ if [ -r /usr/share/kbd/consolefonts/ter-c14v.psf.gz ]; then
+ create_tty
+ for tty in /dev/tty{1,2,3,4} ; do
+ setfont -C $tty /usr/share/kbd/consolefonts/ter-c14v.psf.gz
+ done
+ fi
+ fi
+fi
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/rc.d/rc.ieee1394 b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/rc.d/rc.ieee1394
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..2701229d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/rc.d/rc.ieee1394
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# rc.ieee1394: search for IEEE1394 (firewire) devices needed for installation.
+
+# This is a function to unload the IEEE1394 (firewire) modules:
+ieee1394_stop() {
+ modprobe -r sbp2 ohci1394
+ modprobe -r ieee1394
+}
+
+# This is a function to attempt to enable a IEEE1394 storage device.
+# If this causes problems for you, use "noieee1394" as a kernel
+# command line option at boot time.
+ieee1394_start() {
+ # If noieee1394 was given at boot, skip.
+ if ! cat /proc/cmdline | grep noieee1394 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null ; then
+ # If there aren't even any modules for this kernel, skip.
+ if [ -d /lib/modules/`uname -r` ]; then
+ # If ieee1394 is already loaded, skip.
+ if ! grep ieee1394 /proc/modules 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null ; then
+ echo "Probing for IEEE1394 (Firewire) controllers."
+ echo "(to skip, give a 'noieee1394' kernel option at boot)"
+ #sleep 5
+ modprobe -q ieee1394 >/dev/null 2>&1
+ # Try to load hub module:
+ modprobe -q ohci1394 >/dev/null 2>&1
+ # Attempt to load storage support.
+ modprobe -q sbp2 >/dev/null 2>&1
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+}
+
+case "$1" in
+'start')
+ ieee1394_start
+ ;;
+'stop')
+ ieee1394_stop
+ ;;
+'restart')
+ ieee1394_stop
+ sleep 5
+ ieee1394_start
+ ;;
+*)
+ echo "usage $0 start|stop|restart"
+esac
+
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/rc.d/rc.inet1 b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/rc.d/rc.inet1
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..370de006
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/rc.d/rc.inet1
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+#
+# rc.inet1 This shell script boots up the base INET system.
+#
+# Version: @(#)/etc/rc.d/rc.inet1 1.01 05/27/93
+#
+
+TMP=/var/log/setup/tmp
+mkdir -p $TMP/dhcpc
+
+HOSTNAME=`cat /etc/HOSTNAME`
+/bin/hostname `cat /etc/HOSTNAME | cut -f1 -d .`
+
+# Attach the loopback device.
+/sbin/ifconfig lo 127.0.0.1
+/sbin/route add -net 127.0.0.0 netmask 255.0.0.0 lo
+
+# In case we use udev -
+# Try to get information from a local DHCP server and store that for later:
+if ! grep -wq nodhcp /proc/cmdline ; then
+ for EDEV in $(cat /proc/net/dev | grep ':' | sed -e "s/^ *//" | cut -f1 -d: | grep -v lo) ; do
+ if grep -q $(echo ${EDEV}: | cut -f 1 -d :): /proc/net/wireless ; then
+ continue # skip wireless interfaces
+ fi
+ /sbin/dhcpcd -t 35 -L -T $EDEV 1>/etc/dhcpc/dhcpcd-${EDEV}.info 2>/dev/null &
+ done
+fi
+
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/rc.d/rc.pcmcia b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/rc.d/rc.pcmcia
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..1f21be84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/rc.d/rc.pcmcia
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# rc.pcmcia: Script to initialize PCMCIA subsystem.
+# Based in an example found in cardmgr-to-pcmciautils.txt
+# and in Slackware rc.pcmcia found in pcmcia-cs package.
+#
+
+# Set this to the driver to use, one of:
+# probe, yenta_socket, i82365, i82092, pd6729, tcic, etc.
+#
+DRIVER=probe
+DRIVER_OPTS=
+
+case "$1" in
+ start)
+ echo "Starting PCMCIA services:"
+ fgrep -q pcmcia /proc/devices
+ if [ $? -ne 0 ] ; then
+ if [ "$DRIVER" = "probe" ]; then
+ echo " <Probing for PCIC: edit /etc/rc.d/rc.pcmcia>"
+ for DRV in yenta_socket i82365 tcic ; do
+ /sbin/modprobe $DRV > /dev/null 2>&1
+ /sbin/pccardctl status | grep -q Socket && break
+ /sbin/modprobe -r $DRV > /dev/null 2>&1
+ done
+ else
+ echo " <Loading PCIC: $DRIVER>"
+ /sbin/modprobe $DRIVER $DRIVER_OPTS > /dev/null 2>&1
+ fi
+ /sbin/modprobe pcmcia > /dev/null 2>&1 # just in case it's not auto-loaded
+ else
+ echo " <PCIC already loaded>"
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ stop)
+ echo -n "Shutting down PCMCIA services: "
+ echo -n "cards "
+ /sbin/pccardctl eject
+ MODULES=`/sbin/lsmod | grep "pcmcia " | awk '{print $4}' | tr , ' '`
+ for i in $MODULES ; do
+ echo -n "$i "
+ /sbin/modprobe -r $i > /dev/null 2>&1
+ done
+ echo -n "pcmcia "
+ /sbin/modprobe -r pcmcia > /dev/null 2>&1
+ if [ "$DRIVER" = "probe" ]; then
+ for DRV in yenta_socket i82365 tcic ; do
+ grep -qw $DRV /proc/modules && modprobe -r $DRV && \
+ echo -n "$DRV " && break
+ done
+ else
+ /sbin/modprobe -r $DRIVER > /dev/null 2>&1
+ fi
+ echo -n "rsrc_nonstatic "
+ /sbin/modprobe -r rsrc_nonstatic > /dev/null 2>&1
+ echo "pcmcia_core"
+ /sbin/modprobe -r pcmcia_core > /dev/null 2>&1
+ ;;
+
+ restart)
+ $0 stop
+ $0 start
+ ;;
+esac
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/rc.d/rc.udev b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/rc.d/rc.udev
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..8c238b0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/rc.d/rc.udev
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# This is a script to initialize udev, which populates the /dev
+# directory with device nodes, scans for devices, loads the
+# appropriate kernel modules, and configures the devices.
+
+PATH="/sbin:/bin"
+OPT=""
+
+. /etc/udev/udev.conf
+
+# remove trailing slash from udev_root
+UDEV_ROOT=$(echo "${udev_root}" |sed 's/\/*$//')
+
+case "$1" in
+ start)
+ # Sanity check #1, udev requires that the kernel support tmpfs:
+ if ! grep -wq tmpfs /proc/filesystems ; then
+ echo "Sorry, but you need tmpfs support in the kernel to use udev."
+ echo
+ echo "FATAL: Refusing to run /etc/rc.d/rc.udev."
+ exit 1
+ fi
+
+ # Sanity check #2, make sure that a 2.6.x kernel is new enough:
+ if [ "$(uname -r | cut -f 1,2 -d .)" = "2.6" ]; then
+ if [ "$(uname -r | cut -f 3 -d . | sed 's/[^[:digit:]].*//')" -lt "15" ]; then
+ echo "Sorry, but you need a 2.6.15+ kernel to use udev."
+ echo "Your kernel version is only $(uname -r)."
+ echo
+ echo "FATAL: Refusing to run /etc/rc.d/rc.udev."
+ exit 1
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ # Sanity check #3, make sure the udev package was not removed. If udevd
+ # is not there, this will also shut off this script to prevent further
+ # problems:
+ if [ ! -x /sbin/udevd ]; then
+ chmod 644 /etc/rc.d/rc.udev
+ echo "No udevd daemon found."
+ echo "Turning off udev: chmod 644 /etc/rc.d/rc.udev"
+ echo "FATAL: Refusing to run /etc/rc.d/rc.udev."
+ exit 1
+ fi
+
+ # Disable hotplug helper since udevd listens to netlink:
+ if [ -e /proc/sys/kernel/hotplug ]; then
+ echo "" > /proc/sys/kernel/hotplug
+ fi
+
+ # if udevd is already running, rc.udev start will try to re-run
+ # failed events. Else, it will start udevd.
+ if ps axc | grep -q udevd ; then
+ OPT="--type=failed $OPT"
+ ( cd ${UDEV_ROOT}/.udev
+ for TMPFILE in tmp-rules-*.rules ; do
+ mv $TMPFILE /etc/udev/rules.d/${TMPFILE/tmp-rules--/} 2>/dev/null
+ done
+ )
+ else
+ # Mount tmpfs on $UDEV_ROOT:
+ if ! grep -E -q "^[^[:space:]]+ $UDEV_ROOT tmpfs" /proc/mounts; then
+ # umount shm if needed
+ if grep -E -q "^[^[:space:]]+ $UDEV_ROOT/shm tmpfs" /proc/mounts; then
+ umount -l $UDEV_ROOT/shm
+ fi
+
+ # Umount pts if needed, we will remount it later:
+ if grep -E -q "^[^[:space:]]+ $UDEV_ROOT/pts devpts" /proc/mounts; then
+ umount -l $UDEV_ROOT/pts
+ fi
+
+ # Mount tmpfs on $UDEV_ROOT:
+ # the -n is because we don't want $UDEV_ROOT umounted when
+ # someone (rc.[06]) calls umount -a
+ mount -n -o mode=0755 -t tmpfs tmpfs $UDEV_ROOT
+
+ # Remount pts:
+ mkdir $UDEV_ROOT/pts 2> /dev/null
+ mount -n -o mode=0620,gid=5 -t devpts devpts $UDEV_ROOT/pts
+ fi
+
+ # Add the static nodes to $UDEV_ROOT:
+ cp --preserve=all --recursive --remove-destination /lib/udev/devices/* $UDEV_ROOT
+
+ # Start udevd:
+ echo "Starting udevd: /sbin/udevd --daemon"
+ /sbin/udevd --daemon
+
+ # Create rootdev rules
+ DEVICENUMBER=$( /bin/stat -c %d / )
+ MAJORNUMBER=$(($DEVICENUMBER / 256))
+ MINORNUMBER=$(($DEVICENUMBER % 256))
+
+ echo 'ACTION=="add|change", SUBSYSTEM=="block", ENV{MAJOR}=="'$MAJORNUMBER'", ENV{MINOR}=="'$MINORNUMBER'", SYMLINK+="root"' > /dev/.udev/rules.d/61-dev-root-link.rules
+
+ fi
+
+ echo "Triggering udev events: /sbin/udevadm trigger $OPT"
+ # Call udevtrigger and udevsettle to do the device configuration:
+ /sbin/udevadm trigger $OPT && /sbin/udevadm settle --timeout=120
+
+ ;;
+ stop)
+ echo "Stopping udevd"
+ if [ -e /proc/sys/kernel/hotplug ]; then
+ echo /sbin/hotplug > /proc/sys/kernel/hotplug
+ fi
+ killall udevd
+ ;;
+ restart)
+ echo "Restarting udevd"
+ killall udevd
+ sleep 5
+ udevd --daemon
+ ;;
+ reload)
+ echo "Reloading udev rules"
+ udevadm control --reload-rules
+ cp --preserve=all --recursive --update /lib/udev/devices/* $UDEV_ROOT
+ ;;
+ force-reload)
+ echo "Updating all available device nodes in $UDEV_ROOT"
+ udevadm control --reload-rules
+ rm -rf $UDEV_ROOT/.udev $UDEV_ROOT/disk
+ cp --preserve=all --recursive --update /lib/udev/devices/* $UDEV_ROOT
+ ;;
+
+ *)
+ echo "Usage: $0 {start|stop|restart|reload|force-reload}"
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+esac
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/rc.d/rc.usb b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/rc.d/rc.usb
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..0c40b5b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/rc.d/rc.usb
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# rc.usb: search for USB devices needed for installation.
+
+# This is a function to unload the USB modules:
+usb_stop() {
+ modprobe -r usb-storage keybdev mousedev usbmouse hid usbkbd \
+ input uhci usb-uhci usb-ohci uhci-hcd ohci-hcd ehci-hcd 2> /dev/null
+ umount usbfs 2> /dev/null
+ modprobe -r usbcore 2> /dev/null
+}
+
+# This is a function to attempt to enable a USB keyboard,
+# mouse, and storage (CD or hard drive).
+# If this causes problems for you, use "nousb" as a kernel
+# command line option at boot time.
+usb_start() {
+ # If nousb was given at boot, skip.
+ if ! cat /proc/cmdline | grep nousb 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null ; then
+ # If there aren't even any modules for this kernel, skip.
+ if [ -d /lib/modules/`uname -r` ]; then
+ # If usbcore is already loaded, skip.
+ if ! grep usbcore /proc/modules 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null ; then
+ echo "Probing for USB controllers."
+ echo "(to skip, give a 'nousb' kernel option at boot)"
+ #sleep 5
+ modprobe -q usbcore >/dev/null 2>&1
+ # Try to mount usbfs:
+ if [ -d /proc/bus/usb -a ! -f /proc/bus/usb/devices ]; then
+ mount -t usbfs usbfs /proc/bus/usb
+ fi
+ # Try to load all the hub modules:
+ modprobe -q ehci-hcd >/dev/null 2>&1
+ modprobe -q ohci-hcd >/dev/null 2>&1
+ modprobe -q uhci-hcd >/dev/null 2>&1
+ modprobe -q usb-ohci >/dev/null 2>&1
+ # NOTE: this prefers "uhci"; you may prefer "usb-uhci".
+ #modprobe -q usb-uhci >/dev/null 2>&1 || modprobe -q uhci >/dev/null 2>&1
+ modprobe -q uhci >/dev/null 2>&1 || modprobe -q usb-uhci >/dev/null 2>&1
+ # Load input core:
+ modprobe -q input >/dev/null 2>&1
+ # Load USB keyboard:
+ modprobe -q usbkbd >/dev/null 2>&1
+ # Load Human Interface Device (HID) USB module:
+ modprobe -q hid >/dev/null 2>&1
+ # Load mouse (just in case (TM)) and keyboard USB input modules:
+ modprobe -q mousedev >/dev/null 2>&1
+ modprobe -q keybdev >/dev/null 2>&1
+ # Attempt to load storage support. Some funny USB ports (non-0 LUN) might not work
+ # so well, but most are well-behaved.
+ modprobe -q usb-storage >/dev/null 2>&1
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+}
+
+case "$1" in
+'start')
+ usb_start
+ ;;
+'stop')
+ usb_stop
+ ;;
+'restart')
+ usb_stop
+ sleep 5
+ usb_start
+ ;;
+*)
+ echo "usage $0 start|stop|restart"
+esac
+
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/scsi_id.config b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/scsi_id.config
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d2a10a5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/scsi_id.config
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+#
+# scsi_id configuration
+#
+# lower or upper case has no effect on the left side. Quotes (") are
+# required for spaces in values. Model is the same as the SCSI
+# INQUIRY product identification field. Per the SCSI INQUIRY, the vendor
+# is limited to 8 bytes, model to 16 bytes.
+#
+# The first matching line found is used. Short matches match longer ones,
+# if you do not want such a match space fill the extra bytes. If no model
+# is specified, only the vendor string need match.
+#
+# options=<any scsi_id command line options>
+# vendor=string[,model=string],options=<per-device scsi_id options>
+
+# some libata drives require vpd page 0x80
+vendor="ATA",options=-p 0x80
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/securetty b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/securetty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e4b46140
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/securetty
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+# This file defines which devices root can log in on.
+
+# These are the ttys on the physical console:
+console
+tty1
+tty2
+tty3
+tty4
+tty5
+tty6
+
+# These are remote ttys, and uncommenting them might be less than fully secure:
+ttyS0
+ttyS1
+ttyS2
+ttyS3
+#ttyp0
+#ttyp1
+#ttyp2
+#ttyp3
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/shadow b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/shadow
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..577b5d0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/shadow
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+root:joFWnPF2bJhPc:9797:0:::::
+halt:*:9797:0:::::
+operator:*:9797:0:::::
+shutdown:*:9797:0:::::
+sync:*:9797:0:::::
+bin:*:9797:0:::::
+ftp:*:9797:0:::::
+daemon:*:9797:0:::::
+adm:*:9797:0:::::
+lp:*:9797:0:::::
+mail:*:9797:0:::::
+news:*:9797:0:::::
+uucp:*:9797:0:::::
+man:*:9797:0:::::
+games:*:9797:0:::::
+guest:*:9797:0:::::
+nobody:*:9797:0:::::
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/shells b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/shells
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..de0249b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/shells
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+/bin/sh
+/bin/bash
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/syslog.conf b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/syslog.conf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..055ab1c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/syslog.conf
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+# Write any informational messages on virtual console 4:
+*.=info;*.=notice /dev/tty4
+*.=debug /dev/tty4
+*.warn;*.err /dev/tty4
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/termcap b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/termcap
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6fcd14ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/etc/termcap
@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
+# [Slackware note: If you're looking for a big, full-featured termcap,
+# use /etc/termcap-BSD instead ]
+#
+# From: miquels@drinkel.ow.org (Miquel van Smoorenburg)
+#
+# Okay guys, here is a shorter termcap that does have most
+# capabilities and is ncurses compatible. If it works for you
+# I'd like to hear about it.
+#
+# Some entries in termcap 2.0.7 are too long and your programs
+# may complain "tgetent: warning: termcap entry too long". Here is
+# a smaller termcap. But it may not cover as many terminals as the one
+# in termcap 2.0.7. You can install it as /etc/termcap.
+#
+# termcap Termcap entries for the VT family.
+# All termcap entries have been freed of the 'ks' and
+# 'ke' entries, that put the keypad into applications
+# mode. This is a generally misused entry, not ment
+# for the vt100 "applications" mode. Now cursor and
+# function keys will work in all programs.
+#
+# Also, there is a "generic" vt entry with common
+# entries for all terminals, on which all other entries
+# are built.
+#
+# Version: @(#) vt-termcap 1.37 12-Mar-1996 MvS
+#
+
+# Generic VT entry.
+vg|vt-generic|Generic VT entries:\
+ :bs:mi:ms:pt:xn:xo:it#8:\
+ :RA=\E[?7l:SA=\E?7h:\
+ :bl=^G:cr=^M:ta=^I:\
+ :cm=\E[%i%d;%dH:\
+ :le=^H:up=\E[A:do=\E[B:nd=\E[C:\
+ :LE=\E[%dD:RI=\E[%dC:UP=\E[%dA:DO=\E[%dB:\
+ :ho=\E[H:cl=\E[H\E[2J:ce=\E[K:cb=\E[1K:cd=\E[J:sf=\ED:sr=\EM:\
+ :ct=\E[3g:st=\EH:\
+ :cs=\E[%i%d;%dr:sc=\E7:rc=\E8:\
+ :ei=\E[4l:ic=\E[@:IC=\E[%d@:al=\E[L:AL=\E[%dL:\
+ :dc=\E[P:DC=\E[%dP:dl=\E[M:DL=\E[%dM:\
+ :so=\E[7m:se=\E[m:us=\E[4m:ue=\E[m:\
+ :mb=\E[5m:mh=\E[2m:md=\E[1m:mr=\E[7m:me=\E[m:\
+ :sc=\E7:rc=\E8:kb=\177:\
+ :ku=\E[A:kd=\E[B:kr=\E[C:kl=\E[D:
+
+## Linux console. One should really set TERM=linux instead of TERM=console.
+#lx|linux|console|con80x25|LINUX System Console:\
+# :co#80:li#25:am:\
+# :is=\E[m\E[?1l\E>\E[10m:\
+# :rs=\E[m\E[?1l\E>\E[10m:\
+# :ch=\E[%i%dG:cv=\E[%i%dd:\
+# :eA=\E)0:as=^N:ae=^O:ac=aaffggjjkkllmmnnooqqssttuuvvwwxx:\
+# :ve=\E[?25h:vi=\E[?25l:\
+# :se=\E[27m:ue=\E[24m:mh=\E[2m:\
+# :ks=:ke=:\
+# :kh=\E[1~:kH=\E[4~:kI=\E[2~:kD=\E[3~:kP=\E[5~:kN=\E[6~:\
+# :k1=\E[[A:k2=\E[[B:k3=\E[[C:k4=\E[[D:k5=\E[[E:\
+# :k6=\E[17~:k7=\E[18~:k8=\E[19~:k9=\E[20~:k0=\E[21~:\
+# :F1=\E[23~:F2=\E[24~:\
+# :tc=vt-generic:
+
+# Slackware 3.1 linux termcap entry (Sat Apr 27 23:03:58 CDT 1996):
+lx|linux|console|con80x25|LINUX System Console:\
+ :do=^J:co#80:li#25:cl=\E[H\E[J:sf=\ED:sb=\EM:\
+ :le=^H:bs:am:cm=\E[%i%d;%dH:nd=\E[C:up=\E[A:\
+ :ce=\E[K:cd=\E[J:so=\E[7m:se=\E[27m:us=\E[36m:ue=\E[m:\
+ :md=\E[1m:mr=\E[7m:mb=\E[5m:me=\E[m:is=\E[1;25r\E[25;1H:\
+ :ll=\E[1;25r\E[25;1H:al=\E[L:dc=\E[P:dl=\E[M:\
+ :it#8:ku=\E[A:kd=\E[B:kr=\E[C:kl=\E[D:kb=^H:ti=\E[r\E[H:\
+ :ho=\E[H:kP=\E[5~:kN=\E[6~:kH=\E[4~:kh=\E[1~:kD=\E[3~:kI=\E[2~:\
+ :k1=\E[[A:k2=\E[[B:k3=\E[[C:k4=\E[[D:k5=\E[[E:k6=\E[17~:\
+ :k7=\E[18~:k8=\E[19~:k9=\E[20~:k0=\E[21~:K1=\E[1~:K2=\E[5~:\
+ :K4=\E[4~:K5=\E[6~:\
+ :pt:sr=\EM:vt#3:xn:km:bl=^G:vi=\E[?25l:ve=\E[?25h:vs=\E[?25h:\
+ :sc=\E7:rc=\E8:cs=\E[%i%d;%dr:\
+ :r1=\Ec:r2=\Ec:r3=\Ec:
+
+# Some other, commonly used linux console entries.
+lx|con80x28:co#80:li#28:tc=linux:
+lx|con80x43:co#80:li#43:tc=linux:
+lx|con80x50:co#80:li#50:tc=linux:
+lx|con100x37:co#100:li#37:tc=linux:
+lx|con100x40:co#100:li#40:tc=linux:
+lx|con132x43:co#132:li#43:tc=linux:
+
+# vt102 - vt100 + insert line etc. VT102 does not have insert character.
+v2|vt102|DEC vt102 compatible:\
+ :co#80:li#24:\
+ :ic@:IC@:\
+ :is=\E[m\E[?1l\E>:\
+ :rs=\E[m\E[?1l\E>:\
+ :eA=\E)0:as=^N:ae=^O:ac=aaffggjjkkllmmnnooqqssttuuvvwwxx:\
+ :ks=:ke=:\
+ :k1=\EOP:k2=\EOQ:k3=\EOR:k4=\EOS:\
+ :tc=vt-generic:
+
+# vt100 - really vt102 without insert line, insert char etc.
+vt|vt100|DEC vt100 compatible:\
+ :im@:mi@:al@:dl@:ic@:dc@:AL@:DL@:IC@:DC@:\
+ :tc=vt102:
+
+# Standard vt320 (based on my own digital vt320)
+v3|vt320|DEC vt320:\
+ :co#80:li#24:hs:es:\
+ :is=\E[m\E[2$~\E[?1l\E>:\
+ :rs=\E[m\E[?1l\E>:\
+ :ve=\E[?25h:vi=\E[?25l:\
+ :se=\E[27m:ue=\E[24m:mh=\E[2m:\
+ :eA=\E)0:as=^N:ae=^O:ac=aaffggjjkkllmmnnooqqssttuuvvwwxx:\
+ :ts=\E[1$}\E[1;%i%dH:fs=\E[0$}:ds=\E[1$}\r\E[m\E[K\E[0$}:\
+ :ks=:ke=:\
+ :kI=\E[2~:kD=\E[3~:kP=\E[5~:kN=\E[6~:\
+ :@4=\E[29~:@0=\E[1~:*6=\E[4~:\
+ :k1=\EOP:k2=\EOQ:k3=\EOR:k4=\EOS:k5=\E[16~\
+ :k6=\E[17~:k7=\E[18~:k8=\E[19~:k9=\E[20~:k0=\E[21~:\
+ :F1=\E[23~:F2=\E[24~:F3=\E[25~:F4=\E[26~:F5=\E[28~:\
+ :F6=\E[29~:F7=\E[31~:F8=\E[32~:\
+ :tc=vt-generic:
+
+v8|vt320-8|DEC vt320 in 8-bit mode:\
+ :kI=\2332~:kD=\2333~:kP=\2335~:kN=\2336~:\
+ :@4=\23329~:@0=\2331~:*6=\2334~:\
+ :k1=\EOP:k2=\EOQ:k3=\EOR:k4=\EOS:k5=\23316~\
+ :k6=\23317~:k7=\23318~:k8=\23319~:k9=\23320~:k0=\23321~:\
+ :F1=\23323~:F2=\23324~:F3=\23325~:F4=\23326~:F5=\23328~:\
+ :F6=\23329~:F7=\23331~:F8=\23332~:\
+ :ku=\233A:kd=\233B:kr=\233C:kl=\233D:\
+ :tc=vt320:
+
+# Entry for minicom so it uses the PC (IBM) character set.
+# If this doesn't work for kernels between 1.1.18 and 1.1.80,
+# change \E(U -> \E[11m (enter ANSI mode)
+# and \E(B -> \E[10m (leave ANSI mode)
+mc|minicom|ansi-mc|termcap entry for minicom on the console:\
+ :is=\E[m\E>\E(U:\
+ :rs=\E[m\E>\E(B:\
+ :as@:ae@:eA@:ac@:\
+ :bl=\E(B\007\E(U:\
+ :vb=\E(B\007\E(U:\
+ :tc=linux:
+
+# Entry for an xterm. Insert mode has been disabled.
+vs|xterm|xterm-color|vs100|xterm terminal emulator (X Window System):\
+ :am:bs:mi@:km:co#80:li#55:\
+ :im@:ei@:\
+ :ct=\E[3k:ue=\E[m:\
+ :is=\E[m\E[?1l\E>:\
+ :rs=\E[m\E[?1l\E>:\
+ :eA=\E)0:as=^N:ae=^O:ac=aaffggjjkkllmmnnooqqssttuuvvwwxx:\
+ :kI=\E[2~:kD=\177:kP=\E[5~:kN=\E[6~:\
+ :k1=\E[11~:k2=\E[12~:k3=\E[13~:k4=\E[14~:k5=\E[15~:\
+ :k6=\E[17~:k7=\E[18~:k8=\E[19~:k9=\E[20~:k0=\E[21~:\
+ :F1=\E[23~:F2=\E[24~:\
+ :kh=\E[H:kH=\EOw:\
+ :ks=:ke=:\
+ :te=\E[2J\E[?47l\E8:ti=\E7\E[?47h:\
+ :tc=vt-generic:
+
+# Some other entries for the same xterm.
+v2|xterms|vs100s|xterm small window:\
+ :co#80:li#24:tc=xterm:
+vb|xterm-bold|xterm with bold instead of underline:\
+ :us=\E[1m:tc=xterm:
+vi|xterm-ins|xterm with insert mode:\
+ :mi:im=\E[4h:ei=\E[4l:tc=xterm:
+
+Eterm|Eterm Terminal Emulator (X11 Window System):\
+ :am:bw:eo:km:mi:ms:xn:xo:\
+ :co#80:it#8:li#24:lm#0:pa#64:Co#8:AF=\E[3%dm:AB=\E[4%dm:op=\E[39m\E[49m:\
+ :AL=\E[%dL:DC=\E[%dP:DL=\E[%dM:DO=\E[%dB:IC=\E[%d@:\
+ :K1=\E[7~:K2=\EOu:K3=\E[5~:K4=\E[8~:K5=\E[6~:LE=\E[%dD:\
+ :RI=\E[%dC:UP=\E[%dA:ae=^O:al=\E[L:as=^N:bl=^G:cd=\E[J:\
+ :ce=\E[K:cl=\E[H\E[2J:cm=\E[%i%d;%dH:cr=^M:\
+ :cs=\E[%i%d;%dr:ct=\E[3g:dc=\E[P:dl=\E[M:do=\E[B:\
+ :ec=\E[%dX:ei=\E[4l:ho=\E[H:i1=\E[?47l\E>\E[?1l:ic=\E[@:\
+ :im=\E[4h:is=\E[r\E[m\E[2J\E[H\E[?7h\E[?1;3;4;6l\E[4l:\
+ :k1=\E[11~:k2=\E[12~:k3=\E[13~:k4=\E[14~:k5=\E[15~:\
+ :k6=\E[17~:k7=\E[18~:k8=\E[19~:k9=\E[20~:kD=\E[3~:\
+ :kI=\E[2~:kN=\E[6~:kP=\E[5~:kb=^H:kd=\E[B:ke=:kh=\E[7~:\
+ :kl=\E[D:kr=\E[C:ks=:ku=\E[A:le=^H:mb=\E[5m:md=\E[1m:\
+ :me=\E[m\017:mr=\E[7m:nd=\E[C:rc=\E8:\
+ :sc=\E7:se=\E[27m:sf=^J:so=\E[7m:sr=\EM:st=\EH:ta=^I:\
+ :te=\E[2J\E[?47l\E8:ti=\E7\E[?47h:ue=\E[24m:up=\E[A:\
+ :us=\E[4m:vb=\E[?5h\E[?5l:ve=\E[?25h:vi=\E[?25l:\
+ :ac=``aaffggiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~:
+
+# DOS terminal emulator such as Telix or TeleMate.
+# This probably also works for the SCO console, though it's incomplete.
+an|ansi|ansi-bbs|ANSI terminals (emulators):\
+ :co#80:li#24:am:\
+ :is=:rs=\Ec:kb=^H:\
+ :as=\E[m:ae=:eA=:\
+ :ac=0\333+\257,\256.\031-\030a\261f\370g\361j\331k\277l\332m\300n\305q\304t\264u\303v\301w\302x\263~\025:\
+ :kD=\177:kH=\E[Y:kN=\E[U:kP=\E[V:kh=\E[H:\
+ :k1=\EOP:k2=\EOQ:k3=\EOR:k4=\EOS:k5=\EOT:\
+ :k6=\EOU:k7=\EOV:k8=\EOW:k9=\EOX:k0=\EOY:\
+ :tc=vt-generic:
+
+# This seems to be an entry for other x86 based unices.
+at|at386-m|386AT-M|386at-m|at/386 console:\
+ :am:bw:eo:xt:co#80:li#25:\
+ :ae=\E[10m:as=\E[12m:\
+ :is=\E[0;10;38m:\
+ :k1=\EOP:k2=\EOQ:k3=\EOR:k4=\EOS:k5=\EOT:\
+ :k6=\EOU:k7=\EOV:k8=\EOW:k9=\EOX:\
+ :kh=\E[H:us=\E[4m:vb=^G:nl=\E[B:kb=^H:\
+ :tc=vt-generic:
+
+# Yeah - Minix still lives :)
+ma|minix|minix-am|minix-vcam|MINIX 1.5 Virtual Console:\
+ :am:bs:co#80:li#25:km:ms:\
+ :is=\E[0m\EPlinewrap.on\E\\:\
+ :rs=\Ec\EPlinewrap.on\E\\:\
+ :as=:ae=:eA=:\
+ :ac=0\333+\257,\256.\031-\030a\261f\370g\361j\331k\277l\332m\300n\305q\304t\264u\303v\301w\302x\263~\025:\
+ :k1=\EOP:k2=\EOQ:k3=\EOR:k4=\EOS:k5=\EOT:\
+ :k6=\EOU:k7=\EOV:k8=\EOW:k9=\EOX:k0=\EOY:\
+ :kD=\177:kH=\E[Y:kN=\E[U:kP=\E[V:kh=\E[H:kb=^H:\
+ :ve=\EPcursor.on\E\\:vi=\EPcursor.off\E\\:\
+ :tc=vt-generic:
+
+# Some obligatory historic entries.
+sa|network|ethernet|arpanet:co#80:os:am:
+su|dumb|un|unknown:co#80:os:am:
+sd|du|dialup:co#80:os:am:
+t7|37|tty37|model 37 teletype:\
+ :cr=^M:do=^J:nl=^J:bl=^G:le=^H:bs:hc:hu=\E8:hd=\E9:up=\E7:os:
+
+# Yes, there really are people that login from a Sun Console.
+mu|sun|Sun Microsystems Workstation console:\
+ :am:bs:km:mi:ms:pt:\
+ :li#34:co#80:cl=^L:cm=\E[%i%d;%dH:nd=\E[C:up=\E[A:\
+ :ce=\E[K:cd=\E[J:so=\E[7m:se=\E[m:\
+ :kd=\E[B:kl=\E[D:ku=\E[A:kr=\E[C:kh=\E[H:\
+ :k1=\EOP:k2=\EOQ:k3=\EOR:k4=\EOS:\
+ :al=\E[L:dl=\E[M:im=:ei=:ic=\E[@:dc=\E[P:\
+ :rs=\E[s:
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/init b/source/installer/sources/initrd/init
new file mode 120000
index 00000000..ebb2a55d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/init
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+sbin/init \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/mnt/README b/source/installer/sources/initrd/mnt/README
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ac27d0ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/mnt/README
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+
+...don't go mounting your source partition(s) here. This directory is used
+by 'setup' to mount your target partition(s). If you need to mount something,
+make your own directory.
+
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/nfs b/source/installer/sources/initrd/nfs
new file mode 120000
index 00000000..3f165753
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/nfs
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+/var/log/mount \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/root/README b/source/installer/sources/initrd/root/README
new file mode 120000
index 00000000..e138796b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/root/README
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+/etc/motd \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/sbin/brc b/source/installer/sources/initrd/sbin/brc
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..683f471b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/sbin/brc
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# /sbin/brc (whatever that means ;)
+# This script gets run just before the system is down.
+#
+cat << EOF
+
+
+The system is rebooting NOW!
+
+Syncing disks...
+EOF
+/bin/sync
+echo
+echo "Unmounting file systems... "
+/bin/umount -a 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null
+echo
+sleep 2
+/sbin/reboot -f
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/sbin/cfdisk b/source/installer/sources/initrd/sbin/cfdisk
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..582a1414
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/sbin/cfdisk
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+cfdisk.bin $*
+if [ -x /dev/makedevs.sh ]; then
+ /dev/makedevs.sh
+fi
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/sbin/fakedate b/source/installer/sources/initrd/sbin/fakedate
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..e89d438d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/sbin/fakedate
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+if [ -r /.today ]; then
+ date -s yesterday 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null
+ rm -f /.today
+fi
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/sbin/fdisk b/source/installer/sources/initrd/sbin/fdisk
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..7b0c2693
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/sbin/fdisk
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+fdisk.bin $*
+if [ -x /dev/makedevs.sh ]; then
+ /dev/makedevs.sh
+fi
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/sbin/fixdate b/source/installer/sources/initrd/sbin/fixdate
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..09634990
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/sbin/fixdate
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+if [ ! -r /.today ]; then
+ date -s tomorrow 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null
+ touch /.today
+fi
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/sbin/probe b/source/installer/sources/initrd/sbin/probe
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..eca6db9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/sbin/probe
@@ -0,0 +1,438 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# This is 'probe', a wrapper for using fdisk to gather drive info for
+# the Slackware setup scripts. I hate to bounce this much garbage through
+# a tmpdir, but it looks like large variables can make ash crash...
+
+# Many thanks to Vincent Rivellino for contributing the patches to support
+# Mylex and Compaq RAID controllers.
+
+# Regularize output that will be parsed:
+unset LANG LC_CTYPE LC_NUMERIC LC_TIME LC_COLLATE LC_MONETARY \
+ LC_MESSAGES LC_PAPER LC_NAME LC_ADDRESS LC_TELEPHONE LC_MEASUREMENT \
+ LC_IDENTIFICATION LC_ALL
+LANG=C
+export LANG
+
+TMP=/var/log/setup/tmp
+
+# Use cached results if they exist and /proc/partitions has not changed:
+if [ -r $TMP/SeTpartition.md5 -a -r $TMP/SeTfdisk ]; then
+ if [ "$(cat $TMP/SeTpartition.md5)" = "$(md5sum /proc/partitions)" ]; then
+ cat $TMP/SeTfdisk
+ exit 0
+ fi
+fi
+
+# First run, or /proc/partitions has changed.
+# Make a checksum for later comparison:
+md5sum /proc/partitions > $TMP/SeTpartition.md5
+
+# Wipe any previously existing results:
+rm -f $TMP/SeTfdisk
+
+# listide major minor hd1 hd2 (2 base devs for major)
+list_ide() {
+ if [ "$2" = "0" ]; then
+ fdisk -l /dev/$3 >> $TMP/SeTfdisk
+ elif [ "$2" = "64" ]; then
+ fdisk -l /dev/$4 >> $TMP/SeTfdisk
+ fi
+}
+
+list_scsi() {
+ # find drive # 0 - 15
+ DRV=`expr $1 / 16`
+ NUM=`expr $1 % 16`
+ if [ ! "$NUM" = "0" ]; then
+ return
+ fi
+ if [ "$DRV" = "0" ]; then
+ fdisk -l /dev/sda >> $TMP/SeTfdisk
+ elif [ "$DRV" = "1" ]; then
+ fdisk -l /dev/sdb >> $TMP/SeTfdisk
+ elif [ "$DRV" = "2" ]; then
+ fdisk -l /dev/sdc >> $TMP/SeTfdisk
+ elif [ "$DRV" = "3" ]; then
+ fdisk -l /dev/sdd >> $TMP/SeTfdisk
+ elif [ "$DRV" = "4" ]; then
+ fdisk -l /dev/sde >> $TMP/SeTfdisk
+ elif [ "$DRV" = "5" ]; then
+ fdisk -l /dev/sdf >> $TMP/SeTfdisk
+ elif [ "$DRV" = "6" ]; then
+ fdisk -l /dev/sdg >> $TMP/SeTfdisk
+ elif [ "$DRV" = "7" ]; then
+ fdisk -l /dev/sdh >> $TMP/SeTfdisk
+ elif [ "$DRV" = "8" ]; then
+ fdisk -l /dev/sdi >> $TMP/SeTfdisk
+ elif [ "$DRV" = "9" ]; then
+ fdisk -l /dev/sdj >> $TMP/SeTfdisk
+ elif [ "$DRV" = "10" ]; then
+ fdisk -l /dev/sdk >> $TMP/SeTfdisk
+ elif [ "$DRV" = "11" ]; then
+ fdisk -l /dev/sdl >> $TMP/SeTfdisk
+ elif [ "$DRV" = "12" ]; then
+ fdisk -l /dev/sdm >> $TMP/SeTfdisk
+ elif [ "$DRV" = "13" ]; then
+ fdisk -l /dev/sdn >> $TMP/SeTfdisk
+ elif [ "$DRV" = "14" ]; then
+ fdisk -l /dev/sdo >> $TMP/SeTfdisk
+ elif [ "$DRV" = "15" ]; then
+ fdisk -l /dev/sdp >> $TMP/SeTfdisk
+ fi
+}
+
+# List Mylex RAID device
+list_rd() {
+ # find drive
+ DRV=`expr $2 / 8`
+ NUM=`expr $2 % 8`
+ if [ ! "$NUM" = "0" ]; then
+ return
+ fi
+ fdisk -l /dev/rd/c$1d$DRV >> $TMP/SeTfdisk
+ #output_gpt_partitions /dev/rd/c$1d$DRV >> $TMP/SeTfdisk
+}
+
+# List Cpq SMART/2 RAID device
+list_ida() {
+ # find drive
+ DRV=`expr $2 / 16`
+ NUM=`expr $2 % 16`
+ if [ ! "$NUM" = "0" ]; then
+ return
+ fi
+ fdisk -l /dev/ida/c$1d$DRV >> $TMP/SeTfdisk
+ #output_gpt_partitions /dev/ida/c$1d$DRV >> $TMP/SeTfdisk
+}
+
+list_cciss() {
+ # find drive
+ DRV=`expr $2 / 16`
+ NUM=`expr $2 % 16`
+ if [ ! "$NUM" = "0" ]; then
+ return
+ fi
+ fdisk -l /dev/cciss/c$1d$DRV >> $TMP/SeTfdisk
+ #output_gpt_partitions /dev/cciss/c$1d$DRV >> $TMP/SeTfdisk
+}
+
+list_ataraid() {
+ # find drive
+ DRV=`expr $2 / 16`
+ NUM=`expr $2 % 16`
+ if [ "$NUM" = "0" ]; then
+ fdisk -l /dev/ataraid/d$DRV >> $TMP/SeTfdisk
+ #output_gpt_partitions /dev/ataraid/d$DRV >> $TMP/SeTfdisk
+ else
+ return
+ fi
+}
+
+list_amiraid() {
+ # find drive
+ DRV=`expr $2 / 16`
+ NUM=`expr $2 % 16`
+ if [ "$NUM" = "0" ]; then
+ fdisk -l /dev/amiraid/ar$DRV >> $TMP/SeTfdisk
+ #output_gpt_partitions /dev/amiraid/ar$DRV >> $TMP/SeTfdisk
+ else
+ return
+ fi
+}
+
+list_mmc() {
+ # find drive
+ DRV=`expr $2 / 8`
+ NUM=`expr $2 % 8`
+ if [ "$NUM" = "0" ]; then
+ fdisk -l /dev/mmcblk$DRV >> $TMP/SeTfdisk
+ #output_gpt_partitions /dev/mmcblk$DRV >> $TMP/SeTfdisk
+ else
+ return
+ fi
+}
+
+list_nvme() {
+ fdisk -l | grep $1 >> $TMP/SeTfdisk 2> /dev/null
+}
+
+is_swap() {
+ HEADER=$(dd if="$1" bs=1 skip=4086 count=10 2>/dev/null | strings)
+ if [ "$HEADER" = "SWAPSPACE2" -o "$HEADER" = "SWAP_SPACE" ]; then
+ return 0
+ else
+ return 1
+ fi
+}
+
+list_md() {
+ if ( is_swap "/dev/$2" ); then TYPE="Linux swap"; else TYPE="Linux"; fi
+ echo "/dev/$2 1 2 $1 kk $TYPE" >> $TMP/SeTfdisk
+}
+
+list_lvm() {
+ lvscan 2>/dev/null | grep "ACTIVE" | while read line ; do
+ SMASHED_LINE=$line
+ if [ "$SMASHED_LINE" = "" ]; then
+ break;
+ fi
+ DEV=`echo $SMASHED_LINE | cut -f2 -d"'"`
+ SIZE=`lvdisplay $DEV -C --units k --noheadings --separator : | cut -f4 -d':' | sed -e 's/^\([0-9]*\)[^0-9].*/\1/'`
+ TYPE="Linux"
+ if ( is_swap "$DEV" ); then TYPE="Linux swap"; fi
+ echo "$DEV 0 0 $SIZE lv $TYPE" >> $TMP/SeTfdisk
+ done
+}
+
+# List any volumes created by cryptsetup
+list_crypt() {
+ for i in $(ls /dev/mapper/); do
+ if cryptsetup status $i 2>/dev/null | grep "is active" 1>/dev/null ; then
+ DEV=$(cryptsetup status $i 2>/dev/null | grep "is active" | cut -f1 -d' ')
+ SIZE=$(fdisk -s $(cryptsetup status $i 2>/dev/null | grep "device:" | cut -f2 -d: | tr -d ' '))
+ echo "$DEV 0 0 $SIZE lc Linux" >> $TMP/SeTfdisk
+ fi
+ done
+}
+
+# List virtual partitions
+list_virt() {
+ fdisk -l /dev/$1 >> $TMP/SeTfdisk
+ #output_gpt_partitions /dev/$1 >> $TMP/SeTfdisk
+}
+
+output_gpt_partitions() {
+# First, make sure the device is GPT:
+if fdisk -l $1 2> /dev/null | grep -wq -e "GPT" -e "Disklabel type: gpt" ; then
+ unset output
+ # In the case of some RAID device like Mylex we will need to delimit the
+ # partition number. We will set a partition delimiter variable P set
+ # either to an empty string (default) or the needed delimiter.
+ TESTRAID="$(echo $1 | cut -f 2 -d /)"
+ case "$TESTRAID" in
+ 'amiraid' )
+ P="p"
+ ;;
+ 'ataraid' )
+ P="p"
+ ;;
+ 'cciss' )
+ P="p"
+ ;;
+ 'ida' )
+ P="p"
+ ;;
+ 'rd' )
+ P="p"
+ ;;
+ *)
+ P=""
+ ;;
+ esac
+ gdisk -l $1 | tr -d '*' | while read parse ; do
+ if [ ! -z $output ]; then
+ line=$parse
+ if [ ! "$(echo $line | cut -b1)" = "" ]; then
+ gptpartition=${1}${P}$(echo $line | cut -f 1 -d ' ')
+ gpttype="$(echo $line | cut -f 6 -d ' ')"
+ if [ "$gpttype" = "8200" ]; then
+ fdisktype="Linux swap"
+ elif [ "$gpttype" = "0700" ]; then
+ if dd if=$gptpartition bs=1K count=1 2> /dev/null | grep -wq NTFS ; then
+ fdisktype="HPFS/NTFS"
+ elif dd if=$gptpartition bs=1K count=1 2> /dev/null | grep -wq EXFAT ; then
+ fdisktype="exFAT"
+ else
+ fdisktype="W95 FAT32"
+ fi
+ elif [ "$gpttype" = "AF00" ]; then
+ fdisktype="HFS+"
+ elif [ "$gpttype" = "EF00" ]; then
+ fdisktype="EFI System Partition"
+ elif [ "$gpttype" = "8300" ]; then
+ fdisktype=Linux
+ else
+ fdisktype="Unknown hex code $gpttype"
+ fi
+ sectorsize="$(gdisk -l $1 | tr -d '*' | grep "Logical sector size" | cut -f 2 -d : | cut -f 2 -d ' ')"
+ gptstart="$(expr $(echo $line | cut -f 2 -d ' ') \* $sectorsize / 1024)"
+ gptend="$(expr $(echo $line | cut -f 3 -d ' ') \* $sectorsize / 1024)"
+ gptsize="$(expr $gptend - $gptstart)"
+ echo $gptpartition $gptstart $gptend $gptsize $gpttype $fdisktype
+ fi
+ fi
+ if echo $parse | grep -q "^Number" ; then
+ output=true
+ fi
+ done
+fi
+}
+
+list_scsi_gpt() {
+ # find drive # 0 - 15
+ DRV=`expr $1 / 16`
+ NUM=`expr $1 % 16`
+ if [ ! "$NUM" = "0" ]; then
+ return
+ fi
+ if [ "$DRV" = "0" ]; then
+ output_gpt_partitions /dev/sda
+ elif [ "$DRV" = "1" ]; then
+ output_gpt_partitions /dev/sdb
+ elif [ "$DRV" = "2" ]; then
+ output_gpt_partitions /dev/sdc
+ elif [ "$DRV" = "3" ]; then
+ output_gpt_partitions /dev/sdd
+ elif [ "$DRV" = "4" ]; then
+ output_gpt_partitions /dev/sde
+ elif [ "$DRV" = "5" ]; then
+ output_gpt_partitions /dev/sdf
+ elif [ "$DRV" = "6" ]; then
+ output_gpt_partitions /dev/sdg
+ elif [ "$DRV" = "7" ]; then
+ output_gpt_partitions /dev/sdh
+ elif [ "$DRV" = "8" ]; then
+ output_gpt_partitions /dev/sdi
+ elif [ "$DRV" = "9" ]; then
+ output_gpt_partitions /dev/sdj
+ elif [ "$DRV" = "10" ]; then
+ output_gpt_partitions /dev/sdk
+ elif [ "$DRV" = "11" ]; then
+ output_gpt_partitions /dev/sdl
+ elif [ "$DRV" = "12" ]; then
+ output_gpt_partitions /dev/sdm
+ elif [ "$DRV" = "13" ]; then
+ output_gpt_partitions /dev/sdn
+ elif [ "$DRV" = "14" ]; then
+ output_gpt_partitions /dev/sdo
+ elif [ "$DRV" = "15" ]; then
+ output_gpt_partitions /dev/sdp
+ fi
+}
+
+# List the LVM volumes:
+list_lvm
+
+# List CRYPT volumes:
+list_crypt
+
+## This is obsolete, since fdisk handles GPT now.
+## List GPT partitions:
+#cat /proc/partitions | while read line ; do
+# SMASHED_LINE=$line
+# MAJOR=`echo $SMASHED_LINE | cut -f 1 -d ' '`
+# MINOR=`echo $SMASHED_LINE | cut -f 2 -d ' '`
+# if [ "$MAJOR" = "8" ]; then
+# list_scsi_gpt $MINOR
+# fi
+#done
+
+# Other partitions:
+if cat /proc/partitions | grep -E '/|[0-9]' 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null ; then # new
+ cat /proc/partitions | grep -E '/|[0-9]' | while read line ; do
+ SMASHED_LINE=$line
+ MAJOR=`echo $SMASHED_LINE | cut -f 1 -d ' '`
+ MINOR=`echo $SMASHED_LINE | cut -f 2 -d ' '`
+ DEVNAME=`echo $SMASHED_LINE | cut -f 4 -d ' '`
+ if [ "$MAJOR" = "3" ]; then
+ list_ide $MAJOR $MINOR hda hdb
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "8" ]; then
+ list_scsi $MINOR
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "9" ]; then
+ list_md `echo $SMASHED_LINE | cut -f 3 -d ' ' | tr -d '/'` \
+ `echo $SMASHED_LINE | cut -f 4 -d ' '`
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "22" ]; then
+ list_ide $MAJOR $MINOR hdc hdd
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "33" ]; then
+ list_ide $MAJOR $MINOR hde hdf
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "34" ]; then
+ list_ide $MAJOR $MINOR hdg hdh
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "48" ]; then
+ list_rd 0 $MINOR
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "49" ]; then
+ list_rd 1 $MINOR
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "50" ]; then
+ list_rd 2 $MINOR
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "51" ]; then
+ list_rd 3 $MINOR
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "52" ]; then
+ list_rd 4 $MINOR
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "53" ]; then
+ list_rd 5 $MINOR
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "54" ]; then
+ list_rd 6 $MINOR
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "55" ]; then
+ list_rd 7 $MINOR
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "56" ]; then
+ list_ide $MAJOR $MINOR hdi hdj
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "57" ]; then
+ list_ide $MAJOR $MINOR hdk hdl
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "72" ]; then
+ list_ida 0 $MINOR
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "73" ]; then
+ list_ida 1 $MINOR
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "74" ]; then
+ list_ida 2 $MINOR
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "75" ]; then
+ list_ida 3 $MINOR
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "76" ]; then
+ list_ida 4 $MINOR
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "77" ]; then
+ list_ida 5 $MINOR
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "78" ]; then
+ list_ida 6 $MINOR
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "79" ]; then
+ list_ida 7 $MINOR
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "80" ]; then
+ list_ide $MAJOR $MINOR hdm hdn
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "89" ]; then
+ list_ide $MAJOR $MINOR hdo hdp
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "90" ]; then
+ list_ide $MAJOR $MINOR hdq hdr
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "91" ]; then
+ list_ide $MAJOR $MINOR hds hdt
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "101" ]; then
+ list_amiraid $MAJOR $MINOR
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "104" \
+ -o "$MAJOR" = "105" \
+ -o "$MAJOR" = "106" \
+ -o "$MAJOR" = "107" \
+ -o "$MAJOR" = "108" \
+ -o "$MAJOR" = "109" \
+ -o "$MAJOR" = "110" \
+ -o "$MAJOR" = "111" ]; then
+ list_cciss $(( $MAJOR - 104 )) $MINOR
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "114" ]; then
+ list_ataraid $MAJOR $MINOR
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "179" ]; then
+ list_mmc $MAJOR $MINOR
+ elif [ "$MAJOR" = "259" ]; then
+ if echo $line | grep -q p; then
+ list_nvme $DEVNAME
+ fi
+ elif [ $(expr $DEVNAME : 'x\?vd[^0-9]*$') -ne 0 ]; then
+ # The virtio devices have no set major dev number, so we have to search
+ # by name. Matches full drive names for KVM/lguest (vda) and Xen (xvda).
+ list_virt $DEVNAME
+ fi
+ done
+else # old format and no RAID:
+ if cat /proc/partitions | grep md 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null ; then
+ cat /proc/partitions | grep md | while read line ; do
+ SMASHED_LINE=$line
+ MAJOR=`echo $SMASHED_LINE | cut -f 1 -d ' '`
+ if [ "$MAJOR" = "9" ]; then
+ list_md `echo $SMASHED_LINE | cut -f 3 -d ' ' | tr -d '/'` \
+ `echo $SMASHED_LINE | cut -f 4 -d ' '`
+ fi
+ done
+ fi
+ fdisk -l 2> /dev/null >> $TMP/SeTfdisk
+fi
+
+# Change the names to be the same as what the old fdisk used:
+sed -i -e "s/Linux filesystem/Linux/g" $TMP/SeTfdisk
+sed -i -e "s/EFI System/EFI System Partition/g" $TMP/SeTfdisk
+sed -i -e "s,EFI (FAT-12/16/32),EFI System Partition,g" $TMP/SeTfdisk
+
+cat $TMP/SeTfdisk
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/sbin/rescan-scsi-bus b/source/installer/sources/initrd/sbin/rescan-scsi-bus
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..0bfca50d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/sbin/rescan-scsi-bus
@@ -0,0 +1,755 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# Skript to rescan SCSI bus, using the
+# scsi add-single-device mechanism
+# (c) 1998--2010 Kurt Garloff <kurt@garloff.de>, GNU GPL v2 or v3
+# (c) 2006--2008 Hannes Reinecke, GNU GPL v2 or later
+# $Id: rescan-scsi-bus.sh,v 1.56 2012/01/14 22:23:53 garloff Exp $
+
+SCAN_WILD_CARD=4294967295
+
+setcolor ()
+{
+ red="\e[0;31m"
+ green="\e[0;32m"
+ yellow="\e[0;33m"
+ bold="\e[0;1m"
+ norm="\e[0;0m"
+}
+
+unsetcolor ()
+{
+ red=""; green=""
+ yellow=""; norm=""
+}
+
+# Output some text and return cursor to previous position
+# (only works for simple strings)
+# Stores length of string in LN and returns it
+print_and_scroll_back ()
+{
+ STRG="$1"
+ LN=${#STRG}
+ BK=""
+ declare -i cntr=0
+ while test $cntr -lt $LN; do BK="$BK\e[D"; let cntr+=1; done
+ echo -en "$STRG$BK"
+ return $LN
+}
+
+# Overwrite a text of length $1 (fallback to $LN) with whitespace
+white_out ()
+{
+ BK=""; WH=""
+ if test -n "$1"; then LN=$1; fi
+ declare -i cntr=0
+ while test $cntr -lt $LN; do BK="$BK\e[D"; WH="$WH "; let cntr+=1; done
+ echo -en "$WH$BK"
+}
+
+# Return hosts. sysfs must be mounted
+findhosts_26 ()
+{
+ hosts=`find /sys/class/scsi_host/host* -maxdepth 4 -type d -o -type l 2> /dev/null | awk -F'/' '{print $5}' | sed -e 's~host~~' | sort -nu`
+ scsi_host_data=`echo "$hosts" | sed -e 's~^~/sys/class/scsi_host/host~'`
+ for hostdir in $scsi_host_data; do
+ hostno=${hostdir#/sys/class/scsi_host/host}
+ if [ -f $hostdir/isp_name ] ; then
+ hostname="qla2xxx"
+ elif [ -f $hostdir/lpfc_drvr_version ] ; then
+ hostname="lpfc"
+ else
+ hostname=`cat $hostdir/proc_name`
+ fi
+ #hosts="$hosts $hostno"
+ echo "Host adapter $hostno ($hostname) found."
+ done
+ if [ -z "$hosts" ] ; then
+ echo "No SCSI host adapters found in sysfs"
+ exit 1;
+ fi
+ # Not necessary just use double quotes around variable to preserve new lines
+ #hosts=`echo $hosts | tr ' ' '\n'`
+}
+
+# Return hosts. /proc/scsi/HOSTADAPTER/? must exist
+findhosts ()
+{
+ hosts=
+ for driverdir in /proc/scsi/*; do
+ driver=${driverdir#/proc/scsi/}
+ if test $driver = scsi -o $driver = sg -o $driver = dummy -o $driver = device_info; then continue; fi
+ for hostdir in $driverdir/*; do
+ name=${hostdir#/proc/scsi/*/}
+ if test $name = add_map -o $name = map -o $name = mod_parm; then continue; fi
+ num=$name
+ driverinfo=$driver
+ if test -r $hostdir/status; then
+ num=$(printf '%d\n' `sed -n 's/SCSI host number://p' $hostdir/status`)
+ driverinfo="$driver:$name"
+ fi
+ hosts="$hosts $num"
+ echo "Host adapter $num ($driverinfo) found."
+ done
+ done
+}
+
+printtype ()
+{
+ local type=$1
+
+ case "$type" in
+ 0) echo "Direct-Access " ;;
+ 1) echo "Sequential-Access" ;;
+ 2) echo "Printer " ;;
+ 3) echo "Processor " ;;
+ 4) echo "WORM " ;;
+ 5) echo "CD-ROM " ;;
+ 6) echo "Scanner " ;;
+ 7) echo "Optical Device " ;;
+ 8) echo "Medium Changer " ;;
+ 9) echo "Communications " ;;
+ 10) echo "Unknown " ;;
+ 11) echo "Unknown " ;;
+ 12) echo "RAID " ;;
+ 13) echo "Enclosure " ;;
+ 14) echo "Direct-Access-RBC" ;;
+ *) echo "Unknown " ;;
+ esac
+}
+
+print02i()
+{
+ if [ "$1" = "*" ] ; then
+ echo "00"
+ else
+ printf "%02i" "$1"
+ fi
+}
+
+# Get /proc/scsi/scsi info for device $host:$channel:$id:$lun
+# Optional parameter: Number of lines after first (default = 2),
+# result in SCSISTR, return code 1 means empty.
+procscsiscsi ()
+{
+ if test -z "$1"; then LN=2; else LN=$1; fi
+ CHANNEL=`print02i "$channel"`
+ ID=`print02i "$id"`
+ LUN=`print02i "$lun"`
+ if [ -d /sys/class/scsi_device ]; then
+ SCSIPATH="/sys/class/scsi_device/${host}:${channel}:${id}:${lun}"
+ if [ -d "$SCSIPATH" ] ; then
+ SCSISTR="Host: scsi${host} Channel: $CHANNEL Id: $ID Lun: $LUN"
+ if [ "$LN" -gt 0 ] ; then
+ IVEND=$(cat ${SCSIPATH}/device/vendor)
+ IPROD=$(cat ${SCSIPATH}/device/model)
+ IPREV=$(cat ${SCSIPATH}/device/rev)
+ SCSIDEV=$(printf ' Vendor: %-08s Model: %-16s Rev: %-4s' "$IVEND" "$IPROD" "$IPREV")
+ SCSISTR="$SCSISTR
+$SCSIDEV"
+ fi
+ if [ "$LN" -gt 1 ] ; then
+ ILVL=$(cat ${SCSIPATH}/device/scsi_level)
+ type=$(cat ${SCSIPATH}/device/type)
+ ITYPE=$(printtype $type)
+ SCSITMP=$(printf ' Type: %-16s ANSI SCSI revision: %02d' "$ITYPE" "$((ILVL - 1))")
+ SCSISTR="$SCSISTR
+$SCSITMP"
+ fi
+ else
+ return 1
+ fi
+ else
+ grepstr="scsi$host Channel: $CHANNEL Id: $ID Lun: $LUN"
+ SCSISTR=`cat /proc/scsi/scsi | grep -A$LN -e"$grepstr"`
+ fi
+ if test -z "$SCSISTR"; then return 1; else return 0; fi
+}
+
+# Find sg device with 2.6 sysfs support
+sgdevice26 ()
+{
+ if test -e /sys/class/scsi_device/$host\:$channel\:$id\:$lun/device/generic; then
+ SGDEV=`readlink /sys/class/scsi_device/$host\:$channel\:$id\:$lun/device/generic`
+ SGDEV=`basename $SGDEV`
+ else
+ for SGDEV in /sys/class/scsi_generic/sg*; do
+ DEV=`readlink $SGDEV/device`
+ if test "${DEV##*/}" = "$host:$channel:$id:$lun"; then
+ SGDEV=`basename $SGDEV`; return
+ fi
+ done
+ SGDEV=""
+ fi
+}
+
+# Find sg device with 2.4 report-devs extensions
+sgdevice24 ()
+{
+ if procscsiscsi 3; then
+ SGDEV=`echo "$SCSISTR" | grep 'Attached drivers:' | sed 's/^ *Attached drivers: \(sg[0-9]*\).*/\1/'`
+ fi
+}
+
+# Find sg device that belongs to SCSI device $host $channel $id $lun
+# and return in SGDEV
+sgdevice ()
+{
+ SGDEV=
+ if test -d /sys/class/scsi_device; then
+ sgdevice26
+ else
+ DRV=`grep 'Attached drivers:' /proc/scsi/scsi 2>/dev/null`
+ repdevstat=$((1-$?))
+ if [ $repdevstat = 0 ]; then
+ echo "scsi report-devs 1" >/proc/scsi/scsi
+ DRV=`grep 'Attached drivers:' /proc/scsi/scsi 2>/dev/null`
+ if [ $? = 1 ]; then return; fi
+ fi
+ if ! `echo $DRV | grep 'drivers: sg' >/dev/null`; then
+ modprobe sg
+ fi
+ sgdevice24
+ if [ $repdevstat = 0 ]; then
+ echo "scsi report-devs 0" >/proc/scsi/scsi
+ fi
+ fi
+}
+
+# Test if SCSI device is still responding to commands
+testonline ()
+{
+ : testonline
+ RC=0
+ if test ! -x /usr/bin/sg_turs; then return 0; fi
+ sgdevice
+ if test -z "$SGDEV"; then return 0; fi
+ sg_turs /dev/$SGDEV >/dev/null 2>&1
+ RC=$?
+ # Handle in progress of becoming ready and unit attention -- wait at max 11s
+ declare -i ctr=0
+ if test $RC = 2 -o $RC = 6; then
+ RMB=`sg_inq /dev/$SGDEV | grep 'RMB=' | sed 's/^.*RMB=\(.\).*$/\1/'`
+ print_and_scroll_back "$host:$channel:$id:$lun $SGDEV ($RMB) "
+ fi
+ while test $RC = 2 -o $RC = 6 && test $ctr -le 8; do
+ if test $RC = 2 -a "$RMB" != "1"; then echo -n "."; let $LN+=1; sleep 1
+ else usleep 20000; fi
+ let ctr+=1
+ sg_turs /dev/$SGDEV >/dev/null 2>&1
+ RC=$?
+ done
+ if test $ctr != 0; then white_out; fi
+ # echo -e "\e[A\e[A\e[A${yellow}Test existence of $SGDEV = $RC ${norm} \n\n\n"
+ if test $RC = 1; then return $RC; fi
+ # Reset RC (might be !=0 for passive paths)
+ RC=0
+ # OK, device online, compare INQUIRY string
+ INQ=`sg_inq $sg_len_arg /dev/$SGDEV 2>/dev/null`
+ IVEND=`echo "$INQ" | grep 'Vendor identification:' | sed 's/^[^:]*: \(.*\)$/\1/'`
+ IPROD=`echo "$INQ" | grep 'Product identification:' | sed 's/^[^:]*: \(.*\)$/\1/'`
+ IPREV=`echo "$INQ" | grep 'Product revision level:' | sed 's/^[^:]*: \(.*\)$/\1/'`
+ STR=`printf " Vendor: %-08s Model: %-16s Rev: %-4s" "$IVEND" "$IPROD" "$IPREV"`
+ IPTYPE=`echo "$INQ" | sed -n 's/.* Device_type=\([0-9]*\) .*/\1/p'`
+ IPQUAL=`echo "$INQ" | sed -n 's/ *PQual=\([0-9]*\) Device.*/\1/p'`
+ if [ "$IPQUAL" != 0 ] ; then
+ echo -e "\e[A\e[A\e[A\e[A${red}$SGDEV changed: ${bold}LU not available (PQual $IPQUAL)${norm} \n\n\n"
+ return 2
+ fi
+
+ TYPE=$(printtype $IPTYPE)
+ procscsiscsi
+ TMPSTR=`echo "$SCSISTR" | grep 'Vendor:'`
+ if [ "$TMPSTR" != "$STR" ]; then
+ echo -e "\e[A\e[A\e[A\e[A${red}$SGDEV changed: ${bold}\nfrom:${SCSISTR#* } \nto: $STR ${norm} \n\n\n"
+ return 1
+ fi
+ TMPSTR=`echo "$SCSISTR" | sed -n 's/.*Type: *\(.*\) *ANSI.*/\1/p'`
+ if [ $TMPSTR != $TYPE ] ; then
+ echo -e "\e[A\e[A\e[A\e[A${red}$SGDEV changed: ${bold}\nfrom:${TMPSTR} \nto: $TYPE ${norm} \n\n\n"
+ return 1
+ fi
+ return $RC
+}
+
+# Test if SCSI device $host $channen $id $lun exists
+# Outputs description from /proc/scsi/scsi (unless arg passed)
+# Returns SCSISTR (empty if no dev)
+testexist ()
+{
+ : testexist
+ SCSISTR=
+ if procscsiscsi && test -z "$1"; then
+ echo "$SCSISTR" | head -n1
+ echo "$SCSISTR" | tail -n2 | pr -o4 -l1
+ fi
+}
+
+# Returns the list of existing channels per host
+chanlist ()
+{
+ local hcil
+ local cil
+ local chan
+ local tmpchan
+
+ for dev in /sys/class/scsi_device/${host}:* ; do
+ [ -d $dev ] || continue;
+ hcil=${dev##*/}
+ cil=${hcil#*:}
+ chan=${cil%%:*}
+ for tmpchan in $channelsearch ; do
+ if test "$chan" -eq $tmpchan ; then
+ chan=
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -n "$chan" ; then
+ channelsearch="$channelsearch $chan"
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$channelsearch"; then channelsearch="0"; fi
+}
+
+# Returns the list of existing targets per host
+idlist ()
+{
+ local hcil
+ local cil
+ local il
+ local target
+ local tmpid
+
+ for dev in /sys/class/scsi_device/${host}:${channel}:* ; do
+ [ -d $dev ] || continue;
+ hcil=${dev##*/}
+ cil=${hcil#*:}
+ il=${cil#*:}
+ target=${il%%:*}
+ for tmpid in $idsearch ; do
+ if test "$target" -eq $tmpid ; then
+ target=
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -n "$target" ; then
+ idsearch="$idsearch $target"
+ fi
+ done
+}
+
+# Returns the list of existing LUNs from device $host $channel $id $lun
+# and returns list to stdout
+getluns()
+{
+ sgdevice
+ if test -z "$SGDEV"; then return 1; fi
+ if test ! -x /usr/bin/sg_luns; then echo 0; return 1; fi
+ LLUN=`sg_luns /dev/$SGDEV 2>/dev/null | sed -n 's/ \(.*\)/\1/p'`
+ if test $? != 0; then echo 0; return 1; fi
+ #echo "$LLUN" | sed -n 's/.*lun=\(.*\)/\1/p'
+ for lun in $LLUN ; do
+ # Swap LUN number
+ l0=$(printf '%u' 0x$lun)
+ l1=$(( ($l0 >> 48) & 0xffff ))
+ l2=$(( ($l0 >> 32) & 0xffff ))
+ l3=$(( ($l0 >> 16) & 0xffff ))
+ l4=$(( $l0 & 0xffff ))
+ l0=$(( ( ( ($l4 * 0xffff) + $l3 ) * 0xffff + $l2 ) * 0xffff + $l1 ))
+ printf "%u\n" $l0
+ done
+ return 0
+}
+
+# Wait for udev to settle (create device nodes etc.)
+udevadm_settle()
+{
+ if test -x /sbin/udevadm; then
+ print_and_scroll_back " Calling udevadm settle (can take a while) "
+ /sbin/udevadm settle
+ white_out
+ elif test -x /sbin/udevsettle; then
+ print_and_scroll_back " Calling udevsettle (can take a while) "
+ /sbin/udevsettle
+ white_out
+ else
+ usleep 20000
+ fi
+}
+
+# Perform scan on a single lun $host $channel $id $lun
+dolunscan()
+{
+ SCSISTR=
+ devnr="$host $channel $id $lun"
+ echo -e " Scanning for device $devnr ... "
+ printf "${yellow}OLD: $norm"
+ testexist
+ # Special case: lun 0 just got added (for reportlunscan),
+ # so make sure we correctly treat it as new
+ if test "$lun" = "0" -a "$1"; then
+ SCSISTR=""
+ printf "\r\e[A\e[A\e[A"
+ fi
+ : f $remove s $SCSISTR
+ if test "$remove" -a "$SCSISTR"; then
+ # Device exists: Test whether it's still online
+ # (testonline returns 1 if it's gone or has changed)
+ testonline
+ RC=$?
+ if test $RC != 0 -o ! -z "$forceremove"; then
+ echo -en "\r\e[A\e[A\e[A${red}REM: "
+ echo "$SCSISTR" | head -n1
+ echo -e "${norm}\e[B\e[B"
+ if test -e /sys/class/scsi_device/${host}:${channel}:${id}:${lun}/device; then
+ echo 1 > /sys/class/scsi_device/${host}:${channel}:${id}:${lun}/device/delete
+ # FIXME: Can we skip udevadm settle for removal?
+ #udevadm_settle
+ usleep 20000
+ else
+ echo "scsi remove-single-device $devnr" > /proc/scsi/scsi
+ if test $RC -eq 1 -o $lun -eq 0 ; then
+ # Try readding, should fail if device is gone
+ echo "scsi add-single-device $devnr" > /proc/scsi/scsi
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ if test $RC = 0 -o "$forcerescan" ; then
+ if test -e /sys/class/scsi_device/${host}:${channel}:${id}:${lun}/device; then
+ echo 1 > /sys/class/scsi_device/${host}:${channel}:${id}:${lun}/device/rescan
+ udevadm_settle
+ fi
+ fi
+ printf "\r\e[A\e[A\e[A${yellow}OLD: $norm"
+ testexist
+ if test -z "$SCSISTR"; then
+ printf "\r${red}DEL: $norm\r\n\n"
+ let rmvd+=1;
+ return 1
+ fi
+ fi
+ if test -z "$SCSISTR"; then
+ # Device does not exist, try to add
+ printf "\r${green}NEW: $norm"
+ if test -e /sys/class/scsi_host/host${host}/scan; then
+ echo "$channel $id $lun" > /sys/class/scsi_host/host${host}/scan 2> /dev/null
+ udevadm_settle
+ else
+ echo "scsi add-single-device $devnr" > /proc/scsi/scsi
+ fi
+ testexist
+ if test -z "$SCSISTR"; then
+ # Device not present
+ printf "\r\e[A";
+ # Optimization: if lun==0, stop here (only if in non-remove mode)
+ if test $lun = 0 -a -z "$remove" -a $optscan = 1; then
+ break;
+ fi
+ else
+ let found+=1;
+ fi
+ fi
+}
+
+# Perform report lun scan on $host $channel $id using REPORT_LUNS
+doreportlun()
+{
+ lun=0
+ SCSISTR=
+ devnr="$host $channel $id $lun"
+ echo -en " Scanning for device $devnr ...\r"
+ lun0added=
+ #printf "${yellow}OLD: $norm"
+ # Phase one: If LUN0 does not exist, try to add
+ testexist -q
+ if test -z "$SCSISTR"; then
+ # Device does not exist, try to add
+ #printf "\r${green}NEW: $norm"
+ if test -e /sys/class/scsi_host/host${host}/scan; then
+ echo "$channel $id $lun" > /sys/class/scsi_host/host${host}/scan 2> /dev/null
+ udevadm_settle
+ else
+ echo "scsi add-single-device $devnr" > /proc/scsi/scsi
+ fi
+ testexist -q
+ if test -n "$SCSISTR"; then
+ lun0added=1
+ #testonline
+ else
+ # Device not present
+ # return
+ # Find alternative LUN to send getluns to
+ for dev in /sys/class/scsi_device/${host}:${channel}:${id}:*; do
+ [ -d "$dev" ] || continue
+ lun=${dev##*:}
+ break
+ done
+ fi
+ fi
+ targetluns=`getluns`
+ REPLUNSTAT=$?
+ lunremove=
+ #echo "getluns reports " $targetluns
+ olddev=`find /sys/class/scsi_device/ -name $host:$channel:$id:* 2>/dev/null`
+ oldluns=`echo "$olddev" | awk -F'/' '{print $5}' | awk -F':' '{print $4}'`
+ oldtargets="$targetluns"
+ # OK -- if we don't have a LUN to send a REPORT_LUNS to, we could
+ # fall back to wildcard scanning. Same thing if the device does not
+ # support REPORT_LUNS
+ # TODO: We might be better off to ALWAYS use wildcard scanning if
+ # it works
+ if test "$REPLUNSTAT" = "1"; then
+ if test -e /sys/class/scsi_host/host${host}/scan; then
+ echo "$channel $id -" > /sys/class/scsi_host/host${host}/scan 2> /dev/null
+ udevadm_settle
+ else
+ echo "scsi add-single-device $host $channel $id $SCAN_WILD_CARD" > /proc/scsi/scsi
+ fi
+ targetluns=`find /sys/class/scsi_device/ -name $host:$channel:$id:* 2>/dev/null | awk -F'/' '{print $5}' | awk -F':' '{print $4}' | sort -n`
+ let found+=`echo "$targetluns" | wc -l`
+ let found-=`echo "$olddev" | wc -l`
+ fi
+ if test -z "$targetluns"; then targetluns="$oldtargets"; fi
+ # Check existing luns
+ for dev in $olddev; do
+ [ -d "$dev" ] || continue
+ lun=${dev##*:}
+ newsearch=
+ inlist=
+ # OK, is existing $lun (still) in reported list
+ for tmplun in $targetluns; do
+ if test $tmplun -eq $lun ; then
+ inlist=1
+ dolunscan $lun0added
+ else
+ newsearch="$newsearch $tmplun"
+ fi
+ done
+ # OK, we have now done a lunscan on $lun and
+ # $newsearch is the old $targetluns without $lun
+ if [ -z "$inlist" ]; then
+ # Stale lun
+ lunremove="$lunremove $lun"
+ fi
+ # $lun removed from $lunsearch (echo for whitespace cleanup)
+ targetluns=`echo $newsearch`
+ done
+ # Add new ones and check stale ones
+ for lun in $targetluns $lunremove; do
+ dolunscan $lun0added
+ done
+}
+
+# Perform search (scan $host)
+dosearch ()
+{
+ if test -z "$channelsearch" ; then
+ chanlist
+ fi
+ for channel in $channelsearch; do
+ if test -z "$idsearch" ; then
+ idlist
+ fi
+ for id in $idsearch; do
+ if test -z "$lunsearch" ; then
+ doreportlun
+ else
+ for lun in $lunsearch; do
+ dolunscan
+ done
+ fi
+ done
+ done
+}
+
+expandlist ()
+{
+ list=$1
+ result=""
+ first=${list%%,*}
+ rest=${list#*,}
+ while test ! -z "$first"; do
+ beg=${first%%-*};
+ if test "$beg" = "$first"; then
+ result="$result $beg";
+ else
+ end=${first#*-}
+ result="$result `seq $beg $end`"
+ fi
+ test "$rest" = "$first" && rest=""
+ first=${rest%%,*}
+ rest=${rest#*,}
+ done
+ echo $result
+}
+
+# main
+if test @$1 = @--help -o @$1 = @-h -o @$1 = @-?; then
+ echo "Usage: rescan-scsi-bus.sh [options] [host [host ...]]"
+ echo "Options:"
+ echo " -l activates scanning for LUNs 0--7 [default: 0]"
+ echo " -L NUM activates scanning for LUNs 0--NUM [default: 0]"
+ echo " -w scan for target device IDs 0--15 [default: 0--7]"
+ echo " -c enables scanning of channels 0 1 [default: 0 / all detected ones]"
+ echo " -r enables removing of devices [default: disabled]"
+ echo " -i issue a FibreChannel LIP reset [default: disabled]"
+ echo "--remove: same as -r"
+ echo "--issue-lip: same as -i"
+ echo "--forcerescan: Rescan existing devices"
+ echo "--forceremove: Remove and readd every device (DANGEROUS)"
+ echo "--nooptscan: don't stop looking for LUNs is 0 is not found"
+ echo "--color: use coloured prefixes OLD/NEW/DEL"
+ echo "--hosts=LIST: Scan only host(s) in LIST"
+ echo "--channels=LIST: Scan only channel(s) in LIST"
+ echo "--ids=LIST: Scan only target ID(s) in LIST"
+ echo "--luns=LIST: Scan only lun(s) in LIST"
+ echo "--sync/nosync: Issue a sync / no sync [default: sync if remove]"
+ echo "--attachpq3: Tell kernel to attach sg to LUN 0 that reports PQ=3"
+ echo "--reportlun2: Tell kernel to try REPORT_LUN even on SCSI2 devices"
+ echo "--largelun: Tell kernel to support LUNs > 7 even on SCSI2 devs"
+ echo "--sparselun: Tell kernel to support sparse LUN numbering"
+ echo " Host numbers may thus be specified either directly on cmd line (deprecated) or"
+ echo " or with the --hosts=LIST parameter (recommended)."
+ echo "LIST: A[-B][,C[-D]]... is a comma separated list of single values and ranges"
+ echo " (No spaces allowed.)"
+ exit 0
+fi
+
+if test ! -d /sys/class/scsi_host/ -a ! -d /proc/scsi/; then
+ echo "Error: SCSI subsystem not active"
+ exit 1
+fi
+
+# Make sure sg is there
+modprobe sg >/dev/null 2>&1
+
+if test -x /usr/bin/sg_inq; then
+ sg_version=$(sg_inq -V 2>&1 | cut -d " " -f 3)
+ sg_version=${sg_version##0.}
+ #echo "\"$sg_version\""
+ #if [ -z "$sg_version" -o "$sg_version" -lt 70 ] ; then
+ #sg_len_arg="-36"
+ #else
+ sg_len_arg="--len=36"
+ #fi
+else
+ echo "WARN: /usr/bin/sg_inq not present -- please install sg3_utils"
+ echo " or rescan-scsi-bus.sh might not fully work."
+fi
+
+# defaults
+unsetcolor
+lunsearch=
+opt_idsearch=`seq 0 7`
+opt_channelsearch=
+remove=
+forceremove=
+optscan=1
+sync=1
+declare -i scan_flags=0
+if test -d /sys/class/scsi_host; then
+ findhosts_26
+else
+ findhosts
+fi
+
+# Scan options
+opt="$1"
+while test ! -z "$opt" -a -z "${opt##-*}"; do
+ opt=${opt#-}
+ case "$opt" in
+ l) lunsearch=`seq 0 7` ;;
+ L) lunsearch=`seq 0 $2`; shift ;;
+ w) opt_idsearch=`seq 0 15` ;;
+ c) opt_channelsearch="0 1" ;;
+ r) remove=1 ;;
+ i) lipreset=1 ;;
+ -remove) remove=1 ;;
+ -forcerescan) remove=1; forcerescan=1 ;;
+ -forceremove) remove=1; forceremove=1 ;;
+ -hosts=*) arg=${opt#-hosts=}; hosts=`expandlist $arg` ;;
+ -channels=*) arg=${opt#-channels=};opt_channelsearch=`expandlist $arg` ;;
+ -ids=*) arg=${opt#-ids=}; opt_idsearch=`expandlist $arg` ;;
+ -luns=*) arg=${opt#-luns=}; lunsearch=`expandlist $arg` ;;
+ -color) setcolor ;;
+ -nooptscan) optscan=0 ;;
+ -issue-lip) lipreset=1 ;;
+ -sync) sync=2 ;;
+ -nosync) sync=0 ;;
+ -attachpq3) scan_flags=$(($scan_flags|0x1000000)) ;;
+ -reportlun2) scan_flags=$(($scan_flags|0x20000)) ;;
+ -largelun) scan_flags=$(($scan_flags|0x200)) ;;
+ -sparselun) scan_flags=$((scan_flags|0x40)) ;;
+ *) echo "Unknown option -$opt !" ;;
+ esac
+ shift
+ opt="$1"
+done
+
+# Hosts given ?
+if test "@$1" != "@"; then
+ hosts=$*
+fi
+
+if [ -d /sys/class/scsi_host -a ! -w /sys/class/scsi_host ]; then
+ echo "You need to run scsi-rescan-bus.sh as root"
+ exit 2
+fi
+if test "$sync" = 1 -a "$remove" = 1; then sync=2; fi
+if test "$sync" = 2; then echo "Syncing file systems"; sync; fi
+if test -w /sys/module/scsi_mod/parameters/default_dev_flags -a $scan_flags != 0; then
+ OLD_SCANFLAGS=`cat /sys/module/scsi_mod/parameters/default_dev_flags`
+ NEW_SCANFLAGS=$(($OLD_SCANFLAGS|$scan_flags))
+ if test "$OLD_SCANFLAGS" != "$NEW_SCANFLAGS"; then
+ echo -n "Temporarily setting kernel scanning flags from "
+ printf "0x%08x to 0x%08x\n" $OLD_SCANFLAGS $NEW_SCANFLAGS
+ echo $NEW_SCANFLAGS > /sys/module/scsi_mod/parameters/default_dev_flags
+ else
+ unset OLD_SCANFLAGS
+ fi
+fi
+echo "Scanning SCSI subsystem for new devices"
+test -z "$remove" || echo " and remove devices that have disappeared"
+declare -i found=0
+declare -i rmvd=0
+for host in $hosts; do
+ echo -n "Scanning host $host "
+ if test -e /sys/class/fc_host/host$host ; then
+ # It's pointless to do a target scan on FC
+ if test -n "$lipreset" ; then
+ echo 1 > /sys/class/fc_host/host$host/issue_lip 2> /dev/null;
+ udevadm_settle
+ fi
+ # We used to always trigger a rescan for FC to update channels and targets
+ # Commented out -- as discussed with Hannes we should rely
+ # on the main loop doing the scan, no need to do it here.
+ #echo "- - -" > /sys/class/scsi_host/host$host/scan 2> /dev/null;
+ #udevadm_settle
+ channelsearch=
+ idsearch=
+ else
+ channelsearch=$opt_channelsearch
+ idsearch=$opt_idsearch
+ fi
+ [ -n "$channelsearch" ] && echo -n "channels $channelsearch "
+ echo -n "for "
+ if [ -n "$idsearch" ] ; then
+ echo -n " SCSI target IDs " $idsearch
+ else
+ echo -n " all SCSI target IDs"
+ fi
+ if [ -n "$lunsearch" ] ; then
+ echo ", LUNs " $lunsearch
+ else
+ echo ", all LUNs"
+ fi
+ dosearch
+done
+if test -n "$OLD_SCANFLAGS"; then
+ echo $OLD_SCANFLAGS > /sys/module/scsi_mod/parameters/default_dev_flags
+fi
+echo "$found new device(s) found. "
+echo "$rmvd device(s) removed. "
+
+# Local Variables:
+# sh-basic-offset: 2
+# End:
+
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/scripts/network.sh b/source/installer/sources/initrd/scripts/network.sh
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..499251c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/scripts/network.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+
+# Remove extra whitespace
+crunch() {
+ while read line ; do
+ echo $line
+ done
+}
+
+echo
+echo "******* Welcome to the network supplemental disk! *******"
+echo
+
+# main loop:
+while [ 0 ]; do
+
+echo "-- Press [enter] to automatically probe for all network cards, or switch"
+echo " to a different console and use 'modprobe' to load the modules manually."
+echo "-- To skip probing some modules (in case of hangs), enter them after an S:"
+echo " S eepro100 ne2k-pci"
+echo "-- To probe only certain modules, enter them after a P like this:"
+echo " P 3c503 3c505 3c507"
+echo "-- To get a list of network modules, enter an L."
+echo "-- To skip the automatic probe entirely, enter a Q now."
+echo
+
+# Clear "card found" flag:
+rm -f /cardfound
+
+echo -n "network> "
+read INPUT;
+echo
+
+if [ "`echo $INPUT | crunch | cut -f 1 -d ' '`" = "L" \
+ -o "`echo $INPUT | crunch | cut -f 1 -d ' '`" = "l" ]; then
+ echo "Available network modules:"
+ for file in /lib/modules/`uname -r`/kernel/drivers/net/* /lib/modules/`uname -r`/kernel/arch/i386/kernel/* /lib/modules/`uname -r`/kernel/drivers/pnp/* ; do
+ if [ -r $file ]; then
+ OUTPUT=`basename $file .gz`
+ OUTPUT=`basename $OUTPUT .o`
+ echo -n "$OUTPUT "
+ fi
+ done
+ echo
+ echo
+ continue
+fi
+
+if [ ! "$INPUT" = "q" -a ! "$INPUT" = "Q" \
+ -a ! "`echo $INPUT | crunch | cut -f 1 -d ' '`" = "P" \
+ -a ! "`echo $INPUT | crunch | cut -f 1 -d ' '`" = "p" ]; then
+ echo "Probing for PCI/EISA network cards:"
+ for card in \
+ 3c59x acenic de4x5 dgrs eepro100 e1000 e1000e e100 epic100 hp100 ne2k-pci olympic pcnet32 rcpci 8139too 8139cp tulip via-rhine r8169 atl1e sktr yellowfin tg3 dl2k ns83820 \
+ ; do
+ SKIP=""
+ if [ "`echo $INPUT | crunch | cut -f 1 -d ' '`" = "S" \
+ -o "`echo $INPUT | crunch | cut -f 1 -d ' '`" = "s" ]; then
+ for nogood in `echo $INPUT | crunch | cut -f 2- -d ' '` ; do
+ if [ "$card" = "$nogood" ]; then
+ SKIP=$card
+ fi
+ done
+ fi
+ if [ "$SKIP" = "" ]; then
+ echo "Probing for card using the $card module..."
+ modprobe $card 2> /dev/null
+ grep -q eth0 /proc/net/dev
+ if [ $? = 0 ]; then
+ echo
+ echo "SUCCESS: found card using $card protocol -- modules loaded."
+ echo "$card" > /cardfound
+ echo
+ break
+ else
+ modprobe -r $card 2> /dev/null
+ fi
+ else
+ echo "Skipping module $card..."
+ fi
+ done
+ echo
+ if [ ! -r /cardfound ]; then
+ # Don't probe for com20020... it loads on any machine with or without the card.
+ echo "Probing for MCA, ISA, and other PCI network cards:"
+ # removed because it needs an irq parameter: arlan
+ # tainted, no autoprobe: (arcnet) com90io com90xx
+ for card in depca ibmtr 3c501 3c503 3c505 3c507 3c509 3c515 ac3200 \
+ acenic at1700 cosa cs89x0 de4x5 de600 \
+ de620 e2100 eepro eexpress es3210 eth16i ewrk3 fmv18x forcedeth hostess_sv11 \
+ hp-plus hp lne390 ne3210 ni5010 ni52 ni65 sb1000 sealevel smc-ultra \
+ sis900 smc-ultra32 smc9194 wd ; do
+ SKIP=""
+ if [ "`echo $INPUT | crunch | cut -f 1 -d ' '`" = "S" \
+ -o "`echo $INPUT | crunch | cut -f 1 -d ' '`" = "s" ]; then
+ for nogood in `echo $INPUT | crunch | cut -f 2- -d ' '` ; do
+ if [ "$card" = "$nogood" ]; then
+ SKIP=$card
+ fi
+ done
+ fi
+ if [ "$SKIP" = "" ]; then
+ echo "Probing for card using the $card module..."
+ modprobe $card 2> /dev/null
+ grep -q eth0 /proc/net/dev
+ if [ $? = 0 ]; then
+ echo
+ echo "SUCCESS: found card using $card protocol -- modules loaded."
+ echo "$card" > /cardfound
+ echo
+ break
+ else
+ modprobe -r $card 2> /dev/null
+ fi
+ else
+ echo "Skipping module $card..."
+ fi
+ done
+ echo
+ fi
+ if [ ! -r /cardfound ]; then
+ echo "Sorry, but no network card was detected. Some cards (like non-PCI"
+ echo "NE2000s) must be supplied with the I/O address to use. If you have"
+ echo "an NE2000, you can switch to another console (Alt-F2), log in, and"
+ echo "load it with a command like this:"
+ echo
+ echo " modprobe ne io=0x360"
+ echo
+ fi
+elif [ "`echo $INPUT | crunch | cut -f 1 -d ' '`" = "P" \
+ -o "`echo $INPUT | crunch | cut -f 1 -d ' '`" = "p" ]; then
+ echo "Probing for a custom list of modules:"
+ for card in `echo $INPUT | crunch | cut -f 2- -d ' '` ; do
+ echo "Probing for card using the $card module..."
+ modprobe $card 2> /dev/null
+ grep -q eth0 /proc/net/dev
+ if [ $? = 0 ]; then
+ echo
+ echo "SUCCESS: found card using $card protocol -- modules loaded."
+ echo "$card" > /cardfound
+ echo
+ break
+ else
+ modprobe -r $card 2> /dev/null
+ fi
+ done
+ echo
+else
+ echo "Skipping automatic module probe."
+ echo
+fi
+
+# end main loop
+break
+done
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/tag/README b/source/installer/sources/initrd/tag/README
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..39bf68cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/tag/README
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+This used to be a place to make custom tagfiles, but now it's just here as a
+"non-standard directory" so that we have a good way to probe if we're running
+off the rootdisk and not an installed system. We need to know this within
+pkgtool when it's started up at a prompt so we know to emit some mounting
+instructions.
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/bin/logger b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/bin/logger
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..5aa97266
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/bin/logger
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# os-prober fails if it can't call /usr/bin/logger, which we don't have on
+# the installer since we don't keep logs there. Instead we'll just call
+# /bin/true as a workaround.
+
+/bin/true
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/bin/man b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/bin/man
new file mode 120000
index 00000000..7cfe33a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/bin/man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+../../bin/man \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/bin/zcat b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/bin/zcat
new file mode 120000
index 00000000..b40211eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/bin/zcat
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+../../bin/zcat \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/FDhelp b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/FDhelp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1c06d34e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/FDhelp
@@ -0,0 +1,256 @@
+
+Slackware Linux Help
+____________________
+
+First, a little help on help. Whenever you encounter a text
+viewer like this during the installation, you can move around
+with these commands:
+
+PGDN/SPACE - Move down one page
+PGUP/'b' - Move up one page
+ENTER/DOWN/'j' - Move down one line
+UP/'k' - Move up one line
+LEFT/'h' - Scroll left
+RIGHT/'l' - Scroll right
+'0' - Move to beginning of line
+HOME/'g' - Move to beginning of file
+END/'G' - Move to end of file
+'/' - Forward search
+'?' - Backward search
+'n' - Repeat last search (forward)
+
+Also, you're running a real multitasking operating system now, so
+you're not confined to the installation program. You can log into
+other consoles and look around at any time without disturbing the
+installation process. To do this, you need to learn the commands
+that control the Linux console. You'll use these commands all the
+time when you're logged into Linux.
+
+"Virtual" consoles and scrollback:
+
+Right now, the screen you're looking at is probably VIRTUAL CONSOLE
+NUMBER ONE, (or /dev/tty1 in Linux-speak). There are usually
+several virtual consoles available. When you log into the install
+disk, there are four consoles. To switch among them, use Alt-F1,
+Alt-F2, Alt-F3, or Alt-F4 to select which of the four consoles you
+wish to use. While you're using a console, you get a small amount
+of text scrollback buffer. To scroll the console back, hold down
+the right shift key and hit PageUp. To scroll the console forward,
+hit PageDown while holding the right shift key down. This can be
+especially useful for reading the boot messages, which can go by
+too fast to read otherwise.
+
+On the install disk, the first three consoles are login consoles.
+The fourth console is used to show informational messages during
+installation, such as disk formatting status, kernel messages, and
+so on.
+
+A useful trick is to log into the second virtual console during the
+installation. Then you can use commands such as 'df' to check how
+full your hard drive is getting. Also, once the Slackware CD-ROM
+has been mounted on /cdrom, most of the commands in the disc's live
+filesystem will be usable.
+
+
+PARTITIONING YOUR DRIVE (MBR SYSTEMS)
+
+If you have a newer machine that uses GPT (all UEFI machines do),
+or you wish to use GPT, skip to the section below on GPT PARTITIONING.
+
+Now lets take a look at how you progress through a typical Linux
+installation with the Slackware distribution. First, you'll have
+to make sure your hard drive has been partitioned to accept Linux.
+The setup program does not do this for you.
+
+You will need at least one type Linux partition, and optionally a
+swap partition. In my opinion, (if you have a fair amount of drive
+space) it's easiest to manage a system that's partitioned along these
+lines (ignoring any Windows or other partitions for the purposes
+of this illustration):
+
+ [ 8 gig or more for / ]
+ [ whatever space users need for /home ]
+ [ swap space (match the size of your RAM) ]
+
+Some people like a separate partition for /usr/local, but I find that
+I usually regret dividing my free space when I don't have to... the
+partition I want to add to is always full that way. :^) Besides, when
+the time comes for an operating system upgrade you can always back up
+/usr/local regardless of whether it occupies its own partition. In
+fact, having a separate /home partition is also optional. Probably the
+simplest way to approach things initially is with just a single root
+Linux partition, and a swap partition of about 1-2 gigabytes.
+
+The amount of drive space you'll want to give Linux depends on what
+software you plan to install, and how much space you have to spare.
+My primary Linux partition is 23 gigabytes. If you've got that
+kind of room to spare, it will make it easier to compile and try out
+large pieces of software, or to work with large files such as might be
+used in desktop publishing or CD-ROM mastering applications.
+
+The entire Slackware system (everything - all the X servers, Emacs,
+the works) will use about 8 gigabytes of hard drive space,
+so 10 - 15 gigs is sufficient for a complete installation.
+
+In the past, I've actually done development work on a single /
+partition of 110 MB. (Of course, that was back in the days of Linux
+version 0.99p11 or so...) Still, with careful selection you can still
+squeeze a small Linux system onto a system, but this is not recommended
+for beginners. It's more useful when utilizing Slackware as a base for
+an embedded system. Most people should be going a full installation.
+It's faster and easier, and less error-prone.
+
+Partitioning is done with a partitioning tool such as fdisk. There are
+two versions of Linux fdisk available now. 'fdisk' is the standard
+version, and 'cfdisk' is a friendlier full screen version. Most
+people will probably want to use 'cfdisk' now, unless they're used
+to the older version (like me). Either one will get the job done.
+
+Make sure you use Linux fdisk to tag partitions as type 83 (Linux, the
+default) or type 82 (Linux swap) so the Slackware setup program will
+recognize them. Use the 't' command for that, and 'w' to write out the
+changes.
+
+If you prefer an easy to use graphical partitioning tool, you can make
+all your Linux partitions directly from Linux 'cfdisk'. Or you can
+make them with the older 'fdisk' using the 'n' command to create a
+partition and the 'w' command to write out the changes when you're done.
+
+By default, 'fdisk' and 'cfdisk' will partition the first hard drive in
+your machine, which is /dev/sda. To partition other drives, you'll
+have to specify the drive to partition when you start 'cfdisk'. For
+example, to partition the second IDE drive:
+
+ # cfdisk /dev/sdb
+
+
+SWAP SPACE
+
+If your machine doesn't have much memory, you might have already
+learned how to activate a swap partition just to make it this far.
+Normally you won't need to format or activate your swap space by
+hand, but if you're installing on a machine with low memory you will
+need to format and activate a swap partition to be able to install.
+Once you've made the partition with fdisk, you need to use 'mkswap'
+on it, and then activate it with 'swapon'. Checking the partition
+table with 'fdisk -l', we see these lines:
+
+ Device Boot Start End Blocks Id System
+/dev/sda8 16650 16898 2000061 82 Linux swap
+
+So, the command to format would be:
+
+ # mkswap /dev/sda8
+ # sync
+
+And to activate it:
+
+ # swapon /dev/sda8
+
+
+GPT PARTITIONING
+
+If you have a Windows partition that you'd like to keep and need to make
+free space for Linux, boot the machine into Windows. Move the mouse into
+the upper right corner, and select the search function (magnifying glass
+icon). Enter diskmgmt.msc to start up the Disk Management tool. The disk
+partitions will be displayed as a bar chart at the bottom of the window.
+Mouse over the main Windows partition (probably the largest NTFS partition)
+and right click to bring up a menu. Select "Shrink Volume..." from this
+menu. Shrink the partition to make enough free space for Slackware's root,
+swap, and other partitions.
+
+NOTE: Rather than creating true free space, this resizing operation may
+leave the extra space in the form of a generic (but allocated) partition.
+Take note of the size of the "free space". When it comes time to partition
+on Linux, you may need to delete this partition to make actual free space
+before you can install.
+
+If you are installing to a machine that has Windows installed, then you'll
+already have an EFI System Partition (this is used to store boot files on
+machines that use UEFI). To check this, you can use gdisk. We'll assume
+that you'll be installing to /dev/sda. If you'll be installing to some other
+device, use that in the command below.
+
+gdisk -l /dev/sda
+
+If you see a partition with Code EF00 listed, then you are good to go.
+If not, you will need to make one. To do that, use cgdisk:
+
+cgdisk /dev/sda
+
+Select the free space from the menu using the up/down keys, and then select
+"New" to make a new partition. Hit ENTER to accept the first sector. Then
+enter 100M as the partition size. Give the new partition a hex code of EF00.
+You make give the partition a name (such as "EFI System Partition"), or just
+hit ENTER to use no name. A name is not required.
+
+At this point, you've got a GPT disk with an EFI System partition (with or
+without Windows). The next step is to make the partitions for Linux. If
+you're not already in cgdisk, start that up with "cgdisk /dev/sda" (or
+whatever your install device is). Start by making a swap partition. A
+good rule of thumb is to make the swap partition equal to the amount of RAM
+in your machine. So, select the free space again, and then "New". Again,
+hit ENTER to accept the default first sector for the new partition. Then,
+enter an appropriate size, such as 2G. Enter the hex code for Linux swap,
+which is 8200. Give the partition a name if you like.
+
+Make your root Linux partition (optionally if you leave some space you can make
+any additional Linux partitions that you'll need). Select the free space, and
+"New". Accept the default first sector by hitting ENTER. To make the
+partition use the rest of the disk space, just hit ENTER again when asked for
+a size. Or, you may choose a smaller size if you're planning to make more
+Linux partitions. Hit ENTER to accept the default hex code, which is for a
+Linux filesystem. Name the partition (if you like), or hit ENTER again.
+
+If you have any more free space and partitions to make, now is the time to
+make them.
+
+When you're done, select "Write" to write the partition table changes to the
+disk (verify by typing "yes" when prompted), hit a key to continue, and then
+select "Quit" to leave cgdisk.
+
+
+RUNNING THE SETUP PROGRAM
+
+Setup has quite a few options, which can be slightly confusing the
+first time you look at the menu. It's not really that hard, though.
+You just need to start at the top of the screen and work towards
+the bottom through the menu options. When I install, I usually do
+these options in order:
+
+ADDSWAP (set up my swapspace)
+TARGET (set up my Linux/Windows partitions and /etc/fstab)
+SOURCE (select the source location for the Slackware Linux
+ packages)
+SELECT (pick the package categories to install)
+INSTALL (install the software, generally with "full")
+CONFIGURE (configure the newly installed system)
+
+Note that after I select the SWAP option, setup will allow me to
+run through all of the other options without ever returning to the
+main menu.
+
+I hope that these options will be mostly self-explanatory. Just read
+the screen carefully as you install and you should do just fine.
+
+
+REMAPPING YOUR KEYBOARD:
+
+KEYMAP: This option lets you remap your keyboard to one of the many
+international maps provided with Linux. If you are using a US
+keyboard, you can skip this option.
+
+
+...WHEN YOU'RE DONE:
+
+
+EXIT: This leaves Slackware Linux setup.
+
+
+Have fun installing and running Linux!
+
+---
+Patrick Volkerding
+volkerdi@slackware.com
+
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/INCISO b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/INCISO
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..e34076c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/INCISO
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+# Determine if there is an ISO image to loop-mount:
+check_iso_image () {
+ local IDIR=$1
+ local MNTDIR=$2
+ [ ! -d $IDIR ] && return 1
+ [ -z "$MNTDIR" ] && MNTDIR=/var/log/mount
+
+ IISO=$(ls --indicator-style=none "$IDIR"/slackwar*-install-dvd.iso 2>/dev/null |tail -1)
+
+ if [ -n "$IISO" ]; then
+ cat << EOF > $TMP/tempmsg
+
+An ISO image of Slackware's install DVD was found.
+Do you want me to mount the ISO image and use this as the package source?
+
+EOF
+ dialog --title "USE ISO IMAGE" --yesno "`cat $TMP/tempmsg`" 9 65
+ RET=$?
+ if [ ! $RET = 0 ]; then
+ rm -f $TMP/tempmsg
+ return 1
+ fi
+
+ rm -f $TMP/tempmsg
+ umount -f $MNTDIR 2>/dev/null
+ mkdir -p $MNTDIR
+ mount -o loop,ro $IISO $MNTDIR
+ else
+ return 1
+ fi
+}
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/INSCD b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/INSCD
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..42610aa1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/INSCD
@@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# FIXME: UDF fs support?
+RDIR=/dev/tty4
+NDIR=/dev/null
+TMP=/var/log/setup/tmp
+if [ ! -d $TMP ]; then
+ mkdir -p $TMP
+fi
+T_PX="`cat $TMP/SeTT_PX`"
+rm -f $TMP/SeTmount $TMP/SeTDS $TMP/SeTCDdev $TMP/reply
+
+dialog --title "SCANNING FOR CD or DVD DRIVE" --menu \
+"Make sure the Slackware disc is in your CD/DVD drive, \
+and then press ENTER to begin the scanning process. \
+Or, if you'd rather specify the device name manually \
+(experts only), choose that option below." \
+11 72 2 \
+"auto" "Scan for the CD or DVD drive (recommended)" \
+"manual" "Manually specify CD or DVD by device name" \
+2> $TMP/reply
+if [ ! -r $TMP/reply ]; then
+ # cancel or esc
+ rm -f $TMP/SeTDS $TMP/SeTmount $TMP/SeTCDdev $TMP/errordo
+ exit
+fi
+
+if [ "`cat $TMP/reply`" = "manual" ]; then
+ dialog --title "MANUAL CD/DVD DEVICE SELECTION" --menu \
+ "Please select your CD/DVD device from the list below. \
+If you don't see your device listed, choose 'custom'. \
+This will let you type in any device name. (and if necessary, \
+will create the device)" \
+ 18 70 9 \
+ "custom" "Type in the CD or DVD device to use" \
+ "/dev/sr0" "First CD/DVD drive" \
+ "/dev/sr1" "Second CD/DVD drive" \
+ "/dev/sr2" "Third CD/DVD drive" \
+ "/dev/sr3" "Fourth CD/DVD drive" \
+ "/dev/hdb" "CD/DVD slave on first IDE bus" \
+ "/dev/hda" "CD/DVD master on first IDE bus (unlikely)" \
+ "/dev/hdc" "CD/DVD master on second IDE bus" \
+ "/dev/hdd" "CD/DVD slave on second IDE bus" \
+ "/dev/hde" "CD/DVD master on third IDE bus" \
+ "/dev/hdf" "CD/DVD slave on third IDE bus" \
+ "/dev/hdg" "CD/DVD master on fourth IDE bus" \
+ "/dev/hdh" "CD/DVD slave on fourth IDE bus" \
+ "/dev/pcd0" "First parallel port ATAPI CD" \
+ "/dev/pcd1" "Second parallel port ATAPI CD" \
+ "/dev/pcd2" "Third parallel port ATAPI CD" \
+ "/dev/pcd3" "Fourth parallel port ATAPI CD" \
+ "/dev/aztcd" "Non-IDE Aztech CD/DVD" \
+ "/dev/cdu535" "Sony CDU-535 CD/DVD" \
+ "/dev/gscd" "Non-IDE GoldStar CD/DVD" \
+ "/dev/sonycd" "Sony CDU-31a CD/DVD" \
+ "/dev/optcd" "Optics Storage CD/DVD" \
+ "/dev/sjcd" "Sanyo non-IDE CD/DVD" \
+ "/dev/mcdx0" "Non-IDE Mitsumi drive 1" \
+ "/dev/mcdx1" "Non-IDE Mitsumi drive 2" \
+ "/dev/sbpcd" "Old non-IDE SoundBlaster CD/DVD" \
+ "/dev/cm205cd" "Philips LMS CM-205 CD/DVD" \
+ "/dev/cm206cd" "Philips LMS CM-206 CD/DVD" \
+ "/dev/mcd" "Old non-IDE Mitsumi CD/DVD" \
+ 2> $TMP/reply
+ if [ ! -r $TMP/reply ]; then
+ # cancel or esc
+ rm -f $TMP/SeTDS $TMP/SeTmount $TMP/SeTCDdev $TMP/errordo
+ exit
+ fi
+ REPLY="`cat $TMP/reply`"
+ if [ "$REPLY" = "custom" ]; then
+ dialog --title "ENTER CD/DVD DEVICE MANUALLY" --inputbox \
+"Please enter the name of the CD/DVD device (such as /dev/hdc) that \
+you wish to use to mount the Slackware CD/DVD:" \
+9 70 2> $TMP/reply
+ if [ ! -r $TMP/reply ]; then
+ # cancel or esc
+ rm -f $TMP/SeTDS $TMP/SeTmount $TMP/SeTCDdev $TMP/errordo
+ exit
+ fi
+ DRIVE_FOUND="`cat $TMP/reply`"
+ if [ ! -r $DRIVE_FOUND ]; then # no such device
+ rm -f $TMP/majorminor
+ dialog --title "MKNOD CD/DVD DEVICE" --inputbox \
+ "There doesn't seem to be a device by the name of $DRIVE_FOUND in the \
+/dev directory, so we will have to create it using the major and minor \
+numbers for the device. If you're using a bootdisk with a custom CD/DVD \
+driver on it, you should be able to find these numbers in the \
+documentation. Also, see the 'devices.txt' file that comes with the \
+Linux kernel source. If you don't know the numbers, you'll have to hit \
+Esc to abort. Enter the major and minor numbers for the new device, \
+separated by one space:" \
+ 15 72 2> $TMP/majorminor
+ if [ ! -r $TMP/majorminor ]; then
+ # cancel or esc
+ rm -f $TMP/SeTDS $TMP/SeTmount $TMP/SeTCDdev $TMP/errordo
+ exit
+ fi
+ MAJOR="`cat $TMP/majorminor`"
+ dialog --title "MAKING DEVICE IN /dev" --infobox \
+ "mknod $DRIVE_FOUND b $MAJOR" 3 40
+ mknod $DRIVE_FOUND b $MAJOR 2> $RDIR
+ sleep 1
+ if [ ! -r $DRIVE_FOUND ]; then
+ dialog --title "MKNOD FAILED" --msgbox \
+ "Sorry, but the mknod command failed to make the device. You'll need to \
+go back and try selecting your source media again. Press ENTER to abort \
+the source media selection process." 8 60
+ rm -f $TMP/SeTDS $TMP/SeTmount $TMP/SeTCDdev $TMP/errordo
+ exit
+ fi
+ fi
+ else
+ DRIVE_FOUND=$REPLY
+ fi
+fi
+
+# Search for SCSI/PATA/SATA CD/DVD drives:
+if [ "$DRIVE_FOUND" = "" ]; then
+ dialog --title "SCANNING" --infobox "Scanning for a \
+CD/DVD drive containing a Slackware disc..." 4 50
+ sleep 1
+ for device in \
+ /dev/sr0 /dev/sr1 /dev/sr2 /dev/sr3 \
+ ; do
+ mount -o ro -t iso9660 $device /var/log/mount 1> $RDIR 2> $RDIR
+ if [ $? = 0 ]; then
+ DRIVE_FOUND=$device
+ umount /var/log/mount
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+fi
+
+# Search the old IDE interfaces:
+if [ "$DRIVE_FOUND" = "" ]; then
+ dialog --title "SCANNING" --infobox "Scanning for an IDE \
+CD/DVD drive containing a Slackware disc..." 4 56
+ sleep 1
+ for device in \
+ /dev/hdd /dev/hdc /dev/hdb /dev/hda \
+ /dev/hde /dev/hdf /dev/hdg /dev/hdh \
+ /dev/hdi /dev/hdj /dev/hdk /dev/hdl \
+ /dev/hdm /dev/hdn /dev/hdo /dev/hdp \
+ ; do
+ mount -o ro -t iso9660 $device /var/log/mount 1> $RDIR 2> $RDIR
+ if [ $? = 0 ]; then
+ DRIVE_FOUND=$device
+ umount /var/log/mount
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+fi
+
+# Search for parallel port ATAPI CD/DVD drives:
+if [ "$DRIVE_FOUND" = "" ]; then
+ dialog --title "SCANNING" --infobox "Scanning for a parallel port \
+ATAPI CD/DVD drive containing a Slackware disc..." 4 52
+ sleep 1
+ for device in \
+ /dev/pcd0 /dev/pcd1 /dev/pcd2 /dev/pcd3 \
+ ; do
+ mount -o ro -t iso9660 $device /var/log/mount 1> $RDIR 2> $RDIR
+ if [ $? = 0 ]; then
+ DRIVE_FOUND=$device
+ umount /var/log/mount
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+fi
+
+# Still not found? OK, we will search for CD/DVD drives on old, pre-ATAPI
+# proprietary interfaces. There aren't too many of these still around, and
+# the scan won't actually work unless a bootdisk that supports the drive is
+# used, and any necessary parameters have been passed to the kernel.
+if [ "$DRIVE_FOUND" = "" ]; then
+ dialog --title "SCANNING" --msgbox "No IDE/SCSI drive, so we will try \
+scanning for CD drives on \
+old proprietary interfaces, such as SoundBlaster pre-IDE CD drives, \
+Sony CDU-31a, Sony 535, old Mitsumi pre-IDE, old Optics, etc. For this \
+scan to work at all, you'll need to be using a bootdisk that supports \
+your CD drive. Please press ENTER to begin this last-chance scan \
+for old, obsolete hardware." 11 60
+ for device in \
+ /dev/sonycd /dev/gscd /dev/optcd /dev/sjcd /dev/mcdx0 /dev/mcdx1 \
+ /dev/cdu535 /dev/sbpcd /dev/aztcd /dev/cm205cd /dev/cm206cd \
+ /dev/bpcd /dev/mcd \
+ ; do
+ mount -o ro -t iso9660 $device /var/log/mount 1> $RDIR 2> $RDIR
+ if [ $? = 0 ]; then
+ DRIVE_FOUND=$device
+ umount /var/log/mount
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+fi
+
+if [ "$DRIVE_FOUND" = "" ]; then
+ dialog --title "CD/DVD DRIVE NOT FOUND" --msgbox \
+ "A CD/DVD drive could not be found on any of the devices that were \
+scanned. Possible reasons include using a bootdisk or kernel that \
+doesn't support your drive, failing to pass parameters needed by some \
+drives to the kernel, not having the Slackware disc in your CD/DVD \
+drive, or using a drive connected to a Plug and Play soundcard (in this \
+case, connecting the drive directly to the IDE interface often helps). \
+Please make sure you are using the correct bootdisk for your hardware, \
+consult the BOOTING file for possible information on \
+forcing the detection of your drive, and then reattempt installation. \
+If all else fails, see FAQ.TXT for information about copying \
+parts of this CD to your DOS partition and installing it from there.\n\
+\n\
+You will now be returned to the main menu. If you want to try looking \
+for the CD again, you may skip directly to the SOURCE menu selection." \
+ 0 0
+ rm -f $TMP/SeTDS $TMP/SeTmount $TMP/SeTCDdev $TMP/errordo
+ exit
+fi
+
+while [ 0 ]; do # time to try to mount the CD/DVD device:
+ mount -o ro -t iso9660 $DRIVE_FOUND /var/log/mount 1> $RDIR 2> $RDIR
+ if [ $? = 0 ]; then # mounted successfully
+ dialog --title "CD/DVD DRIVE FOUND" --sleep 1 --infobox \
+ "A Slackware disc was found in device $DRIVE_FOUND." 3 52
+ break
+ else # failed to mount
+ dialog --title "MOUNT ERROR" --menu "There was an error \
+attempting to mount the CD/DVD on $DRIVE_FOUND. \
+Maybe the device name is incorrect, the disc is not in the \
+drive, or the kernel you are using does not support the \
+device. (possibly an incorrect bootdisk) \
+What would you like to do now?" \
+ 13 70 3 \
+ "1" "Abort CD installation" \
+ "2" "Attempt to mount the CD/DVD device again" \
+ "3" "Ignore the error and continue" 2> $TMP/errordo
+ if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then
+ rm -f $TMP/SeTDS $TMP/SeTmount $TMP/SeTCDdev $TMP/errordo
+ exit;
+ fi
+ DOWHAT="`cat $TMP/errordo`"
+ rm -f $TMP/errordo
+ if [ $DOWHAT = 1 ]; then
+ rm -f $TMP/SeTDS $TMP/SeTmount $TMP/SeTCDdev
+ exit
+ elif [ $DOWHAT = 2 ]; then
+ dialog --title "ATTEMPTING TO MOUNT CD/DVD on $DRIVE_FOUND" \
+ --infobox "Attempting to mount your CD/DVD again with the \
+following command: mount -o ro -t iso9660 $DRIVE_FOUND \
+/var/log/mount" 4 69
+ umount /var/log/mount 1> $NDIR 2> $NDIR
+ sleep 1
+ elif [ $DOWHAT = 3 ]; then
+ # Ignore error, really bad plan but whatever
+ break
+ fi
+ fi
+done
+# since we should have mounted successfully, let's refresh
+# the link for /dev/cdrom on the target partition:
+if [ ! -d $T_PX/dev ]; then
+ mkdir $T_PX/dev
+ chown root.root $T_PX/dev
+ chmod 755 $T_PX/dev
+fi
+( cd $T_PX/dev ; ln -sf $DRIVE_FOUND cdrom )
+
+# Pass information about the source directory to the next install stage:
+echo "/var/log/mount/slackware" > $TMP/SeTDS
+echo "-source_mounted" > $TMP/SeTmount
+echo "$DRIVE_FOUND" > $TMP/SeTCDdev
+echo "/dev/null" > $TMP/SeTsource
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/INSNFS b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/INSNFS
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..a353daa4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/INSNFS
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+TMP=/var/log/setup/tmp
+if [ ! -d $TMP ]; then
+ mkdir -p $TMP
+fi
+# Include function to check for Slackware ISO images:
+. /usr/lib/setup/INCISO
+if [ -f $TMP/Punattended ]; then
+ eval $(grep "^NFS_SERVER=" $TMP/Punattended)
+ eval $(grep "^NFS_ROOT=" $TMP/Punattended)
+fi
+
+while [ 0 ]; do
+ rm -f $TMP/SeTDS $TMP/SeTmount $TMP/SeTsource $TMP/nfsout
+ UPNRUN=`cat $TMP/SeTupnrun 2> /dev/null`
+
+ if [ "$REMOTE_IPADDR" = "" ]; then REMOTE_IPADDR=${NFS_SERVER}; fi
+ if [ "$REMOTE_PATH" = "" ]; then REMOTE_PATH=${NFS_ROOT}; fi
+
+ cat << EOF > $TMP/tempmsg
+
+Good! We're all set on the local end, but now we need to know
+where to find the software packages to install. First, we need
+the IP address of the machine where the Slackware sources are
+stored.
+
+EOF
+ if [ "$UPNRUN" = "0" ]; then
+ cat << EOF >> $TMP/tempmsg
+Since you're already running on the network, you should be able
+to use the hostname instead of an IP address if you wish.
+
+EOF
+ fi
+ echo "What is the IP address of your NFS server? " >> $TMP/tempmsg
+ dialog --title "ENTER IP ADDRESS OF NFS SERVER" --inputbox \
+ "`cat $TMP/tempmsg`" 14 70 $REMOTE_IPADDR 2> $TMP/remote
+ if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then
+ rm -f $TMP/tempmsg $TMP/remote
+ exit
+ fi
+ REMOTE_IPADDR="`cat $TMP/remote`"
+ rm $TMP/remote
+
+ cat << EOF > $TMP/tempmsg
+
+ There must be a directory on the server with the Slackware
+ packages and files arranged in a tree like the FTP site.
+
+ The installation script needs to know the name of the
+ directory on your server that contains the series'
+ subdirectories. For example, if your A series is found at
+ /slack/slackware/a, then you would respond: /slack/slackware
+
+ What is the Slackware source directory?
+EOF
+ dialog --title "SELECT SOURCE DIRECTORY" --inputbox "`cat $TMP/tempmsg`" 18 \
+ 65 $REMOTE_PATH 2> $TMP/slacksrc
+ if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then
+ rm -f $TMP/tempmsg $TMP/slacksrc
+ exit
+ fi
+ REMOTE_PATH="`cat $TMP/slacksrc`"
+ rm $TMP/slacksrc
+ cat << EOF > $TMP/tempmsg
+
+In the next screen you should watch for NFS mount errors.
+If you see errors and you don't see your NFS server listed,
+then try setting up NFS again.
+
+EOF
+ dialog --title "NFS MOUNT INFORMATION" --msgbox "`cat $TMP/tempmsg`" 10 65
+ rm -f $TMP/tempmsg
+ touch $TMP/nfsout
+ if [ ! "$UPNRUN" = "0" ]; then
+ if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.rpc ]; then
+ echo "Starting RPC services..." >> $TMP/nfsout
+ /etc/rc.d/rc.rpc restart >> $TMP/nfsout 2>&1
+ fi
+ fi
+ echo "Mounting $REMOTE_PATH:" >> $TMP/nfsout
+ echo "mount -r -t nfs -o vers=3 $REMOTE_IPADDR:$REMOTE_PATH /var/log/mount" >> $TMP/nfsout
+ mount -r -t nfs -o vers=3 $REMOTE_IPADDR:$REMOTE_PATH /var/log/mount
+ if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then
+ echo "Didn't work." >> $TMP/nfsout
+ echo "Maybe you should check that the directory name is correct?" >> $TMP/nfsout
+ DEFANSW="yes"
+ else
+ DEFANSW="no"
+ fi
+ echo "" >> $TMP/nfsout
+ echo "Current NFS mounts:" >> $TMP/nfsout
+ mount -t nfs >> $TMP/nfsout 2>&1
+ echo "" >> $TMP/nfsout
+
+ echo "Do you need to try setting up NFS again?" >> $TMP/nfsout
+ echo "" >> $TMP/nfsout
+ if [ "$DEFANSW" = "no" ]; then
+ dialog --title "NFS MOUNT RESULT" \
+ --defaultno --yesno "`cat $TMP/nfsout`" 21 70
+ RET=$?
+ else
+ dialog --title "NFS MOUNT RESULT" --yesno "`cat $TMP/nfsout`" 21 70
+ RET=$?
+ fi
+ rm -f $TMP/nfsout
+ if [ $RET = 1 ]; then
+ # OK with the NFS mount.
+ # First, check if a Slackware ISO image is present in /var/log/mount
+ if check_iso_image /var/log/mount /var/log/mntiso ; then
+ echo "/var/log/mntiso/slackware" > $TMP/SeTDS
+ elif [ -r /var/log/mount/slackware/PACKAGES.TXT ]; then
+ echo "/var/log/mount/slackware" > $TMP/SeTDS
+ else
+ echo "/var/log/mount" > $TMP/SeTDS
+ fi
+ echo "-source_mounted" > $TMP/SeTmount
+ echo "/dev/null" > $TMP/SeTsource
+ break
+ fi
+done
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/INSSMB b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/INSSMB
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..ae4aac88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/INSSMB
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+TMP=/var/log/setup/tmp
+if [ ! -d $TMP ]; then
+ mkdir -p $TMP
+fi
+if [ -f $TMP/Punattended ]; then
+ eval $(grep "^SMB_SERVER=" $TMP/Punattended)
+ eval $(grep "^SMB_ROOT=" $TMP/Punattended)
+fi
+
+if [ "$REMOTE_SHARE" = "" ]; then REMOTE_SHARE=${SMB_SERVER}; fi
+if [ "$REMOTE_PATH" = "" ]; then REMOTE_PATH=${SMB_ROOT}; fi
+
+# Load the cifs module:
+modprobe cifs 2>/dev/null
+
+while [ 0 ]; do
+ rm -f $TMP/SeTDS $TMP/SeTmount
+ UPNRUN=`cat $TMP/SeTupnrun`
+
+ cat << EOF > $TMP/tempmsg
+
+Good! We're all set on the local end, but now we need to know
+where to find the software packages to install. First, we need
+the share address of the Samba server where the Slackware sources
+are stored.
+Example share address: //192.168.0.1/public
+
+EOF
+ if [ "$UPNRUN" = "0" ]; then
+ cat << EOF >> $TMP/tempmsg
+Since you're already running on the network, you should be able
+to use the hostname instead of an IP address if you wish.
+
+EOF
+ fi
+ echo "What is the share address of your Samba server? " >> $TMP/tempmsg
+ dialog --title "ENTER SHARE ADDRESS OF SAMBA SERVER" --inputbox \
+ "`cat $TMP/tempmsg`" 15 70 $REMOTE_SHARE 2> $TMP/remote
+ if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then
+ rm -f $TMP/tempmsg $TMP/remote
+ exit
+ fi
+ REMOTE_SHARE="`cat $TMP/remote`"
+ rm $TMP/remote
+
+ cat << EOF > $TMP/tempmsg
+
+ There must be a directory on the server with the Slackware
+ packages and files arranged in a tree like the FTP site.
+
+ The installation script needs to know the name of the
+ directory below your Samba share that contains the series
+ subdirectories. For example, if your A series is found at
+ /slack/slackware/a, then you would respond: /slack/slackware
+
+ What is the Slackware source directory?
+EOF
+ dialog --title "SELECT SOURCE DIRECTORY" --inputbox "`cat $TMP/tempmsg`" \
+ 17 70 $REMOTE_PATH 2> $TMP/slacksrc
+ if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then
+ rm -f $TMP/tempmsg $TMP/slacksrc
+ exit
+ fi
+ REMOTE_PATH="`cat $TMP/slacksrc`"
+ rm $TMP/slacksrc
+
+ echo "You should see no mount errors:" > $TMP/mntout
+ echo "Mounting $REMOTE_SHARE ..." >> $TMP/mntout
+ mount -t cifs -o ro,guest,sec=none $REMOTE_SHARE /var/log/mount \
+ >> $TMP/mntout 2>&1
+ RET=$?
+ if [ $RET != 0 ]; then
+ echo "Mount failed." >> $TMP/mntout
+ umount -f -t cifs /var/log/mount 1>/dev/null 2>&1
+ DEFANSW="yes"
+ else
+ echo "Mounted Samba share(s):" >> $TMP/mntout
+ mount -t cifs >> $TMP/mntout 2>/dev/null
+ echo "" >> $TMP/mntout
+ if [ -f /var/log/mount/$REMOTE_PATH/a/tagfile \
+ -o -f /var/log/mount/$REMOTE_PATH/slackware/a/tagfile ];
+ then
+ echo "A Slackware package tree was found! Ready to continue." >> $TMP/mntout
+ DEFANSW="no"
+ else
+ echo "No Slackware package tree found at the indicated path!" >> $TMP/mntout
+ DEFANSW="yes"
+ fi
+ fi
+ echo "" >> $TMP/mntout
+ echo "Do you want to try setting up Samba again?" >> $TMP/mntout
+ echo "" >> $TMP/mntout
+ if [ "$DEFANSW" = "no" ]; then
+ dialog --title "MOUNT RESULT" \
+ --defaultno --yesno "`cat $TMP/mntout`" 17 70
+ RET=$?
+ else
+ dialog --title "MOUNT RESULT" \
+ --yesno "`cat $TMP/mntout`" 12 68
+ RET=$?
+ fi
+ if [ $RET = 1 ]; then
+ rm -f $TMP/mntout
+ break
+ fi
+ rm -f $TMP/mntout
+ #if [ "$UPNRUN" = "1" ]; then
+ # route del $LOCAL_NETWORK
+ # ifconfig $ENET_DEVICE down
+ #fi
+done
+
+if [ -f /var/log/mount/$REMOTE_PATH/a/tagfile ]; then
+ echo "/var/log/mount/$REMOTE_PATH" > $TMP/SeTDS
+else
+ echo "/var/log/mount/${REMOTE_PATH}/slackware" > $TMP/SeTDS
+fi
+echo "-source_mounted" > $TMP/SeTmount
+echo "/dev/null" > $TMP/SeTsource
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/INSURL b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/INSURL
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..4423406b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/INSURL
@@ -0,0 +1,241 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+TMP=/var/log/setup/tmp
+if [ ! -d $TMP ]; then
+ mkdir -p $TMP
+fi
+if [ -f $TMP/Punattended ]; then
+ eval $(grep "^REMOTE_URL=" $TMP/Punattended)
+ eval $(grep "^REMOTE_PATH=" $TMP/Punattended)
+fi
+
+# Return a package name that has been stripped of the dirname portion
+# and any of the valid extensions (only):
+pkgbase() {
+ PKGEXT=$(echo $1 | rev | cut -f 1 -d . | rev)
+ case $PKGEXT in
+ 'tgz' )
+ PKGRETURN=$(basename $1 .tgz)
+ ;;
+ 'tbz' )
+ PKGRETURN=$(basename $1 .tbz)
+ ;;
+ 'tlz' )
+ PKGRETURN=$(basename $1 .tlz)
+ ;;
+ 'txz' )
+ PKGRETURN=$(basename $1 .txz)
+ ;;
+ *)
+ PKGRETURN=$(basename $1)
+ ;;
+ esac
+ echo $PKGRETURN
+}
+
+package_name() {
+ STRING=$(pkgbase $1)
+ # Check for old style package name with one segment:
+ if [ "$(echo $STRING | cut -f 1 -d -)" = "$(echo $STRING | cut -f 2 -d -)" ]; then
+ echo $STRING
+ else # has more than one dash delimited segment
+ # Count number of segments:
+ INDEX=1
+ while [ ! "$(echo $STRING | cut -f $INDEX -d -)" = "" ]; do
+ INDEX=$(expr $INDEX + 1)
+ done
+ INDEX=$(expr $INDEX - 1) # don't include the null value
+ # If we don't have four segments, return the old-style (or out of spec) package name:
+ if [ "$INDEX" = "2" -o "$INDEX" = "3" ]; then
+ echo $STRING
+ else # we have four or more segments, so we'll consider this a new-style name:
+ NAME=$(expr $INDEX - 3)
+ NAME="$(echo $STRING | cut -f 1-$NAME -d -)"
+ echo $NAME
+ fi
+ fi
+}
+
+while [ 0 ]; do
+ rm -f $TMP/SeTDS $TMP/SeTmount
+ UPNRUN=$(cat $TMP/SeTupnrun)
+
+ cat << EOF > $TMP/tempmsg
+
+Good! We're all set on the local end, but now we need to know
+where to find the software packages to install. First, we need
+the URL of the ftp or http server where the Slackware sources
+are stored.
+URL examples are: 'ftp://192.168.0.1' ; 'http://172.16.10.31'
+
+EOF
+ if [ "$UPNRUN" = "0" ]; then
+ cat << EOF >> $TMP/tempmsg
+Since you're already running on the network, you should be able
+to use the hostname instead of an IP address if you wish.
+
+EOF
+ fi
+ echo "What is the URL of your FTP/HTTP server? " >> $TMP/tempmsg
+ dialog --title "ENTER URL OF FTP/HTTP SERVER" --inputbox \
+ "$(cat $TMP/tempmsg)" 15 70 $REMOTE_URL 2> $TMP/remote
+ if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then
+ rm -f $TMP/tempmsg $TMP/remote
+ exit
+ fi
+ REMOTE_URL="$(cat $TMP/remote)"
+ rm $TMP/remote
+
+ cat << EOF > $TMP/tempmsg
+
+ There must be a directory on the server with the Slackware
+ packages and files arranged in a tree like the FTP site.
+
+ The installation script needs to know the name of the
+ directory on your server that contains the series
+ subdirectories. For example, if your A series is found at
+ /slack/slackware/a, then you would respond: /slack/slackware
+
+ What is the Slackware source directory?
+EOF
+ dialog --title "SELECT SOURCE DIRECTORY" --inputbox "$(cat $TMP/tempmsg)" \
+ 17 65 $REMOTE_PATH 2> $TMP/slacksrc
+ if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then
+ rm -f $TMP/tempmsg $TMP/slacksrc
+ exit
+ fi
+ REMOTE_PATH="$(cat $TMP/slacksrc)"
+ rm $TMP/slacksrc
+
+ cat << EOF > $TMP/tempmsg
+
+In the next screen you should watch for possible errors.
+
+First, we'll download the PACKAGES.TXT from the parent of the
+directory that you entered before (which should be the root
+of the remote Slackware tree). If that succeeds, then we use
+PACKAGES.TXT to reconstruct a local cache of the package tree
+(should take a minute or less on an average system).
+After that, we're all set to go!
+
+Downloading PACKAGES.TXT at the Slackware root starts
+after you press OK.
+That file is several hundreds of KB in size so it may
+take some time to get here...
+
+EOF
+ dialog --title "DOWNLOAD INFORMATION" --msgbox "$(cat $TMP/tempmsg)" 20 70
+ rm -f $TMP/tempmsg
+
+ REMOTE_ROOT=$(dirname $REMOTE_PATH)
+ mkdir -p $TMP/treecache 2>/dev/null
+ chmod 700 $TMP/treecache
+ rm -rf $TMP/treecache/* 2>/dev/null
+ ln -sf $TMP/treecache /var/log/mount/
+ cd /var/log/mount/treecache
+ echo "Downloading PACKAGES.TXT ..." >> $TMP/wgetout
+ echo "URL: $REMOTE_URL$REMOTE_ROOT" > $TMP/wgetout
+ wget -q $REMOTE_URL$REMOTE_ROOT/PACKAGES.TXT > /dev/null 2>&1
+ RET=$?
+ if [ $RET != 0 ]; then
+ echo "> Download failed. Going to try one directory lower." >> $TMP/wgetout
+ REMOTE_ROOT=$REMOTE_PATH
+ echo "URL: $REMOTE_URL$REMOTE_ROOT" >> $TMP/wgetout
+ wget -q $REMOTE_URL$REMOTE_ROOT/PACKAGES.TXT > /dev/null 2>&1
+ RET=$?
+ [ $RET != 0 ] && echo "> Download failed again." >> $TMP/wgetout
+ fi
+ echo "" >> $TMP/wgetout
+
+ if [ -r /var/log/mount/treecache/PACKAGES.TXT ]; then
+ if head /var/log/mount/treecache/PACKAGES.TXT | grep -q "PACKAGES.TXT" ; then
+ echo "A Slackware 'PACKAGES.TXT' is available. Ready to continue!" >> $TMP/wgetout
+ DEFANSW="no"
+ fi
+ else
+ echo "No file 'PACKAGES.TXT' was found. Wrong URL?" >> $TMP/wgetout
+ DEFANSW="yes"
+ fi
+ echo "" >> $TMP/wgetout
+ echo "Do you want to try setting up FTP/HTTP again?" >> $TMP/wgetout
+ echo "" >> $TMP/wgetout
+ if [ "$DEFANSW" = "no" ]; then
+ dialog --title "DOWNLOAD RESULT" \
+ --defaultno --yesno "$(cat $TMP/wgetout)" 12 68
+ RET=$?
+ else
+ dialog --title "DOWNLOAD RESULT" \
+ --yesno "$(cat $TMP/wgetout)" 12 68
+ RET=$?
+ fi
+ if [ $RET = 1 ]; then
+ rm -f $TMP/wgetout
+ break
+ fi
+ rm -f $TMP/wgetout
+ #if [ "$UPNRUN" = "1" ]; then
+ # route del $LOCAL_NETWORK
+ # ifconfig $ENET_DEVICE down
+ #fi
+done
+
+if [ -r /var/log/mount/treecache/PACKAGES.TXT ]; then
+ echo "/var/log/mount/treecache/slackware" > $TMP/SeTDS
+ echo "-source_mounted" > $TMP/SeTmount
+ echo "/dev/null" > $TMP/SeTsource
+ echo "${REMOTE_URL},${REMOTE_ROOT}" > $TMP/SeTremotesvr
+
+ dialog --title "INITIALIZING PACKAGE TREE" --infobox \
+ "\nSetting up local cache for the FTP/HTTP server's package tree ..." 5 72
+
+ mkdir slackware isolinux 2>/dev/null
+ wget -q -P ./isolinux $REMOTE_URL$REMOTE_ROOT/isolinux/setpkg
+
+ # Create a local package tree with zero-byte package placeholders:
+ TOTALP=$(grep "PACKAGE NAME:" PACKAGES.TXT | wc -l)
+ (
+ NUMPKG=0
+ GAUGE=0
+ grep "PACKAGE " PACKAGES.TXT | while read REPLY ; do
+ case "$REPLY" in
+ "PACKAGE NAME:"*)
+ TEMP=$(echo $REPLY | cut -d: -f2)
+ PKGNAME=$(echo $TEMP)
+ PKGBASE=$(pkgbase $PKGNAME)
+ PKGSHRT=$(package_name $PKGNAME)
+ let NUMPKG=NUMPKG+1
+ if [ $(( ((100 * $NUMPKG)/$TOTALP)/5 )) -gt $(( $GAUGE/5 )) ]; then
+ GAUGE=$(( (100 * $NUMPKG)/$TOTALP ))
+ echo "$GAUGE"
+ fi
+ ;;
+ "PACKAGE LOCATION:"*)
+ TEMP=$(echo $REPLY | cut -d: -f2)
+ PKGDIR=$(echo $TEMP)
+ mkdir -p $PKGDIR
+ touch ${PKGDIR}/${PKGNAME}
+ ;;
+ "PACKAGE SIZE (compressed):"*)
+ TEMP=$(echo $REPLY | cut -d: -f2)
+ PKGSIZE=$(echo $TEMP)
+ echo "$PKGSIZE" 1> ${PKGDIR}/${PKGBASE}.size
+ ;;
+ *)
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done \
+ ) | dialog --title "INITIALIZING PACKAGE TREE" --gauge \
+ "\nProcessing ${TOTALP} Slackware packages..." 8 65
+
+ # Make sure we can select stuff from the package series:
+ dialog --title "INITIALIZING PACKAGE TREE" --infobox \
+ "\nRetrieving tagfile information for the package tree ..." 5 65
+
+ for series in $(ls -1 slackware) ; do
+ wget -q -P ./slackware/$series $REMOTE_URL$REMOTE_ROOT/slackware/$series/tagfile
+ wget -q -P ./slackware/$series $REMOTE_URL$REMOTE_ROOT/slackware/$series/maketag.ez
+ wget -q -P ./slackware/$series $REMOTE_URL$REMOTE_ROOT/slackware/$series/maketag
+ done
+else
+ dialog --title "REMOTE SERVER CONFIGURATION" --msgbox \
+ "\nFailed to configure for installation from remote server." 5 65
+fi
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/INSUSB b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/INSUSB
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..04723159
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/INSUSB
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+RDIR=/dev/tty4
+NDIR=/dev/null
+TMP=/var/log/setup/tmp
+if [ ! -d $TMP ]; then
+ mkdir -p $TMP
+fi
+T_PX="`cat $TMP/SeTT_PX`"
+rm -f $TMP/SeTmount $TMP/SeTDS $TMP/SeTCDdev $TMP/reply
+
+dialog --title "SCANNING FOR USB STICK" --msgbox \
+"Make sure the USB stick containing the Slackware package directory \
+is inserted into a USB port, and then press ENTER to begin the scanning process." \
+7 66 \
+2> $TMP/reply
+if [ ! -r $TMP/reply ]; then
+ # cancel or esc
+ rm -f $TMP/SeTDS $TMP/SeTmount $TMP/SeTCDdev $TMP/errordo
+ exit
+fi
+
+dialog --infobox "\nScanning for USB stick..." 5 30
+
+# Run "rescan-scsi-bus -l" to get an up to date overview of devices:
+/sbin/rescan-scsi-bus -l 1>$RDIR 2>$RDIR
+
+# Generate a list of removable devices:
+REMOVABLE_DEVICES=""
+for BDEV in $(ls --indicator-style none /sys/block | grep -E -v "loop|ram|^dm-|^sr|^md"); do
+ if [ -r /sys/block/$BDEV/removable -a "$(cat /sys/block/$BDEV/removable)" == "1" ]; then
+ REMOVEABLE_DEVICES="$REMOVEABLE_DEVICES $BDEV"
+ fi
+done
+
+if [ "$REMOVEABLE_DEVICES" = "" ]; then
+ dialog --title "NO REMOVABLE USB DEVICES FOUND" --msgbox \
+"Sorry, but no removable USB devices could be found. Exiting back to the top menu." \
+6 55
+ rm -f $TMP/SeTDS $TMP/SeTmount $TMP/SeTCDdev $TMP/errordo
+ exit
+fi
+
+# Make a mount location for the USB source:
+mkdir -p /usb-stick
+# Try to unmount it, just in case something strange is going on:
+umount /usb-stick 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null
+
+# First, we will look for partitions on the USB stick. Not knowing whether the stick is
+# partitioned with MBR or GPT partitions (or indeed at all), we'll test for partitions
+# 1 through 4. Probably very few people will try to use a stick with the Slackware
+# packages in a directory on partition 5 or higher. If they do, it won't work. Sorry.
+unset DRIVE_FOUND INSTALL_PATH
+for DEVICE in $REMOVEABLE_DEVICES ; do
+ for PARTITION in 1 2 3 4 ; do
+ mount /dev/$DEVICE$PARTITION /usb-stick 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null
+ if [ -d /usb-stick/slackware/a ]; then
+ DRIVE_FOUND="/dev/$DEVICE$PARTITION"
+ INSTALL_PATH="/usb-stick/slackware"
+ break
+ fi
+ if [ -d /usb-stick/slackware*-*/slackware/a ]; then
+ DRIVE_FOUND="/dev/$DEVICE$PARTITION"
+ INSTALL_PATH=$(echo /usb-stick/slackware*-*/slackware)
+ break
+ fi
+ umount /usb-stick 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null
+ done
+done
+
+# Next, we will try mounting the devices as unpartitioned if nothing has been found yet:
+if [ "$DRIVE_FOUND" = "" ]; then
+ for DEVICE in $REMOVEABLE_DEVICES ; do
+ mount /dev/$DEVICE /usb-stick 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null
+ if [ -d /usb-stick/slackware/a ]; then
+ DRIVE_FOUND="/dev/$DEVICE"
+ INSTALL_PATH="/usb-stick/slackware"
+ break
+ fi
+ if [ -d /usb-stick/slackware*-*/slackware/a ]; then
+ DRIVE_FOUND="/dev/$DEVICE$PARTITION"
+ INSTALL_PATH=$(echo /usb-stick/slackware*-*/slackware)
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+fi
+
+if [ "$DRIVE_FOUND" = "" ]; then
+ dialog --title "NO SLACKWARE DIRECTORY FOUND" --msgbox \
+"Sorry, but a Slackware directory could not be found on any USB devices. \
+Exiting back to the top menu." \
+6 55
+ rm -f $TMP/SeTDS $TMP/SeTmount $TMP/SeTCDdev $TMP/errordo
+ exit
+fi
+
+# Success! Report back to the console:
+
+dialog --title "USB PACKAGE SOURCE FOUND" --sleep 1 --infobox \
+"A Slackware package directory was found on device $DRIVE_FOUND." 3 66
+
+# At this point, the stick has been found and is mounted on /usb-stick.
+# All that remains is to tell the installer about it, and we're done here.
+
+echo $INSTALL_PATH > $TMP/SeTDS
+echo "-source_mounted" > $TMP/SeTmount
+echo "/dev/null" > $TMP/SeTsource
+
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/INSdir b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/INSdir
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..cc9b1711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/INSdir
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+TMP=/var/log/setup/tmp
+T_PX="`cat $TMP/SeTT_PX`"
+if [ ! -d $TMP ]; then
+ mkdir -p $TMP
+fi
+# Include function to check for Slackware ISO images:
+. /usr/lib/setup/INCISO
+while [ 0 ]; do
+rm -f $TMP/SeTDS $TMP/SeTmount
+# OK, at this point /var/log/mount should not have anything mounted on it,
+# but we will umount just in case.
+umount /var/log/mount 2> /dev/null
+# Anything mounted on /var/log/mount now is a fatal error:
+if mount | grep /var/log/mount 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null ; then
+ echo "Can't umount /var/log/mount. Reboot machine and run setup again."
+ exit
+fi
+# If the mount table is corrupt, the above might not do it, so we will
+# try to detect Linux and FAT32 partitions that have slipped by:
+if [ -d /var/log/mount/lost+found -o -d /var/log/mount/recycled \
+ -o -r /var/log/mount/io.sys ]; then
+ echo "Mount table corrupt. Reboot machine and run setup again."
+ exit
+fi
+cat << EOF > $TMP/tempmsg
+
+OK, we will install from a directory within the current
+filesystem. If you have mounted this directory yourself,
+you should not use ${T_PX} or /var/log/mount as mount points,
+since Setup might need to use these directories. You may
+install from any part of the current directory structure,
+no matter what the media is (including NFS). You will need
+to type in the name of the directory containing the
+subdirectories for each source disk.
+
+Which directory would you like to install from?
+EOF
+dialog --title "INSTALL FROM THE CURRENT FILESYSTEM" \
+ --inputbox "`cat $TMP/tempmsg`" 19 67 2> $TMP/sourcedir
+if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then
+ rm -f $TMP/sourcedir $TMP/tempmsg
+ exit
+fi
+SOURCEDIR="`cat $TMP/sourcedir`"
+rm -f $TMP/sourcedir $TMP/tempmsg
+mkdir -p /var/log/mount
+# First, check if a Slackware ISO image is present in $SOURCEDIR
+if check_iso_image $SOURCEDIR ; then
+ echo "/var/log/mount/slackware" > $TMP/SeTDS
+else
+ rm -f /var/log/mount 2> /dev/null
+ rmdir /var/log/mount 2> /dev/null
+ ln -sf $SOURCEDIR /var/log/mount
+ echo "/var/log/mount" > $TMP/SeTDS
+fi
+echo "-source_mounted" > $TMP/SeTmount
+echo "/dev/null" > $TMP/SeTsource
+if [ ! -d $SOURCEDIR ]; then
+ cat << EOF > $TMP/tempmsg
+
+Sorry - the directory you specified is not valid. Please
+check the directory and try again.
+
+(Directory given: $SOURCEDIR)
+
+EOF
+ dialog --title "INVALID DIRECTORY ENTERED" --msgbox "`cat $TMP/tempmsg`" 10 65
+ rm -f $TMP/SeTDS $TMP/SeTmount $TMP/SeTsource $TMP/sourcedir $TMP/tempmsg
+else
+ exit
+fi
+done;
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/INShd b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/INShd
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..ce30cb2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/INShd
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+TMP=/var/log/setup/tmp
+if [ ! -d $TMP ]; then
+ mkdir -p $TMP
+fi
+# Include function to check for Slackware ISO images:
+. /usr/lib/setup/INCISO
+while [ 0 ]; do
+rm -f $TMP/SeTDS $TMP/SeTmount $TMP/SeTsource
+# OK, at this point /var/log/mount should not have anything mounted on it,
+# but we will umount just in case.
+umount /var/log/mount 2> /dev/null
+# Anything mounted on /var/log/mount now is a fatal error:
+if mount | grep /var/log/mount 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null ; then
+ echo "Can't umount /var/log/mount. Reboot machine and run setup again."
+ exit
+fi
+# If the mount table is corrupt, the above might not do it, so we will
+# try to detect Linux and FAT32 partitions that have slipped by:
+if [ -d /var/log/mount/lost+found -o -d /var/log/mount/recycled \
+ -o -r /var/log/mount/io.sys ]; then
+ echo "Mount table corrupt. Reboot machine and run setup again."
+ exit
+fi
+
+while [ 0 ]; do
+ cat << EOF > $TMP/tempmsg
+In order to install directly from the hard disk you must have a
+partition (such as /dev/sda1, /dev/sdb5, etc) with the Slackware
+distribution's slackware/ directory like you'd find it on the FTP
+site. It can be in another directory. For example, if the
+distribution is in /stuff/slackware/, then you have to have
+directories named /stuff/slackware/a, /stuff/slackware/ap, and so
+on each containing the files that would be in that directory on
+the FTP site. You may install from FAT or Linux partitions.
+
+Please enter the partition (such as /dev/sda1) where the Slackware
+sources can be found, or [enter] to see a partition list:
+EOF
+ dialog --title "INSTALLING FROM HARD DISK" --inputbox \
+"`cat $TMP/tempmsg`" 18 70 2> $TMP/source.part
+ if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then
+ rm -f $TMP/source.part $TMP/tempmsg
+ exit
+ fi
+ rm -f $TMP/tempmsg
+ SLACK_DEVICE="`cat $TMP/source.part`"
+ rm -f $TMP/source.part
+ if [ "$SLACK_DEVICE" = "" ]; then
+ dialog --title "PARTITION LIST" --no-collapse --msgbox "`probe -l | grep -v cylind | grep dev | sort 2> /dev/null`" 22 75
+ continue;
+ fi
+ break;
+done
+
+dialog --title "SELECT SOURCE DIRECTORY" --inputbox \
+"Now we need to know the full path on this partition to the\n\
+slackware/ directory where the directories containing\n\
+installation files and packages to be installed are kept.\n\
+For example, if you downloaded Slackware into the /stuff\n\
+directory on your hard drive (so that you have the\n\
+directories /stuff/slackware/a, /stuff/slackware/ap, and so on\n\
+each containing the files that would be in that directory on\n\
+the FTP site), then the full path to enter here would be:\n\
+\n\
+ /stuff/slackware\n\
+\n\
+What directory are the Slackware sources in?" \
+19 65 2> $TMP/source.dir
+if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then
+ rm -f $TMP/source.dir
+ exit
+fi
+SLACK_SOURCE_LOCATION="`cat $TMP/source.dir`"
+rm -f $TMP/source.dir
+if mount | grep $SLACK_DEVICE 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null ; then
+ # This partition is already mounted, so we will have to
+ # tweak things funny.
+ rm -f /var/log/mount 2> /dev/null
+ rmdir /var/log/mount 2> /dev/null
+ PREFIX="`mount | grep $SLACK_DEVICE | cut -f 3 -d ' '`"
+ ln -sf $PREFIX /var/log/mount
+else
+ SUCCESS=false
+ for type in ext4 ext3 ext2 vfat reiserfs hpfs msdos ; do
+ mount -r -t $type $SLACK_DEVICE /var/log/mount 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null
+ if [ $? = 0 ]; then # mounted successfully
+ SUCCESS=true
+ break;
+ fi
+ done
+ if [ ! $SUCCESS = true ]; then # there was a mount error
+ cat << EOF > $TMP/tempmsg
+There was a problem mounting your partition. Would you like to:
+
+EOF
+ dialog --title "MOUNT ERROR" --menu "`cat $TMP/tempmsg`" 10 68 2 \
+"Restart" "Start over" \
+"Ignore " "Ignore the error and continue" 2> $TMP/dowhat
+ if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then
+ rm -f $TMP/dowhat
+ exit
+ fi
+ DOWHAT="`cat $TMP/dowhat`"
+ rm -f $TMP/dowhat
+ if [ "$DOWHAT" = "Restart" ]; then
+ umount /var/log/mount 2> /dev/null
+ continue;
+ fi
+ echo
+ fi # mount error
+fi
+
+# First, check if a Slackware ISO image is present in $SLACK_SOURCE_LOCATION
+if check_iso_image /var/log/mount/$SLACK_SOURCE_LOCATION /var/log/mntiso ; then
+ echo "/var/log/mntiso/slackware" > $TMP/SeTDS
+ echo "-source_mounted" > $TMP/SeTmount
+ echo "/dev/null" > $TMP/SeTsource
+ exit
+elif [ -f /var/log/mount/$SLACK_SOURCE_LOCATION/slackware/PACKAGES.TXT ]; then
+ echo "/var/log/mount/$SLACK_SOURCE_LOCATION/slackware" > $TMP/SeTDS
+ echo "-source_mounted" > $TMP/SeTmount
+ echo "/dev/null" > $TMP/SeTsource
+ exit
+elif [ -d /var/log/mount/$SLACK_SOURCE_LOCATION ]; then
+ echo "/var/log/mount/$SLACK_SOURCE_LOCATION" > $TMP/SeTDS
+ echo "-source_mounted" > $TMP/SeTmount
+ echo "/dev/null" > $TMP/SeTsource
+ exit
+else
+ cat << EOF > $TMP/tempmsg
+
+Sorry, but the directory $SLACK_SOURCE_LOCATION does not exist
+on partition $SLACK_DEVICE.
+
+Would you like to try again?
+EOF
+ dialog --title "SOURCE DIRECTORY NOT FOUND" --yesno "`cat $TMP/tempmsg`" 10 70
+ if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then
+ rm -f $TMP/tempmsg
+ exit
+ fi
+ rm -r $TMP/tempmsg
+fi
+
+done
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/PROMPThelp b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/PROMPThelp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1bc7b15f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/PROMPThelp
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+PROMPT MODE HELP
+
+Software packages are about to be transfered onto your
+hard drive. Several options exist for selecting which
+packages you wish to install.
+
+If you select "full", the install program will just go
+ahead and install everything from the disk sets
+you have selected. If you've got enough disk space, this
+should work fine. You'll have some packages you don't
+need on your hard drive, though, like fairly large X
+servers for display hardware you don't own. Not a problem,
+if you run short of space, go into /var/log/packages and
+read any or all of the files with 'less' to see what
+packages you have installed, and remove any unnecessary
+ones using 'removepkg'.
+
+For people who know what they want to install and would
+like to select the packages from menus instead of
+individually, there are two menu installation modes:
+"menu" and "expert".
+
+"menu" mode puts up a menu at the start of each series of
+packages, from which you can install systems such as
+the GNU C/C++ compiler, or the Linux source code. It's
+easy to use, and makes installation go much faster than
+"newbie" mode.
+
+"expert" mode is similar, but allows the toggling of every
+individual package. This offers the greatest control over
+what gets installed on the machine, but can be tricky for
+beginners.
+
+The so-called "newbie" mode will follow a defaults file in
+the first directory of each series you install that will
+install some required package automatically, while prompting
+you about the rest of them, one by one. This mode of
+installation _really_ is no longer recommended. There are
+so many packages now that the time added to the installation
+is quite significant, and the chance of accidentally leaving
+out an important package is high. If you haven't installed
+Slackware before, the best thing to do is make sure you have
+plenty of space and go for a "full" installation.
+
+About the "tagfile" files:
+
+The package installation defaults are user definable - you
+may set any package to be added or skipped automatically by
+editing your choices into a file called TAGFILE that will be
+found on the first disk of each series. The tagfile contains
+all the instructions needed to completely automate your
+installation.
+
+NOTE: Software may be added to your system after the
+initial installation. Just type 'setup' to add software
+to your system. Another script, 'pkgtool', may be used to
+add software packages from the current directory, or to
+cleanly remove packages that you want uninstalled. Also,
+command line utilities (installpkg, removepkg, makepkg,
+etc) are available, and (once learned) more efficient to
+use. These are what I use for package management.
+
+If you use tagfiles, you might want to use a custom
+tagfile that you have created yourself instead of the
+default ones that come with Slackware (the ones named
+'tagfile'). For instance, I use custom tagfiles called
+'tagfile.pat' that you might see on your disks. :^) You
+make a custom tagfile by copying the 'tagfile' on the
+first disk of a series to a file named 'tagfile.???'
+where .??? is a custom extension of your choosing. (I use
+'.pat') Once you've done this, you can edit the defaults
+any way you like. (but be careful about changing stuff
+that was installed by default)
+
+To use a custom tagfile, just choose "custom" on the
+prompt mode menu, and enter your custom extension. Any
+tagfiles with this extension will then be used for the
+duration of the installation. If at any point a tagfile
+with that extension cannot be found, the default tagfile
+will be used instead.
+
+-- End of prompt mode help text
+
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/PXEhelp b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/PXEhelp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..99c2ad93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/PXEhelp
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+
+Slackware PXE Server Help
+_________________________
+
+First, a little help on help. Whenever you encounter a text
+viewer like this during the installation, you can move around
+with these commands:
+
+PGDN/SPACE - Move down one page
+PGUP/'b' - Move up one page
+ENTER/DOWN/'j' - Move down one line
+UP/'k' - Move up one line
+LEFT/'h' - Scroll left
+RIGHT/'l' - Scroll right
+'0' - Move to beginning of line
+HOME/'g' - Move to beginning of file
+END/'G' - Move to end of file
+'/' - Forward search
+'?' - Backward search
+'n' - Repeat last search (forward)
+
+Also, you're running a real multitasking operating system now, so
+you're not confined to the installation program. You can log into
+other consoles and look around at any time without disturbing the
+installation process. To do this, you need to learn the commands
+that control the Linux console. You'll use these commands all the
+time when you're logged into Linux.
+
+"Virtual" consoles and scrollback:
+
+Right now, the screen you're looking at is probably VIRTUAL CONSOLE
+NUMBER ONE, (or /dev/tty1 in Linux-speak). There are usually
+several virtual consoles available. When you log into the install
+disk, there are four consoles. To switch among them, use Alt-F1,
+Alt-F2, Alt-F3, or Alt-F4 to select which of the four consoles you
+wish to use. While you're using a console, you get a small amount
+of text scrollback buffer. To scroll the console back, hold down
+the right shift key and hit PageUp. To scroll the console forward,
+hit PageDown while holding the right shift key down. This can be
+especially useful for reading the boot messages, which can go by
+too fast to read otherwise.
+
+
+RUNNING THE PXESETUP PROGRAM
+
+
+The pxesetup main menu is kept as easy as possible, because only a
+limited configuration is needed.
+
+
+NETWORK (configure the network device and optional DHCP server)
+SOURCE (select the source location for the Slackware Linux
+ packages)
+ACTIVATE (start the PXE server)
+
+
+In the NETWORK configuration stage, you configure an IP address for
+your network card. If you have already a DHCP server in your local
+network, the pxesetup program will offer you the choice of using the
+DHCP server to configure your network device fully automatic, but
+there is always the option to enter an IP address manually. If no
+DHCP server has been detected running inside your local network,
+then pxesetup will start its own DHCP server (we need one). You will
+get the chance to define the IP address range which that internal
+DHCP server uses. You should check the lower and upper IP addresses
+carefully and verify that none of your local network's computers,
+including your local gateway, use an IP address in that DHCP range.
+If you spot a conflict, you can adjust these lower and upper bounds.
+Press 'Accept' once you are satisfied.
+
+In the SOURCE configuration stage, you determine where you have
+your local Slackware copy. This should be a complete directory
+tree including the packages, the kernels and the isolinux directory.
+The package sources are not needed and can be omitted from the medium
+if you are using a bootable USB stick for instance. The choices
+for SOURCE location are: a DVD medium, a local disk partition or
+a pre-mounted directory. These are the standard setup dialogs you
+will certainly know from installing Slackware. Be sure to enter the
+full directory path to (and including) the directory which contains
+the 'a', 'ap', 'd', ..., 'y' subdirectiries. You know the drill.
+
+
+When you are done configuring NETWORK and SOURCE, it is time to
+ACTIVATE your PXE server. The screen will show a live view of the
+server's connection log for client boot requests. This goes on
+until you press 'Exit' which will drop you back into the main menu
+after killing the PXE service. Selecting ACTIVATE will restart the
+PXE service. Computers who boot from your PXE server will see the
+usual Slackware installation routine. When it comes to selecting the
+SOURCE, these computers have one choice, and is the entry "Install
+from FTP/HTTP server". The PXE server offers Slackware packages to
+willing computers using its own internal HTTP server. The default
+values that you will see for the URL and the PATH input fields are
+being supplied by the PXE server and should not be changed.
+
+
+...WHEN YOU'RE DONE:
+
+
+EXIT: This leaves Slackware PXE Server setup.
+
+
+Have fun running this PXE server!
+
+---
+Eric Hameleers
+alien@slackware.com
+
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTDOS b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTDOS
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..4f9d1057
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTDOS
@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# SeTpartition user-friendly rewrite Fri Dec 15 13:17:40 CST 1995 pjv
+# More updates for Slackware 3.5: Wed Apr 29 22:43:28 CDT 1998
+# Updated for Slackware 7.x (new fdisk tags) Fri Sep 10 13:17:18 CDT 1999
+TMP=/var/log/setup/tmp
+T_PX="`cat $TMP/SeTT_PX`"
+if [ ! -d $TMP ]; then
+ mkdir -p $TMP
+fi
+REDIR=/dev/tty4
+NDIR=/dev/null
+rm -f $TMP/SeTDOS
+touch $TMP/SeTDOS
+
+crunch () { # remove extra whitespace
+ read STRING;
+ echo $STRING
+}
+
+# get_part_size( dev ) - Return the size in K, M, G, T, or P of the named partition.
+get_part_size() {
+ numfmt --to=iec $(blockdev --getsize64 $1)
+}
+
+ntfs_security() {
+ rm -f $TMP/ntfs_security
+ dialog --backtitle "Setting permissions on NTFS partition $DOS_PART" \
+ --title "SET SECURITY FOR NTFS PARTITION $DOS_PART" \
+ --default-item "fmask=177,dmask=077" \
+ --menu "Because users could go snooping through (or destroy, depending on \
+the settings) your Windows partition, you should choose how much access would you \
+like your non-root users to have to partition $DOS_PART. The access level can \
+range from no access at all, to read-only for everyone, to read-write access \
+for every user on the machine. A reasonable default (read-write for root only) \
+is chosen, but you may set this any way that you like." \
+16 77 4 \
+"fmask=177,dmask=077" "Root has read/write access, users have no access (ntfs-3g)" \
+"fmask=333,dmask=222" "Everyone has read only access (built-in kernel ntfs driver)" \
+"fmask=133,dmask=022" "Everyone has read access, but only root can write (ntfs-3g)" \
+"fmask=111,dmask=000" "All users can read/write to any file (ntfs-3g)" \
+2> $TMP/ntfs_security
+ if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then
+ rm -f $TMP/ntfs_security $TMP/mount-point $TMP/SeTDOS
+ echo 1
+ fi
+}
+
+fat_security() {
+ rm -f $TMP/fat_security
+ dialog --backtitle "Setting permissions on FAT partition $DOS_PART" \
+ --title "SET SECURITY FOR FAT PARTITION $DOS_PART" \
+ --default-item "fmask=177,dmask=077" \
+ --menu "Because users could go snooping through (or destroy, depending on \
+the settings) your Windows partition, you should choose how much access would you \
+like your non-root users to have to partition $DOS_PART. The access level can \
+range from no access at all, to read-only for everyone, to read-write access \
+for every user on the machine. A reasonable default (read-write for root only) \
+is chosen, but you may set this any way that you like." \
+18 77 4 \
+"fmask=177,dmask=077" "Root has read/write access, users have no access" \
+"fmask=333,dmask=222" "Everyone has read only access" \
+"fmask=133,dmask=022" "Everyone has read access, but only root can write" \
+"fmask=111,dmask=000" "All users can read/write to any file" \
+2> $TMP/fat_security
+ if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then
+ rm -f $TMP/fat_security $TMP/mount-point $TMP/SeTDOS
+ echo 1
+ fi
+}
+
+# Since the USB installers (both usbboot.img and the ones created using
+# usbimg2disk.sh) present bogus FAT/NTFS partitions, we need a way to
+# filter these from the partition scan. To do this, we'll set a variable
+# $BANHAMMER that contains the name of the device the stick was found on.
+# First, we'll set that to contain some random nonsense that will never
+# be an actual device since reverse grepping for "" won't work.
+BANHAMMER="0xFE11C1A"
+# Look for the usbboot.img stick:
+if [ -L /dev/disk/by-label/USBSLACK ]; then
+ BANHAMMER="$(readlink -f /dev/disk/by-label/USBSLACK)"
+fi
+# Look for the usbimg2disk.sh stick:
+if [ -L /dev/disk/by-label/USBSLACKINS ]; then
+ BANHAMMER="$(readlink -f /dev/disk/by-label/USBSLACKINS | cut -b 1-8)"
+fi
+# Suggested new GPT partition type: Microsoft basic data
+# More research needed... could be FAT32, NTFS, or EXFAT
+DOSLIST="$(probe -l 2> /dev/null | grep -E "DOS|Win(95 F|98 F)|HPFS|W95 F|FAT(12|16)" | grep -Ev "Ext('d|end)" | grep -v "$BANHAMMER" | sort)"
+if [ "$DOSLIST" = "" ]; then # no FAT or NTFS partitions
+ exit
+fi
+dialog --backtitle "Setting up non-Linux partitions." \
+--title "FAT or NTFS PARTITIONS DETECTED" \
+--yesno "Partitions of type FAT or NTFS (commonly used by DOS and \
+Windows) have been found on your \
+system. Would you like to add these partitions to your /etc/fstab \
+so that these partitions are visible from Linux?" \
+8 70
+if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then
+ exit
+fi
+while [ 0 ]; do # main partition selection loop
+ rm -f $TMP/SeTSKIP
+ echo "true" > $TMP/SeTSKIP
+ cat << EOF > $TMP/tempscript
+dialog --backtitle "Selecting non-Linux partitions." \\
+--title "SELECT PARTITION TO ADD TO /etc/fstab" \\
+--ok-label Select --cancel-label Continue \\
+--menu "In order to make these partitions visible from Linux, we \\
+need to add them to your /etc/fstab. Please pick a partition to \\
+add to /etc/fstab, or select '---' to continue with the installation \\
+process." \\
+15 70 5 \\
+EOF
+ echo "$DOSLIST" | while read PARTITION ; do
+ NAME=`echo $PARTITION | crunch | cut -f 1 -d ' '`
+ SIZE=`get_part_size $NAME`
+ if echo $PARTITION | grep Win9 1> $NDIR 2> $NDIR ; then
+ TYPE="FAT32"
+ elif echo $PARTITION | grep "W95 F" 1> $NDIR 2> $NDIR ; then
+ TYPE="FAT32"
+ elif echo $PARTITION | grep NTFS 1> $NDIR 2> $NDIR ; then
+ TYPE="NTFS"
+ elif echo $PARTITION | grep FAT 1> $NDIR 2> $NDIR ; then
+ TYPE="FAT16"
+ fi
+ if cat $TMP/SeTDOS | grep $NAME 1> $NDIR 2> $NDIR ; then
+ ON=`cat $TMP/SeTDOS | grep $NAME | crunch | cut -f 2 -d ' '`
+ echo "\"(IN USE)\" \"$NAME on $ON $TYPE ${SIZE}\" \\" >> $TMP/tempscript
+ else
+ echo "\"$NAME\" \"$TYPE ${SIZE}\" \\" >> $TMP/tempscript
+ echo "false" > $TMP/SeTSKIP
+ fi
+ done
+ echo "\"---\" \"(done, continue with setup)\" \\" >> $TMP/tempscript
+ echo "\"---\" \"(done, continue with setup)\" \\" >> $TMP/tempscript
+ echo "\"---\" \"(done, continue with setup)\" \\" >> $TMP/tempscript
+ echo "\"---\" \"(done, continue with setup)\" \\" >> $TMP/tempscript
+ echo "\"---\" \"(done, continue with setup)\" \\" >> $TMP/tempscript
+ echo "2> $TMP/return" >> $TMP/tempscript
+ if [ "`cat $TMP/SeTSKIP`" = "true" ]; then
+ break
+ fi
+ . $TMP/tempscript
+ if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then
+ rm $TMP/tempscript
+ exit 255 # user abort
+ fi
+ DOS_PART="`cat $TMP/return`"
+ rm -f $TMP/tempscript
+ if [ "$DOS_PART" = "---" ]; then
+ break
+ elif [ "$DOS_PART" = "(IN USE)" ]; then
+ continue
+ fi
+ if echo "$DOSLIST" | grep -w $DOS_PART | grep NTFS 1> $NDIR 2> $NDIR ; then
+ ntfs_security
+ FS_UMASK="$(cat $TMP/ntfs_security)"
+ if [ "$FS_UMASK" = "1" ]; then
+ exit 1
+ else
+ if [ "$FS_UMASK" = "fmask=333,dmask=222" ]; then
+ FS_TYPE=ntfs
+ else
+ FS_TYPE=ntfs-3g
+ fi
+ fi
+ else
+ FS_TYPE=vfat
+ fat_security
+ FS_UMASK="$(cat $TMP/fat_security)"
+ fi
+ dialog --backtitle "Selecting a location to mount $DOS_PART." \
+ --title "PICK MOUNT POINT FOR $DOS_PART" \
+ --inputbox "Now this partition must be mounted somewhere in your \
+ directory tree. Please enter the directory under which \
+ you would like to put it. For instance, you might want to \
+ enter /fat-c or /fat-d or something similar. \
+ NOTE: This \
+ partition won't actually be mounted until you reboot. \
+ Where would you like to mount $DOS_PART?" \
+ 13 65 2> $TMP/mount-point
+ if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then
+ rm -f $TMP/tempmsg $TMP/mount-point $TMP/SeTDOS
+ exit
+ fi
+ NEW_DIR="`cat $TMP/mount-point`"
+ rm -f $TMP/mount-point
+ # If this was left blank or is '/', drop back to the first menu and start over.
+ if [ "$NEW_DIR" = "" -o "$NEW_DIR" = "/" ]; then
+ continue
+ fi
+ if [ ! "`echo $NEW_DIR | cut -b1`" = "/" ]; then
+ NEW_DIR="/$NEW_DIR"
+ fi
+ mkdir -p ${T_PX}$NEW_DIR
+ chmod 755 ${T_PX}$NEW_DIR
+ if echo "$DOSLIST" | grep $DOS_PART | grep NTFS 1> $NDIR 2> $NDIR ; then
+ printf "%-16s %-16s %-11s %-16s %-3s %s\n" "$DOS_PART" "$NEW_DIR" "$FS_TYPE" "$FS_UMASK" "1" "0" >> $TMP/SeTDOS
+ else
+ printf "%-16s %-16s %-11s %-16s %-3s %s\n" "$DOS_PART" "$NEW_DIR" "$FS_TYPE" "$FS_UMASK" "1" "0" >> $TMP/SeTDOS
+ fi
+done # partition adding loop
+rm -f $TMP/SeTSKIP
+cat << EOF > $TMP/tempmsg
+
+Adding this information to your /etc/fstab:
+
+EOF
+cat $TMP/SeTDOS >> $TMP/tempmsg
+dialog --backtitle "Finished setting up non-Linux partitions." \
+--title "DONE ADDING FAT or NTFS PARTITIONS" \
+--exit-label OK \
+--textbox $TMP/tempmsg 15 72
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTEFI b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTEFI
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..35ac5f9f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTEFI
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+TMP=/var/log/setup/tmp
+T_PX="`cat $TMP/SeTT_PX`"
+if [ ! -d $TMP ]; then
+ mkdir -p $TMP
+fi
+rm -f $TMP/SeTefipartitions
+touch $TMP/SeTefipartitions
+
+# Scan for EFI partitions:
+# We accept at most 10 NVMe controllers, each controlling at most 4 SSDs
+for drive in sda sdb sdc sdd sde sdf sdg sdh sdi sdj sdk sdl sdm sdn sdo sdp \
+ mmcblk0 mmcblk1 mmcblk2 mmcblk3 mmcblk4 mmcblk5 mmcblk6 mmcblk7 mmcblk8 mmcblk9 \
+ nvme0n1 nvme1n1 nvme2n1 nvme3n1 nvme4n1 nvme5n1 nvme6n1 nvme7n1 nvme8n1 nvme9n1 \
+ nvme0n2 nvme1n2 nvme2n2 nvme3n2 nvme4n2 nvme5n2 nvme6n2 nvme7n2 nvme8n2 nvme9n2 \
+ nvme0n3 nvme1n3 nvme2n3 nvme3n3 nvme4n3 nvme5n3 nvme6n3 nvme7n3 nvme8n3 nvme9n3 \
+ nvme0n4 nvme1n4 nvme2n4 nvme3n4 nvme4n4 nvme5n4 nvme6n4 nvme7n4 nvme8n4 nvme9n4 ; do
+ gdisk -l /dev/$drive 2> /dev/null | grep -w EF00 | while read efisp ; do
+ p=""
+ echo $drive| grep -q nvme && p="p"
+ echo /dev/$drive$p$(expr $(echo "$efisp" | cut -b 1-4)) >> $TMP/SeTefipartitions
+ done
+done
+
+if [ "$(cat $TMP/SeTefipartitions)" = "" ]; then # No EFI partitions
+ rm -f $TMP/SeTefipartitions
+ exit
+fi
+
+# Initially, we will just take the first EFI partition found, which
+# will probably be on /dev/sda:
+PREFERRED_EFI_PARTITION="$(cat $TMP/SeTefipartitions | head -n 1)"
+
+# But we will also test to see if there is an EFI partition on the same
+# device as the root partition, and if so, prefer that:
+if [ -r $TMP/SeTrootdev ]; then
+ if grep -q "$(cat $TMP/SeTrootdev | cut -b 1-8)" $TMP/SeTefipartitions ; then
+ PREFERRED_EFI_PARTITION="$(grep "$(cat $TMP/SeTrootdev | cut -b 1-8)" $TMP/SeTefipartitions | head -n 1)"
+ fi
+fi
+
+# This file is no longer needed:
+rm -f $TMP/SeTefipartitions
+
+# See if EFI partition is formatted. If not, offer to format it:
+EFITMPMOUNT=$(mktemp -d)
+if ! mount $PREFERRED_EFI_PARTITION $EFITMPMOUNT 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null ; then
+ # It didn't mount, so it must not be formatted:
+ dialog --title "FORMAT EFI PARTITION ${PREFERRED_EFI_PARTITION}?" \
+ --yesno "An EFI System Partition was found on ${PREFERRED_EFI_PARTITION}, \
+but it has not yet been formatted. Would you like to format this partition?" \
+7 56
+ if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then
+ exit
+ fi
+ # Format the partition with FAT32, 2 sectors per cluster (needed for the
+ # minimum supported EFI partition size of 100MB):
+ dialog --title "FORMATTING EFI PARTITION ${PREFERRED_EFI_PARTITION}" --infobox \
+ "Formatting EFI System Partition ${PREFERRED_EFI_PARTITION} as FAT32." 3 60
+ mkfs.vfat -F 32 -s 2 ${PREFERRED_EFI_PARTITION} 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null
+ sleep 1
+ mount ${PREFERRED_EFI_PARTITION} $EFITMPMOUNT 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null
+fi
+if [ ! -d $EFITMPMOUNT/EFI -a ! -d $EFITMPMOUNT/efi ]; then
+ mkdir $EFITMPMOUNT/EFI 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null
+fi
+umount $PREFERRED_EFI_PARTITION 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null
+rmdir $EFITMPMOUNT
+
+# Mount the partition on ${T_PX}/boot/efi:
+if [ ! -d ${T_PX}/boot/efi ]; then
+ mkdir -p ${T_PX}/boot/efi
+fi
+mount ${PREFERRED_EFI_PARTITION} ${T_PX}/boot/efi 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null
+
+# Add the EFI System Partition to /etc/fstab:
+printf "%-16s %-16s %-11s %-16s %-3s %s\n" "$PREFERRED_EFI_PARTITION" "/boot/efi" "vfat" "defaults" "1" "0" > $TMP/SeTEFI
+cat << EOF > $TMP/tempmsg
+
+Adding this information to your /etc/fstab:
+
+EOF
+cat $TMP/SeTEFI >> $TMP/tempmsg
+dialog --backtitle "Finished setting up EFI System Partition." \
+--title "EFI SYSTEM PARTITION RECOGNIZED" \
+--exit-label OK \
+--textbox $TMP/tempmsg 10 72
+
+# Piggyback this fstab addition on the other native partitions in SeTnative:
+cat $TMP/SeTEFI >> $TMP/SeTnative
+rm -f $TMP/SeTEFI $TMP/tempmsg
+
+# Done.
+
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTPKG b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTPKG
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..22ad2d9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTPKG
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+TMP=/var/log/setup/tmp
+T_PX="`cat $TMP/SeTT_PX`"
+if [ ! -d $TMP ]; then
+ mkdir -p $TMP
+fi
+# If the distribution source is already known, we can avoid listing
+# stuff that isn't there.
+if [ ! -r $TMP/SeTT_PX -o ! -r $TMP/SeTDS ]; then
+ unset T_PX
+ unset DS
+else
+ T_PX="`cat $TMP/SeTT_PX`"
+ DS="`cat $TMP/SeTDS`"
+fi
+# In /usr/lib/setup/slackinstall, $TMP/series is a directory.
+# Depending on how you use the 'setup' script, you can end up going
+# round in circles due to this script using 'series' as a text file but
+# not being able delete it due to an rm -f. Now we use rm -rf.
+# It's a toss up between accidentally wiping the series selection
+# (it only takes a few seconds to re-select the stuff) and getting
+# confused.
+rm -rf $TMP/SeTSERIES $TMP/tmpscript $TMP/series
+
+cat << EOF > $TMP/tmpscript
+dialog --backtitle "Selecting software to install." \\
+--title "PACKAGE SERIES SELECTION" --item-help --output-separator "#" --checklist \\
+"Now it's time to select which general categories of software \\
+to install on your system. \\
+Use the spacebar to select or unselect the software you wish to \\
+install. \\
+You can use the up and down arrows to see all the possible choices. \\
+Recommended choices have been preselected. \\
+Press the ENTER key when you are finished." \\
+20 75 9 \\
+"A" "Base Linux system" on "The A (base) series contains the kernel and main system utilities." \\
+EOF
+
+if [ -d $DS/ap -o "$DS" = "" ]; then
+cat << EOF >> $TMP/tmpscript
+"AP" "Various Applications that do not need X" on "The AP series is a collection of useful applications." \\
+EOF
+fi
+
+if [ -d $DS/d -o "$DS" = "" ]; then
+cat << EOF >> $TMP/tmpscript
+"D" "Program Development (C, C++, Lisp, Perl, etc.)" on "The D series contains compilers, debuggers, and other programming tools." \\
+EOF
+fi
+
+if [ -d $DS/e -o "$DS" = "" ]; then
+cat << EOF >> $TMP/tmpscript
+"E" "GNU Emacs" on "The E series contains the GNU Emacs advanced real-time display editor." \\
+EOF
+fi
+
+if [ -d $DS/f -o "$DS" = "" ]; then
+cat << EOF >> $TMP/tmpscript
+"F" "FAQ lists, HOWTO documentation" on "The F series contains essential documentation for Linux system administrators." \\
+EOF
+fi
+
+if [ -d $DS/gnome -o "$DS" = "" ]; then
+cat << EOF >> $TMP/tmpscript
+"GNOME" "The GNOME desktop for X" on "The GNOME series contains the GNOME desktop environment and related libraries." \\
+EOF
+fi
+
+if [ -d $DS/k -o "$DS" = "" ]; then
+cat << EOF >> $TMP/tmpscript
+"K" "Linux kernel source" on "The K series contains the source code for the Linux kernel." \\
+EOF
+fi
+
+if [ -d $DS/kde -o "$DS" = "" ]; then
+cat << EOF >> $TMP/tmpscript
+"KDE" "Qt and the K Desktop Environment for X" on "The KDE series contains the K Desktop Environment and related libraries." \\
+EOF
+fi
+
+if [ -d $DS/kdei -o "$DS" = "" ]; then
+cat << EOF >> $TMP/tmpscript
+"KDEI" "International language support for KDE" off "The KDEI series provides support for languages other than US English in KDE." \\
+EOF
+fi
+
+if [ -d $DS/l -o "$DS" = "" ]; then
+cat << EOF >> $TMP/tmpscript
+"L" "System Libraries (some needed by both KDE and GNOME)" "on" "The L series contains libraries needed by GNOME, KDE, and other programs." \\
+EOF
+fi
+
+if [ -d $DS/n -o "$DS" = "" ]; then
+cat << EOF >> $TMP/tmpscript
+"N" "Networking (TCP/IP, UUCP, Mail, News)" on "The N series contains network related clients and servers." \\
+EOF
+fi
+
+if [ -d $DS/t -o "$DS" = "" ]; then
+cat << EOF >> $TMP/tmpscript
+"T" "TeX typesetting software" on "TeX is a typesetting system often used for mathematics and technical papers." \\
+EOF
+fi
+
+if [ -d $DS/tcl -o "$DS" = "" ]; then
+cat << EOF >> $TMP/tmpscript
+"TCL" "Tcl/Tk script languages" on "The TCL series contains the Tcl/Tk/TclX languages and programs that use them." \\
+EOF
+fi
+
+if [ -d $DS/x -o "$DS" = "" ]; then
+cat << EOF >> $TMP/tmpscript
+"X" "X Window System" on "This series contains X, the windowing system used by Linux." \\
+EOF
+fi
+
+if [ -d $DS/xap -o "$DS" = "" ]; then
+cat << EOF >> $TMP/tmpscript
+"XAP" "X Applications" on "The XAP series is a collection of applications for X." \\
+EOF
+fi
+
+if [ -d $DS/xfce -o "$DS" = "" ]; then
+cat << EOF >> $TMP/tmpscript
+"XFCE" "The Xfce Desktop Environment for X" on "Xfce is a fast and lightweight GTK+ based desktop environment for X." \\
+EOF
+fi
+
+if [ -d $DS/y -o "$DS" = "" ]; then
+cat << EOF >> $TMP/tmpscript
+"Y" "Games" on "The Y series is a collection of classic BSD text-based games." \\
+EOF
+fi
+
+cat << EOF >> $TMP/tmpscript
+ 2> $TMP/series
+EOF
+. $TMP/tmpscript
+if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then
+ rm -rf $TMP/series $TMP/tmpscript
+ exit
+fi
+INSTSETS="`cat $TMP/series | tr -d " "`"
+INSTSETS="`echo $INSTSETS | tr "\042" "#" `"
+INSTSETS="`echo $INSTSETS | tr "," "#" `"
+INSTSETS="`echo $INSTSETS | tr -s "#" `"
+rm -rf $TMP/series $TMP/tmpscript
+echo "$INSTSETS" > $TMP/SeTSERIES
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTPXEHELP b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTPXEHELP
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..a8f25c47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTPXEHELP
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+dialog --title "Slackware PXE Server Help" --exit-label OK --textbox "/usr/lib/setup/PXEhelp" 22 77
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTconfig b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTconfig
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..6731019b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTconfig
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+TMP=/var/log/setup/tmp
+if [ ! -d $TMP ]; then
+ mkdir -p $TMP
+fi
+T_PX="`cat $TMP/SeTT_PX`"
+ROOT_DEVICE="`cat $TMP/SeTrootdev`"
+if [ ! -d $T_PX/bin -a ! -d $T_PX/etc ]; then # if there no Linux here, exit
+ exit
+fi
+
+# Check for disk full error:
+. /usr/lib/setup/SeTfull
+
+# These next lines are intended to clean up any permissions
+# problems that could be caused by a bad package. We don't
+# intend to make any bad packages here, but it never hurts
+# to be safe. :^)
+( cd $T_PX ; chmod 755 ./ )
+( cd $T_PX ; chmod 755 ./var )
+if [ -d $T_PX/usr/src/linux ]; then
+ chmod 755 $T_PX/usr/src/linux
+fi
+if [ ! -d $T_PX/proc ]; then
+ mkdir $T_PX/proc
+ chown root.root $T_PX/proc
+fi
+if [ ! -d $T_PX/sys ]; then
+ mkdir $T_PX/sys
+ chown root.root $T_PX/sys
+fi
+chmod 1777 $T_PX/tmp
+if [ ! -d $T_PX/var/spool/mail ]; then
+ mkdir -p $T_PX/var/spool/mail
+ chmod 755 $T_PX/var/spool
+ chown root.mail $T_PX/var/spool/mail
+ chmod 1777 $T_PX/var/spool/mail
+fi
+
+# Some of the install scripts need /proc and /sys.
+# Some disks will need /dev with module loaded devices.
+if [ ! "$T_PX" = "/" ]; then
+ mount --bind /proc $T_PX/proc 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null
+ mount --bind /sys $T_PX/sys 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null
+ mount --bind /dev $T_PX/dev 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null
+fi
+# These will be left connected rather than unmounting them to
+# make it easier to set up LVM/LUKS.
+
+# Load keyboard map (if any) when booting
+if [ -r $TMP/SeTkeymap ]; then
+ MAPNAME="`cat $TMP/SeTkeymap`"
+ echo "#!/bin/sh" > $T_PX/etc/rc.d/rc.keymap
+ echo "# Load the keyboard map. More maps are in /usr/share/kbd/keymaps." \
+ >> $T_PX/etc/rc.d/rc.keymap
+ echo "if [ -x /usr/bin/loadkeys ]; then" >> $T_PX/etc/rc.d/rc.keymap
+ echo " /usr/bin/loadkeys $MAPNAME" >> $T_PX/etc/rc.d/rc.keymap
+ echo "fi" >> $T_PX/etc/rc.d/rc.keymap
+ chmod 755 $T_PX/etc/rc.d/rc.keymap
+fi
+
+# Only ask if we want to skip configuring if we suspect the user should
+# skip the step:
+if [ -r $T_PX/etc/fstab ]; then
+ dialog --title "CONFIGURE THE SYSTEM" --yesno "Now we can configure your \
+Linux system. If this is a new installation, you MUST configure it now or it \
+will not boot correctly. However, if you are just adding software to an \
+existing system, you can back out to the main menu and skip this step. \
+However (important exception) if you've installed a new kernel image, it's \
+important to reconfigure your system so that you can install LILO (the Linux \
+loader) or create a bootdisk using the new kernel. You want to CONFIGURE \
+your system, right?" 0 0
+ if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then
+ exit
+ fi
+else
+ dialog --title "DONE INSTALLING PACKAGES" --infobox \
+"Preparing to configure your new Linux system..." 3 54
+ sleep 1
+fi
+
+# Post installation and setup scripts added by packages.
+if [ -d $T_PX/var/log/setup ]; then
+ # Prepare for LVM in a newly installed system
+ if [ -r /etc/lvmtab -o -d /etc/lvm/backup ]; then # Available in local root
+ if [ ! -r $T_PX/etc/lvmtab -a ! -d $T_PX/etc/lvm/backup ]; then
+ #mount --bind /proc $T_PX/proc
+ #mount --bind /sys $T_PX/sys
+ chroot $T_PX /sbin/vgscan --mknodes --ignorelockingfailure 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null
+ # First run does not always catch LVM on a LUKS partition:
+ chroot $T_PX /sbin/vgscan --mknodes --ignorelockingfailure 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null
+ fi
+ fi
+ for INSTALL_SCRIPTS in $T_PX/var/log/setup/setup.* ; do
+ SCRIPT=`basename $INSTALL_SCRIPTS`
+ # Here, we call each script in /var/log/setup. Two arguments are provided:
+ # 1 -- the target prefix (normally /, but ${T_PX} from the bootdisk)
+ # 2 -- the name of the root device.
+ ( cd $T_PX
+ if [ -x var/log/setup/$SCRIPT ]; then
+ ./var/log/setup/$SCRIPT $T_PX $ROOT_DEVICE
+ fi
+ )
+ if echo $SCRIPT | grep onlyonce 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null; then # only run after first install
+ if [ ! -d $T_PX/var/log/setup/install ]; then
+ mkdir $T_PX/var/log/setup/install
+ fi
+ mv $INSTALL_SCRIPTS $T_PX/var/log/setup/install
+ fi
+ done
+fi
+
+# Figure out how to set the /dev/cdrom and/or /dev/dvd symlinks. Everything seems to
+# report itself as a DVD-ROM, so don't blame me. Without asking what's what, all we can
+# do here is guess. It's a better guess than before, though, as now it takes ide-scsi
+# into account. This won't really matter these days (2018), as everything uses udev to
+# create /dev, and it makes links like this...
+if dmesg | grep "ATAPI CD" 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null ; then
+ dmesg | grep "ATAPI CD" | while read device ; do
+ shortdev=`echo $device | cut -f 1 -d :`
+ if grep -w "$shortdev=ide-scsi" $T_PX/etc/lilo.conf 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null ; then
+ shortdev=sr0
+ fi
+ ( cd $T_PX/dev
+ rm -f cdrom dvd
+ ln -sf /dev/$shortdev cdrom
+ ln -sf /dev/$shortdev dvd
+ )
+ # Rather than keep overwriting the devices, quit keeping only links to the first
+ # device found. "Real" users will use the actual devices instead of silly links
+ # anyway. ;-)
+ break;
+ done
+fi
+
+# Set root password:
+/usr/lib/setup/SeTpasswd
+
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTfdHELP b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTfdHELP
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..d2e68b30
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTfdHELP
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+dialog --title "Slackware Setup Help" --exit-label OK --textbox "/usr/lib/setup/FDhelp" 22 77
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTfull b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTfull
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..bd32f319
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTfull
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+if [ "$TMP" = "" ]; then
+ TMP=/var/log/setup/tmp
+fi
+if [ ! -d $TMP ]; then
+ mkdir -p $TMP
+fi
+# Test writing a 256K file and assume if it returns an error
+# that it means the drive filled up
+dd if=/dev/zero of=$TMP/SeTtestfull bs=1024 count=256 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null
+FULLERR=$?
+rm -f $TMP/SeTtestfull
+if [ ! "$FULLERR" = "0" ]; then
+ dialog --title "ERROR: TARGET PARTITION FULL" --msgbox "Setup has \
+detected that one or more of your target partitions has become full. \
+I'm sorry, but you will have to try installing again onto a partition \
+or partitions with more free space. You could also try selecting \
+fewer packages to \
+install. Since there is no longer any space for setup to make its \
+temporary files, this is an unrecoverable error. Press control-alt-delete \
+to reboot and try again. Before doing that, you might want to switch to \
+another console (Alt-F2) and use df (disk free utility) to see if you \
+can get an idea of how to avoid this the next time around." 14 65
+fi
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTkernel b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTkernel
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..6aa3091b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTkernel
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+TMP=/var/log/setup/tmp
+T_PX="`cat $TMP/SeTT_PX`"
+
+# First, determine our slackware kernel name:
+for ELEMENT in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 ; do
+ if $(cat /proc/cmdline | cut -f $ELEMENT -d ' ' | grep -q SLACK_KERNEL) ; then
+ SLACK_KERNEL=$(cat /proc/cmdline | cut -f $ELEMENT -d ' ' | cut -f 2 -d =)
+ fi
+done
+unset ELEMENT
+
+# Next, find the kernel's release version:
+VERSION=$(uname -r | tr - _)
+
+# If someone tries to install kernels from a CD that doesn't contain any,
+# we'll give them one chance to find a disc that does.
+swapdisks() {
+ if [ -r ${T_PX}/var/log/setup/tmp/SeTCDdev ]; then
+ CDDEVICE=$(cat ${T_PX}/var/log/setup/tmp/SeTCDdev)
+ elif [ -r /tmp/SeTCDdev ]; then
+ CDDEVICE=$(cat /tmp/SeTCDdev)
+ else
+ return 1
+ fi
+ umount $CDDEVICE 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null
+ eject -s $CDDEVICE
+ dialog --title "REINSERT KERNEL DISC" --msgbox \
+"Please reinsert the Slackware disc containing the collection \
+of Linux kernels. Usually this is disc number one (the disc \
+that you boot from). Once you've inserted the disc, hit ENTER \
+to continue." \
+8 61
+ mount $CDDEVICE /var/log/mount 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null
+ if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then
+ sleep 1
+ mount $CDDEVICE /var/log/mount 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null
+ if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then
+ sleep 11
+ mount $CDDEVICE /var/log/mount 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null
+ fi
+ fi
+}
+
+( cd boot
+ if [ "$SLACK_KERNEL" = "generic.s" ]; then
+ if [ -r vmlinuz-generic-$VERSION ]; then
+ ln -sf vmlinuz-generic-$VERSION vmlinuz
+ ln -sf config-generic-$VERSION config
+ ln -sf System.map-huge-$VERSION System.map
+ fi
+ elif [ "$SLACK_KERNEL" = "huge.s" ]; then
+ if [ -r vmlinuz-huge-$VERSION ]; then
+ ln -sf vmlinuz-huge-$VERSION vmlinuz
+ ln -sf config-huge-$VERSION config
+ ln -sf System.map-huge-$VERSION System.map
+ fi
+ elif [ "$SLACK_KERNEL" = "hugesmp.s" ]; then
+ if [ -r vmlinuz-huge-smp-$VERSION ]; then
+ ln -sf vmlinuz-huge-smp-$VERSION vmlinuz
+ ln -sf config-huge-smp-$VERSION config
+ ln -sf System.map-huge-smp-$VERSION System.map
+ fi
+ elif [ "$SLACK_KERNEL" = "gensmp.s" ]; then
+ if [ -r vmlinuz-generic-smp-$VERSION ]; then
+ ln -sf vmlinuz-generic-smp-$VERSION vmlinuz
+ ln -sf config-generic-smp-$VERSION config
+ ln -sf System.map-generic-smp-$VERSION System.map
+ fi
+ elif [ "$SLACK_KERNEL" = "speakup.s" ]; then
+ # This assumes symlinks /nfs and /cdrom both pointing to /var/log/mount:
+ if $(mount | grep -q "type nfs") ; then
+ PLINK=nfs
+ else
+ PLINK=cdrom
+ fi
+ if [ $PLINK = cdrom -a ! -d /$PLINK/kernels ]; then
+ swapdisks
+ fi
+ if [ ! -d /$PLINK/kernels ]; then
+ dialog --title "ERROR ATTEMPTING TO INSTALL KERNEL" --msgbox "Sorry, but the directory /$PLINK/kernels \
+was not found. You may need to install the requested kernel $SLACK_KERNEL manually \
+and then install LILO \
+before your system will be able to boot correctly." \
+0 0
+ else
+ rm -f $T_PX/boot/vmlinuz $T_PX/boot/config $T_PX/boot/System.map
+ cp -a /$PLINK/kernels/$SLACK_KERNEL/bzImage $T_PX/boot/vmlinuz-$SLACK_KERNEL-$VERSION
+ cp -a /$PLINK/kernels/$SLACK_KERNEL/config $T_PX/boot/config-$SLACK_KERNEL-$VERSION
+ cp -a /$PLINK/kernels/$SLACK_KERNEL/System.map.gz $T_PX/boot
+ ( cd $T_PX/boot
+ gzip -d System.map.gz
+ mv System.map System.map-$SLACK_KERNEL-$VERSION
+ ln -sf vmlinuz-$SLACK_KERNEL-$VERSION vmlinuz
+ ln -sf config-$SLACK_KERNEL-$VERSION config
+ ln -sf System.map-$SLACK_KERNEL-$VERSION System.map
+ )
+ fi
+ fi
+)
+
+# and after all that hard work
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTkeymap b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTkeymap
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..e8ac9639
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTkeymap
@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# Copyright 1993, 1999, 2002 Patrick Volkerding, Moorhead, MN.
+# Copyright 2009 Patrick J. Volkerding, Sebeka, MN, USA
+# Use and redistribution covered by the same terms as the "setup" script.
+TMP=/var/log/setup/tmp
+RDIR=/dev/tty4
+if [ ! -d $TMP ]; then
+ mkdir -p $TMP
+fi
+while [ 0 ]; do
+dialog --title "KEYBOARD MAP SELECTION" --menu "You may select one \
+of the following keyboard maps. If you do not select a keyboard \
+map, 'us.map' (the US keyboard map) is the default. Use the UP/DOWN \
+arrow keys and PageUp/PageDown to scroll \
+through the whole list of choices." \
+22 55 11 \
+"qwerty/us.map" "" \
+"qwerty/uk.map" "" \
+"azerty/azerty.map" "" \
+"azerty/be-latin1.map" "" \
+"azerty/fr-latin0.map" "" \
+"azerty/fr-latin1.map" "" \
+"azerty/fr-latin9.map" "" \
+"azerty/fr-old.map" "" \
+"azerty/fr-pc.map" "" \
+"azerty/fr.map" "" \
+"azerty/wangbe.map" "" \
+"azerty/wangbe2.map" "" \
+"colemak/en-latin9.map" "" \
+"dvorak/ANSI-dvorak.map" "" \
+"dvorak/dvorak-fr.map" "" \
+"dvorak/dvorak-l.map" "" \
+"dvorak/dvorak-r.map" "" \
+"dvorak/dvorak.map" "" \
+"dvorak/no-dvorak.map" "" \
+"fgGIod/tr_f-latin5.map" "" \
+"fgGIod/trf-fgGIod.map" "" \
+"olpc/es-olpc.map" "" \
+"olpc/pt-olpc.map" "" \
+"qwerty/bashkir.map" "" \
+"qwerty/bg-cp1251.map" "" \
+"qwerty/bg-cp855.map" "" \
+"qwerty/bg_bds-cp1251.map" "" \
+"qwerty/bg_bds-utf8.map" "" \
+"qwerty/bg_pho-cp1251.map" "" \
+"qwerty/bg_pho-utf8.map" "" \
+"qwerty/br-abnt.map" "" \
+"qwerty/br-abnt2.map" "" \
+"qwerty/br-latin1-abnt2.map" "" \
+"qwerty/br-latin1-us.map" "" \
+"qwerty/by-cp1251.map" "" \
+"qwerty/by.map" "" \
+"qwerty/bywin-cp1251.map" "" \
+"qwerty/cf.map" "" \
+"qwerty/cz-cp1250.map" "" \
+"qwerty/cz-lat2-prog.map" "" \
+"qwerty/cz-lat2.map" "" \
+"qwerty/cz-qwerty.map" "" \
+"qwerty/defkeymap.map" "" \
+"qwerty/defkeymap_V1.0.map" "" \
+"qwerty/dk-latin1.map" "" \
+"qwerty/dk.map" "" \
+"qwerty/emacs.map" "" \
+"qwerty/emacs2.map" "" \
+"qwerty/es-cp850.map" "" \
+"qwerty/es.map" "" \
+"qwerty/et-nodeadkeys.map" "" \
+"qwerty/et.map" "" \
+"qwerty/fi-latin1.map" "" \
+"qwerty/fi-latin9.map" "" \
+"qwerty/fi-old.map" "" \
+"qwerty/fi.map" "" \
+"qwerty/gr-pc.map" "" \
+"qwerty/gr.map" "" \
+"qwerty/hu101.map" "" \
+"qwerty/il-heb.map" "" \
+"qwerty/il-phonetic.map" "" \
+"qwerty/il.map" "" \
+"qwerty/is-latin1-us.map" "" \
+"qwerty/is-latin1.map" "" \
+"qwerty/it-ibm.map" "" \
+"qwerty/it.map" "" \
+"qwerty/it2.map" "" \
+"qwerty/jp106.map" "" \
+"qwerty/kazakh.map" "" \
+"qwerty/ky_alt_sh-UTF-8.map" "" \
+"qwerty/kyrgyz.map" "" \
+"qwerty/la-latin1.map" "" \
+"qwerty/lt.baltic.map" "" \
+"qwerty/lt.l4.map" "" \
+"qwerty/lt.map" "" \
+"qwerty/mk-cp1251.map" "" \
+"qwerty/mk-utf.map" "" \
+"qwerty/mk.map" "" \
+"qwerty/mk0.map" "" \
+"qwerty/nl.map" "" \
+"qwerty/nl2.map" "" \
+"qwerty/no-latin1.map" "" \
+"qwerty/no.map" "" \
+"qwerty/pc110.map" "" \
+"qwerty/pl.map" "" \
+"qwerty/pl1.map" "" \
+"qwerty/pl2.map" "" \
+"qwerty/pl3.map" "" \
+"qwerty/pl4.map" "" \
+"qwerty/pt-latin1.map" "" \
+"qwerty/pt-latin9.map" "" \
+"qwerty/pt.map" "" \
+"qwerty/ro.map" "" \
+"qwerty/ro_std.map" "" \
+"qwerty/ru-cp1251.map" "" \
+"qwerty/ru-ms.map" "" \
+"qwerty/ru-yawerty.map" "" \
+"qwerty/ru.map" "" \
+"qwerty/ru1.map" "" \
+"qwerty/ru2.map" "" \
+"qwerty/ru3.map" "" \
+"qwerty/ru4.map" "" \
+"qwerty/ru_win.map" "" \
+"qwerty/ruwin_alt-CP1251.map" "" \
+"qwerty/ruwin_alt-KOI8-R.map" "" \
+"qwerty/ruwin_alt-UTF-8.map" "" \
+"qwerty/ruwin_cplk-CP1251.map" "" \
+"qwerty/ruwin_cplk-KOI8-R.map" "" \
+"qwerty/ruwin_cplk-UTF-8.map" "" \
+"qwerty/ruwin_ct_sh-CP1251.map" "" \
+"qwerty/ruwin_ct_sh-KOI8-R.map" "" \
+"qwerty/ruwin_ct_sh-UTF-8.map" "" \
+"qwerty/ruwin_ctrl-CP1251.map" "" \
+"qwerty/ruwin_ctrl-KOI8-R.map" "" \
+"qwerty/ruwin_ctrl-UTF-8.map" "" \
+"qwerty/se-fi-ir209.map" "" \
+"qwerty/se-fi-lat6.map" "" \
+"qwerty/se-ir209.map" "" \
+"qwerty/se-lat6.map" "" \
+"qwerty/se-latin1.map" "" \
+"qwerty/sk-prog-qwerty.map" "" \
+"qwerty/sk-qwerty.map" "" \
+"qwerty/speakup-jfw.map" "" \
+"qwerty/speakupmap.map" "" \
+"qwerty/sr-cy.map" "" \
+"qwerty/sv-latin1.map" "" \
+"qwerty/tj_alt-UTF8.map" "" \
+"qwerty/tr_q-latin5.map" "" \
+"qwerty/tralt.map" "" \
+"qwerty/trf.map" "" \
+"qwerty/trq.map" "" \
+"qwerty/ttwin_alt-UTF-8.map" "" \
+"qwerty/ttwin_cplk-UTF-8.map" "" \
+"qwerty/ttwin_ct_sh-UTF-8.map" "" \
+"qwerty/ttwin_ctrl-UTF-8.map" "" \
+"qwerty/ua-cp1251.map" "" \
+"qwerty/ua-utf-ws.map" "" \
+"qwerty/ua-utf.map" "" \
+"qwerty/ua-ws.map" "" \
+"qwerty/ua.map" "" \
+"qwerty/uk.map" "" \
+"qwerty/us-acentos.map" "" \
+"qwerty/us.map" "" \
+"qwertz/croat.map" "" \
+"qwertz/cz-us-qwertz.map" "" \
+"qwertz/cz.map" "" \
+"qwertz/de-latin1-nodeadkeys.map" "" \
+"qwertz/de-latin1.map" "" \
+"qwertz/de-mobii.map" "" \
+"qwertz/de.map" "" \
+"qwertz/de_CH-latin1.map" "" \
+"qwertz/de_alt_UTF-8.map" "" \
+"qwertz/fr_CH-latin1.map" "" \
+"qwertz/fr_CH.map" "" \
+"qwertz/hu.map" "" \
+"qwertz/sg-latin1-lk450.map" "" \
+"qwertz/sg-latin1.map" "" \
+"qwertz/sg.map" "" \
+"qwertz/sk-prog-qwertz.map" "" \
+"qwertz/sk-qwertz.map" "" \
+"qwertz/slovene.map" "" \
+ 2> $TMP/SeTkeymap
+ if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then
+ rm -f $TMP/SeTkeymap
+ exit
+ fi
+ MAPNAME="`cat $TMP/SeTkeymap`"
+ MAPNAME="`basename $MAPNAME`"
+ echo $MAPNAME > $TMP/SeTkeymap
+ BMAP="`basename $MAPNAME .map`.bmap"
+ tar xzOf /etc/keymaps.tar.gz $BMAP > /dev/null && tar xzOf /etc/keymaps.tar.gz $BMAP | loadkmap
+
+ while [ 0 ]; do
+ # Match the dialog colors a little while doing the keyboard test:
+ setterm -background cyan -foreground black -blank 0
+ clear
+ cat << EOF
+
+
+ OK, the new map is now installed. You may now test it by typing
+ anything you want. To quit testing the keyboard, enter 1 on a
+ line by itself to accept the map and go on, or 2 on a line by
+ itself to reject the current keyboard map and select a new one.
+
+EOF
+ echo -n " "
+ read REPLY
+ if [ "$REPLY" = "1" -o "$REPLY" = "2" ]; then
+ break;
+ fi
+ done
+ setterm -background black -foreground white -blank 0
+ if [ "$REPLY" = "1" ]; then
+ # Make a persistent (P) copy so starting setup won't erase it:
+ cp $TMP/SeTkeymap $TMP/Pkeymap
+ break;
+ else
+ rm -f $TMP/$MAPNAME
+ rm -f $TMP/SeTkeymap $TMP/Pkeymap
+ # Clear bad selection:
+ tar xzOf /etc/keymaps.tar.gz us.bmap > /dev/null && tar xzOf /etc/keymaps.tar.gz us.bmap | loadkmap
+ continue;
+ fi
+done
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTmaketag b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTmaketag
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..18fba3af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTmaketag
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+TMP=/var/log/setup/tmp
+if [ ! -d $TMP ]; then
+ mkdir -p $TMP
+fi
+MOUNT=/tag
+mkdir -p $MOUNT
+dialog --title "CREATE CUSTOM TAGFILES" --yesno "Tagfiles are special files \
+found on the first disk of a series that can determine which packages are \
+installed and which are skipped. Deciding which files to install in advance \
+can speed up the installation process greatly. If you have not installed \
+Slackware Linux before, you should probably try installing using the \
+default tagfiles before you try making custom ones, because you won't see much \
+information about the package contents when creating your tagfiles. This \
+process assumes you already know which packages you want to install. \
+If you're not sure, back out now and just use the default tagfiles when \
+you install. \
+Do you want to create custom tagfiles?" 17 65
+if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then
+ exit
+fi
+dialog --title "ENTER CUSTOM TAGFILE EXTENSION" --inputbox "Now you must \
+enter a custom file extension. This will be used as the last part of the \
+filename for your new custom tagfiles. For example, I use '.pat' for my \
+custom extension, and my custom tagfiles on the first disk of each series \
+have the filename 'tagfile.pat'. Use any extension you like except .tgz or \
+.tar. The extension must consist of a period followed by exactly 3 \
+letters." 14 65 2> $TMP/SeTtagmake
+if [ ! $? = 0 -o ! "`cat $TMP/SeTtagmake | cut -b1`" = "." -o "`cat $TMP/SeTtagmake`" = "" ]; then
+ rm -f $TMP/SeTtagmake
+ exit
+fi
+TAGEXT="`cat $TMP/SeTtagmake`"
+dialog --title "USE EXPERT MENUS?" --menu "If you like, you may select your \
+packages from expert menus. Where the normal menu shows a choice like 'C \
+compiler system', the expert menus show you 'C libs', 'C compiler', 'C \
+include files', etc -- each individual package. Obviously, you should \
+know what you're doing if you use the expert menus since it's possible \
+to skip packages that are crucial to the functioning of a subsystem." \
+15 65 2 \
+"normal" "Use normal menus that select groups of packages" \
+"expert" "Use expert menus with a switch for each package" 2> $TMP/SeTreturn
+if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then
+ rm -f $TMP/SeTreturn
+ exit
+fi
+MENU="`cat $TMP/SeTreturn`"
+rm -f $TMP/SeTreturn
+if [ "$MENU" = "normal" ]; then
+ MAKETAG="maketag.ez"
+else
+ MAKETAG="maketag"
+fi
+while [ 0 ]; do
+ dialog --title "CUSTOMIZE A DISK SERIES" --menu "You may now \
+create a custom tagfile on the first disk of a disk series (make \
+sure it's not write protected!), or in the directory for such a \
+disk if you are installing from your hard drive. Select one of the \
+choices below." 13 65 3 \
+"/dev/fd0" "Create a custom tagfile on floppy drive 1" \
+"/dev/fd1" "Create a custom tagfile on floppy drive 2" \
+"Directory" "Create a tagfile in a disk's directory" 2> $TMP/SeTreturn
+ if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then
+ rm -f $TMP/SeTreturn
+ break
+ fi
+ CHOICE="`cat $TMP/SeTreturn`"
+ rm -f $TMP/SeTreturn
+ if [ "$CHOICE" = "/dev/fd0" -o "$CHOICE" = "/dev/fd1" ]; then
+ dialog --title "INSERT DISK IN DRIVE $CHOICE" --msgbox "Please insert the first disk of \
+a disk series you would like to make a custom tagfile for and press \
+ENTER. Be sure this disk is not write protected." 7 60
+ if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then
+ continue
+ fi
+ mount $CHOICE $MOUNT -t msdos
+ if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then
+ dialog --title "MOUNT FAILURE" --msgbox "Sorry, the disk could not be \
+mounted in drive $CHOICE as type msdos." 6 60
+ umount $MOUNT 2> /dev/null
+ continue
+ fi
+ if [ -r $MOUNT/$MAKETAG -o $MOUNT/maketag ]; then
+ if [ -r $MOUNT/$MAKETAG ]; then
+ sh $MOUNT/$MAKETAG
+ else
+ sh $MOUNT/maketag
+ fi
+ else # no tagfile create script!
+ dialog --title "NO TAGFILE SCRIPT" --msgbox "Sorry, but a custom tagfile \
+cannot be created for this disk because it does not have a 'maketag' script. \
+The maketag script was introduced in Slackware 1.1.2, and provides the menu \
+of packages to select from. Currently there is no way to just look at the \
+disks and 'wing it', but maybe there will be eventually. You'll have to edit \
+the tagfile on this disk manually." 11 65
+ umount $MOUNT
+ continue
+ fi
+ if [ ! -r $TMP/SeTnewtag ]; then
+ umount $MOUNT
+ continue
+ fi
+ cp $TMP/SeTnewtag $MOUNT/tagfile$TAGEXT
+ if [ $? = 0 ]; then
+ dialog --title "TAGFILE CREATED" --msgbox "Your custom \
+tagfile has been successfully created with the extension: \
+$TAGEXT" 8 40
+ else
+ dialog --title "COPY ERROR" --msgbox "Your custom tagfile could \
+not be copied to the disk. Please check to see if the disk is write \
+protected, or full, and then try again." 9 40
+ fi
+ umount $MOUNT
+ fi
+ if [ "$CHOICE" = "Directory" ]; then
+ dialog --title "CHOOSE DIRECTORY" --inputbox "Now you must enter the \
+directory for the first disk of the series for which you would like to \
+make a custom tagfile. This directory must be mounted somewhere under \
+the current filesystem." 11 65 2> $TMP/SeTreturn
+ if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then
+ rm -f $TMP/SeTreturn
+ continue
+ fi
+ DIR="`cat $TMP/SeTreturn`"
+ rm -f $TMP/SeTreturn
+ if [ ! -r $DIR/maketag -a ! -r $DIR/$MAKETAG ]; then
+ dialog --title "NO TAGFILE SCRIPT" --msgbox "Sorry, but a custom tagfile \
+cannot be created for this disk series because the directory you gave does \
+not have a 'maketag' script. \
+The maketag script was introduced in Slackware 1.1.2, and provides the menu \
+of packages to select from. Currently there is no way to just look at the \
+packages and 'wing it', but maybe there will be eventually. You'll have to \
+edit the tagfile in this directory manually." 11 65
+ continue
+ fi
+ if [ -r $DIR/$MAKETAG ]; then
+ sh $DIR/$MAKETAG
+ else
+ sh $DIR/maketag
+ fi
+ if [ ! -r $TMP/SeTnewtag ]; then
+ continue
+ fi
+ cp $TMP/SeTnewtag $DIR/tagfile$TAGEXT
+ if [ $? = 0 ]; then
+ dialog --title "TAGFILE CREATED" --msgbox "Your custom \
+tagfile has been successfully created with the extension: \
+$TAGEXT" 8 40
+ else
+ dialog --msgbox "I don't know what just happened, but something \
+screwed up." 6 40
+ fi
+ fi
+done
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTmedia b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTmedia
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..65e05f4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTmedia
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+TMP=/var/log/setup/tmp
+if [ ! -d $TMP ]; then
+ mkdir -p $TMP
+fi
+
+dialog --backtitle "Select Slackware installation source." \
+--title "SOURCE MEDIA SELECTION" --menu \
+"Please select the media from which to install Slackware Linux:" \
+14 70 7 \
+"1" "Install from a Slackware CD or DVD" \
+"2" "Install from a Slackware USB stick" \
+"3" "Install from a hard drive partition" \
+"4" "Install from NFS (Network File System)" \
+"5" "Install from FTP/HTTP server" \
+"6" "Install from Samba share" \
+"7" "Install from a pre-mounted directory" \
+2> $TMP/media
+if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then
+ rm $TMP/media
+ exit
+fi
+
+SOURCE_MEDIA="`cat $TMP/media`"
+rm -f $TMP/media
+if [ "$SOURCE_MEDIA" = "1" ]; then
+ INSCD
+elif [ "$SOURCE_MEDIA" = "2" ]; then
+ INSUSB
+elif [ "$SOURCE_MEDIA" = "3" ]; then
+ INShd
+elif [ "$SOURCE_MEDIA" = "4" ]; then
+ SeTnet
+ INSNFS
+elif [ "$SOURCE_MEDIA" = "5" ]; then
+ SeTnet
+ INSURL
+elif [ "$SOURCE_MEDIA" = "6" ]; then
+ SeTnet
+ INSSMB
+elif [ "$SOURCE_MEDIA" = "7" ]; then
+ INSdir
+fi
+
+# Sorry, this goes the way of the dinosaur...
+#"5" "Install from floppy disks (A and N series only)"
+
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTnet b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTnet
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..0caefa64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTnet
@@ -0,0 +1,360 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# This script will be called with the single argument of "boot" during the
+# system startup, to allow for unattended network configuration.
+# For this to work, all required information must be passed on the commandline.
+# Two parameters, 'kbd=' and 'nic=' must be used to supply this information.
+# kbd=<keyboard_layout>
+# nic=<driver>:<interface>:<dhcp|static>[:ipaddr:netmask[:gateway]]
+
+TMP=/var/log/setup/tmp
+T_PX="$(cat $TMP/SeTT_PX 2> /dev/null)"
+if [ ! -d $TMP ]; then
+ mkdir -p $TMP
+fi
+
+# Terminate the script now if we have an interface with an IP address:
+# Running the script is not needed anymore in that case.
+if `ip -f inet -o addr show | grep -v " lo " 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null` ; then
+ exit 0
+fi
+
+# Function to convert the netmask from CIDR format to dot notation.
+cidr_cvt() {
+ inform=$1
+ if [ $inform -ge 32 ]; then outform='255.255.255.255'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 31 ]; then outform='255.255.255.254'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 30 ]; then outform='255.255.255.252'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 29 ]; then outform='255.255.255.248'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 28 ]; then outform='255.255.255.240'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 27 ]; then outform='255.255.255.224'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 26 ]; then outform='255.255.255.192'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 25 ]; then outform='255.255.255.128'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 24 ]; then outform='255.255.255.0'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 23 ]; then outform='255.255.254.0'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 22 ]; then outform='255.255.252.0'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 21 ]; then outform='255.255.248.0'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 20 ]; then outform='255.255.240.0'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 19 ]; then outform='255.255.224.0'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 18 ]; then outform='255.255.192.0'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 17 ]; then outform='255.255.128.0'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 16 ]; then outform='255.255.0.0'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 15 ]; then outform='255.254.0.0'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 14 ]; then outform='255.252.0.0'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 13 ]; then outform='255.248.0.0'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 12 ]; then outform='255.240.0.0'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 11 ]; then outform='255.224.0.0'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 10 ]; then outform='255.192.0.0'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 9 ]; then outform='255.128.0.0'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 8 ]; then outform='255.0.0.0'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 7 ]; then outform='254.0.0.0'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 6 ]; then outform='252.0.0.0'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 5 ]; then outform='248.0.0.0'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 4 ]; then outform='240.0.0.0'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 3 ]; then outform='224.0.0.0'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 2 ]; then outform='192.0.0.0'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 1 ]; then outform='128.0.0.0'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 0 ]; then outform='0.0.0.0'
+ fi
+ echo $outform
+}
+
+# First, sane defaults:
+INTERFACE=""
+ENET_MODE="ask"
+# Does the commandline have NIC information for us?
+# Format is 'nic=driver:interface:<dhcp|static>:ip:mask:gw'
+for CMDELEM in $(cat /proc/cmdline) ; do
+ if $(echo $CMDELEM | grep -q "^nic=") ; then
+ DRIVER=$(echo $CMDELEM | cut -f2 -d=)
+ INTERFACE=$(echo $DRIVER | cut -f2 -d:)
+ ENET_MODE=$(echo $DRIVER | cut -f3 -d:)
+ if [ "$ENET_MODE" = "static" ]; then
+ IPADDR=$(echo $DRIVER | cut -f4 -d:)
+ NETMASK=$(echo $DRIVER | cut -f5 -d:)
+ # We allow for CIDR notation of the netmask (0 < NETMASK < 25):
+ if [ "$(echo $NETMASK | tr -cd '\.')" != "..." ]; then
+ NETMASK=$(cidr_cvt $NETMASK)
+ fi
+ GATEWAY=$(echo $DRIVER | cut -f6 -d:)
+ fi
+ DRIVER=$(echo $DRIVER | cut -f1 -d:)
+ break
+ fi
+done
+
+# If the script has an argument of 'boot' then we require all information for
+# unattended network setup or else we silently exit.
+if [ "$1" = "boot" ]; then
+ if [ "x$DRIVER" = "x" -o "x$INTERFACE" = "x" -o "$ENET_MODE" = "ask" ]; then
+ exit 2
+ elif [ "$ENET_MODE" = "static" ] && [ "x$IPADDR" = "x" -o "x$NETMASK" = "x" ]; then
+ exit 2
+ fi
+fi
+
+# If the cmdline provided the name of a driver, load it;
+# Alternatively check if the user ran "network" before running "setup";
+# We need an interface:
+if [ `cat /proc/net/dev | grep ':' | sed -e "s/^ *//" | cut -f1 -d: | grep -v lo | wc -l` = 0 ]; then
+ if [ "x${DRIVER}" != "x" ]; then
+ # This takes silent care of 'DRIVER=auto' as well...
+ modprobe ${DRIVER} 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null
+ else
+ while [ 0 ]; do
+ cat << EOF > $TMP/tempmsg
+
+You will now get a chance to probe your network interfaces.
+
+EOF
+ dialog --title "PROBING NETWORK DEVICES" --msgbox "`cat $TMP/tempmsg`" 7 68
+ clear
+ rm -f $TMP/tempmsg
+ /bin/network --installer
+ read -p "Press any key..." JUNK
+ sleep 5 # Give dhcpcd a change to probe
+ unset JUNK
+ cat << EOF > $TMP/tempmsg
+
+Are you OK with the network interface which was detected?
+If not, select 'No' to get back to the network probe program.
+You can try to load another driver explicitly,
+by using "P <driver_name>".
+
+If you are satisfied, select 'Yes' to continue with network configuration.
+EOF
+ dialog --title "PROBING NETWORK DEVICES" --yesno "`cat $TMP/tempmsg`" 12 68
+ if [ $? = 0 ]; then
+ rm -f $TMP/tempmsg
+ break
+ fi
+ clear
+ done
+ fi
+fi
+
+# If we obtained information from a DHCP server, use it:
+if [ "x$INTERFACE" = "x" -o "$INTERFACE" = "auto" ]; then
+ # the cmdline did not provide a nic or it's "auto" to let dhcpcd find out:
+ if [ "$INTERFACE" = "auto" ]; then
+ # hope that 3 seconds is enough for dhcpcd;
+ # if not then you had better specify the INTERFACE in the nic= parameter...
+ dialog --title "INITIALIZING NETWORK" --infobox \
+ "\nWaiting a few seconds for DHCP polling to settle ..." 5 56
+ sleep 3
+ fi
+ clear
+ for I_I in \
+ $(cat /proc/net/dev | grep ':' | sed -e "s/^ *//" | cut -f1 -d: | grep -v lo) ;
+ do
+ if [ -s /etc/dhcpc/dhcpcd-${I_I}.info ]; then
+ INTERFACE="${I_I}"
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ unset I_I
+ if [ "$INTERFACE" = "auto" ]; then # failed to find a configured interface
+ INTERFACE=""
+ fi
+fi
+
+while [ 0 ]; do
+ T_PX="$(cat $TMP/SeTT_PX 2> /dev/null)"
+ UPNRUN=1
+ if [ "$T_PX" = "/" ]; then
+ cat << EOF > $TMP/tempmsg
+
+You're running off the hard drive filesystem. Is this machine
+currently running on the network you plan to install from? If
+so, we won't try to reconfigure your ethernet card.
+
+Are you up-and-running on the network?
+EOF
+ dialog --title "NETWORK CONFIGURATION" --yesno "`cat $TMP/tempmsg`" 12 68
+ UPNRUN=$?
+ clear
+ fi
+ if [ $UPNRUN = 1 ]; then
+ ENET_DEVICE=${INTERFACE:-"eth0"}
+ if [ "x$INTERFACE" != "x" ]; then # interface specified via cmdline or dhcpcd
+ if [ "$ENET_MODE" = "ask" ]; then
+ # Offer to install using DHCP:
+ cat << EOF > $TMP/tempmsg
+
+I can configure your network interface $ENET_DEVICE
+fully automatically using DHCP.
+If you want this, please select 'yes'.
+
+If you select 'no' instead, then you will be able to assign
+the IP address, netmask and gateway manually.
+
+EOF
+ dialog --title "DHCP CONFIGURATION" --yesno "`cat $TMP/tempmsg`" 12 65
+ if [ $? -eq 0 ]; then
+ rm -f $TMP/tempmsg
+ echo $ENET_DEVICE > $TMP/SeTdhcp
+ else
+ rm -f $TMP/SeTdhcp
+ fi
+ elif [ "$ENET_MODE" = "dhcp" ]; then # Don't ask, just use DHCP
+ echo $ENET_DEVICE > $TMP/SeTdhcp
+ fi
+ fi # End non-empty INTERFACE
+ clear
+
+ if [ ! -r $TMP/SeTdhcp ]; then
+ # No DHCP configured, so use static IP.
+ # If we have all the values ready, don't ask any.
+ # Only if the script runs with the "boot" parameter will we silently accept
+ # an empty gateway address (if we came this far, we will have IP/netmask):
+ if [ "$1" = "boot" -a "x$GATEWAY" = "x" ]; then
+ HAVE_GATEWAY=1
+ GATEWAY="unspec"
+ else
+ HAVE_GATEWAY=0
+ fi
+ if [ "x$IPADDR" = "x" -o "x$NETMASK" = "x" -o "x$GATEWAY" = "x" ]; then
+ cat << EOF > $TMP/tempmsg
+
+You will need to enter the IP address you wish to
+assign to this machine. Example: 111.112.113.114
+
+What is your IP address?
+EOF
+ if [ "$LOCAL_IPADDR" = "" ]; then # assign default
+ LOCAL_IPADDR=${IPADDR}
+ fi
+ dialog --title "ASSIGN IP ADDRESS" --inputbox "`cat $TMP/tempmsg`" 12 \
+ 65 $LOCAL_IPADDR 2> $TMP/local
+ if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then
+ rm -f $TMP/tempmsg $TMP/local
+ exit
+ fi
+ LOCAL_IPADDR="`cat $TMP/local`"
+ rm -f $TMP/local
+ clear
+ cat << EOF > $TMP/tempmsg
+
+Now we need to know your netmask.
+Typically this will be 255.255.255.0
+but this can be different depending on
+your local setup.
+
+What is your netmask?
+EOF
+ if [ "$LOCAL_NETMASK" = "" ]; then # assign default
+ LOCAL_NETMASK=${NETMASK:-255.255.255.0}
+ fi
+ dialog --title "ASSIGN NETMASK" --inputbox "`cat $TMP/tempmsg`" 14 \
+ 65 $LOCAL_NETMASK 2> $TMP/mask
+ if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then
+ rm -f $TMP/tempmsg $TMP/mask
+ exit
+ fi
+ clear
+ LOCAL_NETMASK="`cat $TMP/mask`"
+ rm $TMP/mask
+ dialog --yesno "Do you have a gateway?" 5 30
+ HAVE_GATEWAY=$?
+ clear
+ if [ "$HAVE_GATEWAY" = "0" ]; then
+ if [ "$LOCAL_GATEWAY" = "" ]; then
+ if [ "$GATEWAY" = "" ]; then
+ LOCAL_GATEWAY="`echo $LOCAL_IPADDR | cut -f1-3 -d '.'`."
+ else
+ LOCAL_GATEWAY=${GATEWAY}
+ fi
+ fi
+ dialog --title "ASSIGN GATEWAY ADDRESS" --inputbox \
+ "\nWhat is the IP address for your gateway?" 9 65 \
+ $LOCAL_GATEWAY 2> $TMP/gw
+ if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then
+ rm -f $TMP/tempmsg $TMP/gw
+ exit
+ fi
+ LOCAL_GATEWAY="`cat $TMP/gw`"
+ rm -f $TMP/gw
+ fi
+ clear
+ else
+ # Non-interactive run, so we use the values set on the commandline:
+ LOCAL_IPADDR=${IPADDR}
+ LOCAL_NETMASK=${NETMASK}
+ LOCAL_GATEWAY=${GATEWAY}
+ fi # end questions asked
+ fi # end static ip
+
+ if [ "$ENET_MODE" = "ask" -a ! -r $TMP/SeTdhcp ]; then
+ cat << EOF > $TMP/tempmsg
+
+This is the proposed network configuration for $ENET_DEVICE -
+If this is OK, then select 'Yes'.
+If this is not OK and you want to configure again, select 'No'.
+
+* IP Address: $LOCAL_IPADDR
+* Netmask: $LOCAL_NETMASK
+EOF
+ if [ "$HAVE_GATEWAY" = 0 ]; then
+ echo "* Gateway: $LOCAL_GATEWAY" >> $TMP/tempmsg
+ fi
+ echo "" >> $TMP/tempmsg
+ dialog --no-collapse --title "NETWORK CONFIGURATION" --yesno "`cat $TMP/tempmsg`" 14 68
+ if [ $? -eq 1 ]; then
+ continue # New round of questions
+ fi
+ fi # end ask approval for ip config
+
+ #echo "Configuring ethernet card..."
+ dialog --title "INITIALIZING NETWORK" --infobox \
+ "\nConfiguring your network interface $ENET_DEVICE ..." 5 56
+ if [ -r $TMP/SeTdhcp ]; then
+ dhcpcd -k $ENET_DEVICE 1>/dev/null 2>&1 # Or else the '-T' will be used next:
+ sleep 3
+ dhcpcd -L $ENET_DEVICE
+ else
+ dhcpcd -k $ENET_DEVICE 1>/dev/null 2>&1 # We don't need it now
+ # Broadcast and network are derived from IP and netmask:
+ LOCAL_BROADCAST=`ipmask $LOCAL_NETMASK $LOCAL_IPADDR | cut -f 1 -d ' '`
+ LOCAL_NETWORK=`ipmask $LOCAL_NETMASK $LOCAL_IPADDR | cut -f 2 -d ' '`
+ ifconfig $ENET_DEVICE $LOCAL_IPADDR netmask $LOCAL_NETMASK broadcast $LOCAL_BROADCAST
+ if [ "$HAVE_GATEWAY" = "0" ]; then
+ #echo "Configuring your gateway..."
+ route add default gw $LOCAL_GATEWAY metric 1
+ fi
+ echo $LOCAL_IPADDR > $TMP/SeTIP
+ echo $LOCAL_NETMASK > $TMP/SeTnetmask
+ echo $LOCAL_GATEWAY > $TMP/SeTgateway
+ fi
+ fi # ! UPNRUN
+ clear
+ break
+
+done
+echo $UPNRUN > $TMP/SeTupnrun
+
+# Basic initialisation completed. Let's see what the commandline has for us:
+# If we know of a remote configuration file, get it now:
+# Provide comma-separated values (protocol,remoteserver[:portnumber],configfile)
+# like this example: 'cf=tftp,192.168.0.22,/slackware-12.1/configs/t43.cfg'
+for CMDELEM in $(cat /proc/cmdline) ; do
+ if $(echo $CMDELEM | grep -q "^cf=") ; then
+ CONFIGFILE=$(echo $CMDELEM | cut -f2 -d=)
+ PROTO=$(echo $CONFIGFILE | cut -f1 -d,)
+ DLSERVER=$(echo $CONFIGFILE | cut -f2 -d,)
+ CONFIGFILE=$(echo $CONFIGFILE | cut -f3 -d,)
+ dialog --title "FETCHING CONFIGURATION" --infobox \
+ "\nAttempting to fetch a remote configuration file using $PROTO ..." 54 56
+ fi
+done
+
+if [ -n "$CONFIGFILE" ]; then
+ if [ "$PROTO" = "tftp" ]; then
+ tftp -g -r $CONFIGFILE -l $TMP/Punattended $DLSERVER 1>/dev/null 2>&1
+ elif [ "$PROTO" = "ftp" -o "$PROTO" = "http" ]; then
+ wget -q -P $TMP -O Punattended ${PROTO}://${DLSERVER}${CONFIGFILE}
+ fi
+fi
+
+# Clear the screen, since it looks pretty messy due to some fun with the termcap
+# over a serial console.
+clear
+
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTnopart b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTnopart
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..1ac2cb0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTnopart
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+dialog --title "ERROR: No Linux Native Partitions" --exit-label OK --textbox "/usr/lib/setup/nopartHELP" 22 74
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTpartitions b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTpartitions
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..34819701
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTpartitions
@@ -0,0 +1,524 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# SeTpartition user-friendly rewrite Fri Dec 15 13:17:40 CST 1995 pjv
+# Rewrite to support filesystem plugins <david@slackware.com>, 07-May-2001
+# Don't use plugins, make it work, pjv, 18-May-2001.
+# Generalize tempscript creation and support JFS and XFS. pjv, 30-Mar-2002
+
+TMP=/var/log/setup/tmp
+NDIR=/dev/null
+REDIR=/dev/tty4
+T_PX="`cat $TMP/SeTT_PX`"
+
+# FUNCTIONS
+
+# crunch() - remove extra whitespace
+crunch () {
+ read STRING;
+ echo $STRING
+}
+
+# make_btrfs( dev ) - Create a new btrfs filesystem on the named dev.
+# Parameters: dev Device node to format.
+make_btrfs() {
+ # get the size of the named partition
+ SIZE=`get_part_size $1`
+ # output a nice status message
+ dialog --title "FORMATTING" \
+ --backtitle "Formatting $1 with filesystem btrfs." \
+ --infobox "Formatting $1 \n\
+Size: $SIZE \n\
+Filesystem type: btrfs " 0 0
+ # do the format
+ if mount | grep "$1 " 1> $NDIR 2> $NDIR ; then
+ umount $1 2> $NDIR
+ fi
+ mkfs.btrfs -f -d single -m single $1 1> $REDIR 2> $REDIR
+}
+
+# make_ext2( dev, check ) - Create a new ext2 filesystem on the named
+# device.
+# Parameters: dev Device node to format.
+# check Perform fs check (y or n)
+make_ext2() {
+ # get the size of the named partition
+ SIZE=`get_part_size $1`
+ # output a nice status message
+ dialog --title "FORMATTING" \
+ --backtitle "Formatting $1 with filesystem ext2." \
+ --infobox "Formatting $1 \n\
+Size: $SIZE \n\
+Filesystem type: ext2" 0 0
+ # do the format
+ if mount | grep "$1 " 1> $NDIR 2> $NDIR ; then
+ umount $1 2> $NDIR
+ fi
+ if [ "$2" = "y" ]; then
+ mkfs.ext2 -F -F -c $1 1> $REDIR 2> $REDIR
+ else
+ mkfs.ext2 -F -F $1 1> $REDIR 2> $REDIR
+ fi
+}
+
+# make_ext3( dev, check ) - Create a new ext3 filesystem on the named
+# device.
+# Parameters: dev Device node to format.
+# check Perform fs check (y or n)
+make_ext3() {
+ # get the size of the named partition
+ SIZE=`get_part_size $1`
+ # output a nice status message
+ dialog --title "FORMATTING" \
+ --backtitle "Formatting $1 with filesystem ext3." \
+ --infobox "Formatting $1 \n\
+Size: $SIZE \n\
+Filesystem type: ext3" 0 0
+ # do the format
+ if mount | grep "$1 " 1> $NDIR 2> $NDIR ; then
+ umount $1 2> $NDIR
+ fi
+ if [ "$2" = "y" ]; then
+ mkfs.ext3 -F -F -c $1 1> $REDIR 2> $REDIR
+ else
+ mkfs.ext3 -F -F $1 1> $REDIR 2> $REDIR
+ fi
+}
+
+# make_ext4( dev, check ) - Create a new ext4 filesystem on the named
+# device.
+# Parameters: dev Device node to format.
+# check Perform fs check (y or n)
+make_ext4() {
+ # get the size of the named partition
+ SIZE=`get_part_size $1`
+ # output a nice status message
+ dialog --title "FORMATTING" \
+ --backtitle "Formatting $1 with filesystem ext4." \
+ --infobox "Formatting $1 \n\
+Size: $SIZE \n\
+Filesystem type: ext4" 0 0
+ # do the format
+ if mount | grep "$1 " 1> $NDIR 2> $NDIR ; then
+ umount $1 2> $NDIR
+ fi
+ if [ "$2" = "y" ]; then
+ mkfs.ext4 -F -F -c $1 1> $REDIR 2> $REDIR
+ else
+ mkfs.ext4 -F -F $1 1> $REDIR 2> $REDIR
+ fi
+}
+
+# make_jfs( dev, check ) - Create a new jfs filesystem on the named
+# device.
+# Parameters: dev Device node to format.
+# check Perform fs check (y or n)
+make_jfs() {
+ # get the size of the named partition
+ SIZE=`get_part_size $1`
+ # output a nice status message
+ dialog --title "FORMATTING" \
+ --backtitle "Formatting $1 with filesystem jfs." \
+ --infobox "Formatting $1 \n\
+Size: $SIZE \n\
+Filesystem type: jfs" 0 0
+ # do the format
+ if mount | grep "$1 " 1> $NDIR 2> $NDIR ; then
+ umount $1 2> $NDIR
+ fi
+ if [ "$2" = "y" ]; then
+ mkfs.jfs -c -q $1 1> $REDIR 2> $REDIR
+ else
+ mkfs.jfs -q $1 1> $REDIR 2> $REDIR
+ fi
+}
+
+# make_reiserfs( dev ) - Create a new reiserfs filesystem on the named dev.
+# Parameters: dev Device node to format.
+make_reiserfs() {
+ # get the size of the named partition
+ SIZE=`get_part_size $1`
+ # output a nice status message
+ dialog --title "FORMATTING" \
+ --backtitle "Formatting $1 with filesystem reiserfs." \
+ --infobox "Formatting $1 \n\
+Size: $SIZE \n\
+Filesystem type: reiserfs " 0 0
+ # do the format
+ if mount | grep "$1 " 1> $NDIR 2> $NDIR ; then
+ umount $1 2> $NDIR
+ fi
+ echo "y" | mkreiserfs $1 1> $REDIR 2> $REDIR
+}
+
+# make_xfs( dev ) - Create a new xfs filesystem on the named dev
+# Parameters: dev Device node to format.
+make_xfs() {
+ # get the size of the named partition
+ SIZE=`get_part_size $1`
+ # output a nice status message
+ dialog --title "FORMATTING" \
+ --backtitle "Formatting $1 with filesystem xfs." \
+ --infobox "Formatting $1 \n\
+Size: $SIZE \n\
+Filesystem type: xfs " 0 0
+ # do the format
+ if mount | grep "$1 " 1> $NDIR 2> $NDIR ; then
+ umount $1 2> $NDIR
+ fi
+ mkfs.xfs -f $1 1> $REDIR 2> $REDIR
+}
+
+# gen_part_list() - Prints out a partition listing for the system into the
+gen_part_list() {
+ export COUNT=0
+ cat $TMP/SeTplist | while [ 0 ]; do
+ read PARTITION;
+ if [ "$PARTITION" = "" ]; then
+ break;
+ fi
+ # Variables, variables, variables
+ NAME=`echo $PARTITION | crunch | cut -f 1 -d ' '`
+ ALTNAME=""
+ DEVICE=`echo "$PARTITION" | tr -d "*" | crunch | cut -f 1 -d ' '`
+ SIZE=`get_part_size $DEVICE`
+ # See if this partition is in use already
+ if grep "$DEVICE " $TMP/SeTnative 1> $NDIR; then # it's been used
+ ON=`grep "$DEVICE " $TMP/SeTnative | crunch | cut -f 2 -d ' '`
+ ALTNAME="$DEVICE on $ON Linux ${SIZE}"
+ fi
+ # Add a menu item
+ if [ "$ALTNAME" = "" ]; then
+ echo "\"$NAME\" \"Linux ${SIZE}\" \\" >> $TMP/tempscript
+ echo "false" > $TMP/SeTSKIP # this flag is used for non-root parts
+ else
+ echo "\"(IN USE)\" \"$ALTNAME\" \\" >> $TMP/tempscript
+ fi
+ done
+ echo "\"---\" \"(done adding partitions, continue with setup)\" \\" >> $TMP/tempscript
+ echo "\"---\" \"(done adding partitions, continue with setup)\" \\" >> $TMP/tempscript
+ echo "\"---\" \"(done adding partitions, continue with setup)\" \\" >> $TMP/tempscript
+ echo "\"---\" \"(done adding partitions, continue with setup)\" \\" >> $TMP/tempscript
+ echo "\"---\" \"(done adding partitions, continue with setup)\" \\" >> $TMP/tempscript
+ echo "2> $TMP/return" >> $TMP/tempscript
+}
+
+# ask_format( dev ) - Asks the user if he/she wants to format the named device
+ask_format() {
+ dialog --backtitle "Do you want to format Linux partition ${1}?" \
+ --title "FORMAT PARTITION $1" --menu "If this partition has \
+not been formatted, you should format it. NOTE: This will erase all data on \
+it. Would you like \
+to format this partition?" 12 70 3 \
+ "Format" "Quick format with no bad block checking" \
+ "Check" "Slow format that checks for bad blocks" \
+ "No" "No, do not format this partition" 2> $TMP/return
+ if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then
+ rm -f $TMP/return
+ exit
+ fi
+}
+
+# ask_fs( dev ) - Asks the user the type of filesystem to use for the named
+# device. Answer in $TMP/return
+ask_fs() {
+ unset BTRFS EXT2 EXT3 JFS REISERFS XFS
+ if grep -wq ext2 /proc/filesystems 1> $NDIR 2> $NDIR ; then
+ EXT2="Ext2 is the traditional Linux file system and is fast and stable. "
+ fi
+ if grep -wq ext3 /proc/filesystems 1> $NDIR 2> $NDIR ; then
+ EXT3="Ext3 is the journaling version of the Ext2 filesystem. "
+ DEFAULT=ext3
+ fi
+ if grep -wq ext4 /proc/filesystems 1> $NDIR 2> $NDIR ; then
+ EXT4="Ext4 is the successor to the ext3 filesystem. "
+ DEFAULT=ext4
+ fi
+ if grep -wq reiserfs /proc/filesystems 1> $NDIR 2> $NDIR ; then
+ REISERFS="ReiserFS is a journaling filesystem that stores all files and filenames in a balanced tree structure. "
+ fi
+ if grep -wq btrfs /proc/filesystems 1> $NDIR 2> $NDIR ; then
+ BTRFS="Btrfs is a B-tree copy-on-write filesystem. "
+ fi
+ # These last two will only be present if the user asked for a special kernel.
+ # They should probably be the default in that case.
+ if grep -wq jfs /proc/filesystems 1> $NDIR 2> $NDIR ; then
+ JFS="JFS is IBM's Journaled Filesystem, currently used in IBM enterprise servers. "
+ fi
+ if grep -wq xfs /proc/filesystems 1> $NDIR 2> $NDIR ; then
+ XFS="XFS is SGI's journaling filesystem that originated on IRIX. "
+ fi
+ cat << EOF > $TMP/tempscript
+dialog --title "SELECT FILESYSTEM FOR $1" \\
+--backtitle "Partition $1 will be formatted." \\
+--default-item $DEFAULT --menu \\
+"Please select the type of filesystem to use for the specified \\
+device. Here are descriptions of the available filesystems: $EXT2 $EXT3 $EXT4 $JFS $REISERFS $XFS" \\
+0 0 0 \\
+EOF
+ if [ ! "$EXT2" = "" ]; then
+ echo "\"ext2\" \"Standard Linux Ext2 Filesystem\" \\" >> $TMP/tempscript
+ fi
+ if [ ! "$EXT3" = "" ]; then
+ echo "\"ext3\" \"Ext3 Journaling Filesystem\" \\" >> $TMP/tempscript
+ fi
+ if [ ! "$EXT4" = "" ]; then
+ echo "\"ext4\" \"Ext4 Journaling Filesystem\" \\" >> $TMP/tempscript
+ fi
+ if [ ! "$JFS" = "" ]; then
+ echo "\"jfs\" \"IBM's Journaled Filesystem\" \\" >> $TMP/tempscript
+ fi
+ if [ ! "$REISERFS" = "" ]; then
+ echo "\"reiserfs\" \"ReiserFS Journaling Filesystem\" \\" >> $TMP/tempscript
+ fi
+ if [ ! "$BTRFS" = "" ]; then
+ echo "\"btrfs\" \"Btrfs Copy-on-Write B-tree Filesystem\" \\" >> $TMP/tempscript
+ fi
+ if [ ! "$XFS" = "" ]; then
+ echo "\"xfs\" \"SGI's Journaling Filesystem\" \\" >> $TMP/tempscript
+ fi
+ echo "2> $TMP/return" >> $TMP/tempscript
+ . $TMP/tempscript
+ if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then
+ rm -f $TMP/return
+ exit
+ fi
+}
+
+# get_part_size( dev ) - Return the size in K, M, G, T, or P of the named partition.
+get_part_size() {
+ numfmt --to=iec $(blockdev --getsize64 $1)
+}
+
+# MAIN
+
+if [ ! -d $TMP ]; then
+ mkdir -p $TMP
+fi
+
+if [ ! -r $TMP/SeTplist ]; then
+ # Give warning?
+ exit
+fi
+
+cat /dev/null >> $TMP/SeTnative
+
+cat << EOF > $TMP/tempscript
+dialog --backtitle "Setting up root Linux partition." \\
+--title "Select Linux installation partition:" --ok-label Select --cancel-label Continue --menu \\
+"Please select a partition from the following list to use for your \\
+root (/) Linux partition." 13 70 5 \\
+EOF
+gen_part_list
+
+. $TMP/tempscript
+if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then
+ rm $TMP/tempscript
+ exit 255 # user abort
+fi
+
+ROOT_DEVICE="`cat $TMP/return`"
+rm $TMP/tempscript
+if [ "$ROOT_DEVICE" = "---" ]; then
+ exit 255
+fi
+
+# format root partition?
+ask_format $ROOT_DEVICE
+DOFORMAT="`cat $TMP/return`"
+rm -f $TMP/return
+if [ ! "$DOFORMAT" = "No" ]; then
+ ask_fs $ROOT_DEVICE
+ ROOT_SYS_TYPE="`cat $TMP/return`"
+ rm -f $TMP/return
+ # create the filesystem
+ if [ "$ROOT_SYS_TYPE" = "ext2" ]; then
+ if [ "$DOFORMAT" = "Check" ]; then
+ make_ext2 $ROOT_DEVICE "y"
+ else
+ make_ext2 $ROOT_DEVICE "n"
+ fi
+ elif [ "$ROOT_SYS_TYPE" = "ext3" ]; then
+ if [ "$DOFORMAT" = "Check" ]; then
+ make_ext3 $ROOT_DEVICE "y"
+ else
+ make_ext3 $ROOT_DEVICE "n"
+ fi
+ elif [ "$ROOT_SYS_TYPE" = "ext4" ]; then
+ if [ "$DOFORMAT" = "Check" ]; then
+ make_ext4 $ROOT_DEVICE "y"
+ else
+ make_ext4 $ROOT_DEVICE "n"
+ fi
+ elif [ "$ROOT_SYS_TYPE" = "reiserfs" ]; then
+ make_reiserfs $ROOT_DEVICE
+ elif [ "$ROOT_SYS_TYPE" = "btrfs" ]; then
+ make_btrfs $ROOT_DEVICE
+ elif [ "$ROOT_SYS_TYPE" = "jfs" ]; then
+ if [ "$DOFORMAT" = "Check" ]; then
+ make_jfs $ROOT_DEVICE "y"
+ else
+ make_jfs $ROOT_DEVICE "n"
+ fi
+ elif [ "$ROOT_SYS_TYPE" = "xfs" ]; then
+ make_xfs $ROOT_DEVICE
+ fi
+fi # DOFORMAT?
+
+# Sync before identifying and mounting the root device:
+sync
+
+# Determine the filesystem type using blkid:
+ROOT_SYS_TYPE=$(blkid -s TYPE $ROOT_DEVICE | cut -f 2 -d = | tr -d \")
+
+# Mount the root filesystem:
+mount $ROOT_DEVICE $T_PX -t $ROOT_SYS_TYPE 1> $REDIR 2> $REDIR
+
+#echo "$ROOT_DEVICE / $ROOT_SYS_TYPE defaults 1 1" > $TMP/SeTnative
+printf "%-16s %-16s %-11s %-16s %-3s %s\n" "$ROOT_DEVICE" "/" "$ROOT_SYS_TYPE" "defaults" "1" "1" > $TMP/SeTnative
+echo $ROOT_DEVICE > $TMP/SeTrootdev
+
+# done mounting the target root partition
+
+# More than one Linux partition
+if [ ! "`cat $TMP/SeTplist | sed -n '2 p'`" = "" ]; then
+ while [ 0 ]; do # next partition loop
+ # OK, we will set this flag, and if we find an unused partition, we
+ # change it. If it doesn't get switched, we skip the next menu.
+ rm -f $TMP/SeTSKIP
+ echo "true" > $TMP/SeTSKIP
+
+ cat << EOF > $TMP/tempscript
+ dialog --backtitle "Setting up other Linux partitions." \\
+--title "Select other Linux partitions for /etc/fstab" \\
+--ok-label Select --cancel-label Continue \\
+--menu "You seem to have more than one partition tagged as type Linux. \\
+You may use these to distribute your Linux system across more than \\
+one partition. Currently, you have $ROOT_DEVICE mounted as your / partition. \\
+You might want to mount directories such as /home or /usr/local \\
+on separate partitions. You should not try to mount /etc, /sbin, or /bin on \\
+their own partitions since they contain utilities needed to bring the system \\
+up and mount partitions. Also, do not reuse a partition that you've already \\
+entered before. Please select one of the Linux partitions listed below, or \\
+if you're done, hit <Continue>." 20 70 4 \\
+EOF
+ gen_part_list
+
+ if [ "`cat $TMP/SeTSKIP`" = "true" ]; then
+ break;
+ fi
+ rm -rf $TMP/return
+
+ . $TMP/tempscript
+ if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then
+ break;
+ fi
+
+ NEXT_PARTITION=`cat $TMP/return`
+ if [ "$NEXT_PARTITION" = "---" ]; then
+ break;
+ elif [ "$NEXT_PARTITION" = "(IN USE)" ]; then
+ continue;
+ fi
+
+ # We now have the next partition, ask the user what to do with it:
+ ask_format $NEXT_PARTITION
+
+ DOFORMAT="`cat $TMP/return`"
+ rm -f $TMP/return
+
+ BACKT="Partition $NEXT_PARTITION will not be reformatted."
+ if [ ! "$DOFORMAT" = "No" ]; then
+ ask_fs $NEXT_PARTITION
+ NEXT_SYS_TYPE="`cat $TMP/return`"
+ rm -f $TMP/return
+ BACKT="Partition $NEXT_PARTITION will be formatted with $NEXT_SYS_TYPE."
+ # create the filesystem
+ if [ "$NEXT_SYS_TYPE" = "ext2" ]; then
+ if [ "$DOFORMAT" = "Check" ]; then
+ make_ext2 $NEXT_PARTITION "y"
+ else
+ make_ext2 $NEXT_PARTITION "n"
+ fi
+ elif [ "$NEXT_SYS_TYPE" = "ext3" ]; then
+ if [ "$DOFORMAT" = "Check" ]; then
+ make_ext3 $NEXT_PARTITION "y"
+ else
+ make_ext3 $NEXT_PARTITION "n"
+ fi
+ elif [ "$NEXT_SYS_TYPE" = "ext4" ]; then
+ if [ "$DOFORMAT" = "Check" ]; then
+ make_ext4 $NEXT_PARTITION "y"
+ else
+ make_ext4 $NEXT_PARTITION "n"
+ fi
+ elif [ "$NEXT_SYS_TYPE" = "reiserfs" ]; then
+ make_reiserfs $NEXT_PARTITION
+ elif [ "$NEXT_SYS_TYPE" = "btrfs" ]; then
+ make_btrfs $NEXT_PARTITION
+ elif [ "$NEXT_SYS_TYPE" = "jfs" ]; then
+ if [ "$DOFORMAT" = "Check" ]; then
+ make_jfs $NEXT_PARTITION "y"
+ else
+ make_jfs $NEXT_PARTITION "n"
+ fi
+ elif [ "$NEXT_SYS_TYPE" = "xfs" ]; then
+ make_xfs $NEXT_PARTITION
+ fi
+ fi # DOFORMAT?
+
+ # Now ask the user where to mount this new filesystem:
+ dialog --backtitle "$BACKT" --title \
+"SELECT MOUNT POINT FOR $NEXT_PARTITION" --inputbox \
+"OK, now you need to specify where you want the new partition mounted. \
+For example, if you want to put it under /usr/local, then respond: /usr/local\n\
+Where would you like to mount $NEXT_PARTITION?" 11 59 2> $TMP/return
+ if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then
+ continue
+ fi
+
+ MTPT=`cat $TMP/return`
+ if [ "$MTPT" = "" ]; then # abort if blank
+ continue
+ fi
+ if [ "`echo "$MTPT" | cut -b1`" = " " ]; then # bail if 1st char is space
+ continue
+ fi
+ if [ ! "`echo "$MTPT" | cut -b1`" = "/" ]; then # add / to start of path
+ MTPT="/$MTPT"
+ fi
+ rm $TMP/return
+
+ # Sync before identifying and mounting the partition:
+ sync
+
+ # Create the mount point if it does not exist:
+ if [ ! -d ${T_PX}/$MTPT ]; then
+ mkdir -p ${T_PX}/$MTPT
+ fi
+
+ # Determine the filesystem type using blkid:
+ NEXT_SYS_TYPE=$(blkid -s TYPE $NEXT_PARTITION | cut -f 2 -d = | tr -d \")
+
+ # Mount the partition:
+ mount $NEXT_PARTITION ${T_PX}/$MTPT -t $NEXT_SYS_TYPE 1> $REDIR 2> $REDIR
+
+ #echo "$NEXT_PARTITION $MTPT $NEXT_SYS_TYPE defaults 1 1" >> $TMP/SeTnative
+ printf "%-16s %-16s %-11s %-16s %-3s %s\n" "$NEXT_PARTITION" "$MTPT" "$NEXT_SYS_TYPE" "defaults" "1" "2" >> $TMP/SeTnative
+ done # next partition loop
+fi # more than one Linux partition
+
+# Done, report to the user:
+cat << EOF > $TMP/tempmsg
+
+Adding this information to your /etc/fstab:
+
+EOF
+cat $TMP/SeTnative >> $TMP/tempmsg
+dialog --backtitle "Finished setting up Linux partitions." \
+--title "DONE ADDING LINUX PARTITIONS TO /etc/fstab" \
+--exit-label OK \
+--textbox $TMP/tempmsg 15 72
+
+## More obsolete code from the floppy disk era:
+## Now, move our /tmp storage onto the target partition if possible:
+#/usr/lib/setup/migrate.sh
+
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTpasswd b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTpasswd
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..967ffd2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTpasswd
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+TMP=/var/log/setup/tmp
+if [ ! -d $TMP ]; then
+ mkdir -p $TMP
+fi
+T_PX="`cat $TMP/SeTT_PX`"
+while [ "`cat $T_PX/etc/shadow | grep 'root:' | cut -f 2 -d :`" = "" ]; do
+ # There is no root password
+ dialog --title "WARNING: NO ROOT PASSWORD DETECTED" --yesno "There is \
+currently no password set on the system administrator account (root). \
+It is recommended that you set one now so that it is active the first \
+time the machine is rebooted. This is especially important if you're \
+using a network enabled kernel and the machine is on an Internet \
+connected LAN. Would you like to set a root password?" 10 68
+ if [ $? = 0 ] ; then
+ echo
+ echo
+ echo
+ chroot $T_PX /usr/bin/passwd root
+ echo
+ echo -n "Press [enter] to continue:"
+ read junk;
+ echo
+ # Here we drop through, and if there's still no password the menu
+ # runs again.
+ else
+ # Don't set a password:
+ break;
+ fi
+done
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTpxe b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTpxe
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..55c8a83b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTpxe
@@ -0,0 +1,315 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# Copyright 2011 Eric Hameleers, Eindhoven, NL
+# Copyright 2011 Patrick Volkerding, Sebeka, Minnesota USA
+# All rights reserved.
+#
+# Redistribution and use of this script, with or without modification, is
+# permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+#
+# 1. Redistributions of this script must retain the above copyright
+# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+#
+# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+# WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+# MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
+# EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+# SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+# PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;
+# OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
+# WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
+# OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
+# ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+#
+# Bug reports, suggestions, etc for pxesetup: alien@slackware.com
+#
+TMP=/var/log/setup/tmp
+if [ ! -d $TMP ]; then
+ mkdir -p $TMP
+fi
+
+# Function to convert the netmask from CIDR format to dot notation.
+cidr_cvt() {
+ inform=$1
+ if [ $inform -ge 32 ]; then outform='255.255.255.255'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 31 ]; then outform='255.255.255.254'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 30 ]; then outform='255.255.255.252'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 29 ]; then outform='255.255.255.248'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 28 ]; then outform='255.255.255.240'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 27 ]; then outform='255.255.255.224'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 26 ]; then outform='255.255.255.192'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 25 ]; then outform='255.255.255.128'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 24 ]; then outform='255.255.255.0'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 23 ]; then outform='255.255.254.0'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 22 ]; then outform='255.255.252.0'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 21 ]; then outform='255.255.248.0'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 20 ]; then outform='255.255.240.0'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 19 ]; then outform='255.255.224.0'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 18 ]; then outform='255.255.192.0'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 17 ]; then outform='255.255.128.0'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 16 ]; then outform='255.255.0.0'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 15 ]; then outform='255.254.0.0'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 14 ]; then outform='255.252.0.0'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 13 ]; then outform='255.248.0.0'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 12 ]; then outform='255.240.0.0'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 11 ]; then outform='255.224.0.0'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 10 ]; then outform='255.192.0.0'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 9 ]; then outform='255.128.0.0'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 8 ]; then outform='255.0.0.0'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 7 ]; then outform='254.0.0.0'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 6 ]; then outform='252.0.0.0'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 5 ]; then outform='248.0.0.0'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 4 ]; then outform='240.0.0.0'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 3 ]; then outform='224.0.0.0'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 2 ]; then outform='192.0.0.0'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 1 ]; then outform='128.0.0.0'
+ elif [ $inform -ge 0 ]; then outform='0.0.0.0'
+ fi
+ echo $outform
+}
+
+# IP Address to integer conversion and back:
+ip_to_int() {
+ IFS=.
+ set -f
+ set -- $1
+ echo $(($1 << 24 | $2 << 16 | $3 << 8 | $4))
+}
+int_to_ip() {
+ echo $(($1>>24)).$(($1>>16&0xff)).$(($1>>8&0xff)).$(($1&0xff))
+}
+
+# PXE configuration file:
+echo "" > $TMP/SeTpxe
+
+# Find out what interface we are using.
+# Does the commandline have NIC information for us?
+# Format is 'nic=driver:interface:<dhcp|static>:ip:mask:gw'
+unset INTERFACE
+for CMDELEM in $(cat /proc/cmdline) ; do
+ if $(echo $CMDELEM | grep -q "^nic=") ; then
+ INTERFACE=$(echo $DRIVER | cut -f2 -d:)
+ fi
+done
+if [ "x$INTERFACE" = "x" ]; then # the cmdline did not provide a nic
+ INTERFACE=$(ip -f inet -o addr show |tr -s ' ' |grep -v " lo " |cut -f2 -d' ' |head -1)
+fi
+if [ "x$INTERFACE" = "x" ]; then # no network was configured at all?!?
+ cat <<EOF > $TMP/tempmsg
+
+Apparently you forgot to configure a network interface? \n\
+A PXE Server needs a configured network interface to work.\n\
+Please try again!
+
+EOF
+ dialog --title "UNCONFIGURED NETWORK DEVICE" --msgbox "$(cat $TMP/tempmsg)" 9 68
+ rm -f $TMP/tempmsg
+ exit 1
+fi
+
+# If there is a DHCP server on the network, we should not activate one now:
+if [ -r $TMP/Pdhcp ]; then
+ DHCP="no"
+elif [ -s /etc/dhcpc/dhcpcd-${INTERFACE}.info ]; then
+ DHCP="no"
+else
+ # Assume nothing... we will ask the user for confirmation later!
+ DHCP="yes"
+fi
+
+# Start the interactive part:
+dialog --backtitle "Slackware PXE Server." \
+ --title "WELCOME TO PXE CONFIGURATION" --msgbox "\
+We will be asking you a few questions now.\n\
+The answers will be used to start a PXE service on this computer \
+which does not interfere with other services in your network.\
+\n\
+The only assumption is, that there is NO PXE service running \
+on your local network at this moment.
+\n\
+If in doubt, leave the defaults." 0 0
+
+if [ "$DHCP" = "yes" ]; then
+ # Be extra safe. Do not start a DHCP server if the user denies it:
+ dialog --title "ENABLE DHCP SERVER" --yesno " \
+No active DHCP server was found on your local network. \
+The Slackware PXE server needs a working DHCP server.\n\
+Do you want this computer to start its own DHCP server \
+(you can control what IP addresses are used by the DHCP server)?\n\
+Say 'YES' if you are certain your network has no DHCP server." 9 68
+ if [ $? = 0 ]; then
+ DHCP="yes"
+ else
+ DHCP="no"
+ fi
+fi
+
+# Assemble the network parameters:
+LOCAL_IPADDR=$(ip -f inet -o addr show |tr -s ' ' |grep -v " lo " |head -1 |cut -f4 -d' ' |cut -f1 -d/)
+LOCAL_NETMASK=$(ip -f inet -o addr show |tr -s ' ' |grep -v " lo " |head -1 |cut -f4 -d' ' |cut -f2 -d/)
+LOCAL_GATEWAY=$(ip -f inet -o route show default |tr -s ' ' |cut -f3 -d' ')
+LOCAL_NETMASK=$(cidr_cvt $LOCAL_NETMASK)
+LOCAL_BROADCAST=$(ipmask $LOCAL_NETMASK $LOCAL_IPADDR |cut -f 1 -d ' ')
+LOCAL_NETWORK=$(ipmask $LOCAL_NETMASK $LOCAL_IPADDR |cut -f 2 -d ' ')
+
+if [ "$DHCP" = "yes" ]; then
+ # Find out a suitable IP address range for the DHCP server. Involves magic:
+ I_LOCAL_IPADDR=$(ip_to_int "$LOCAL_IPADDR")
+ I_LOCAL_NETMASK=$(ip_to_int "$LOCAL_NETMASK")
+ I_MINLEASE_IP=$(( ($I_LOCAL_IPADDR & $I_LOCAL_NETMASK) + 1 ))
+ I_MAXLEASE_IP=$(( ($I_LOCAL_IPADDR | ${I_LOCAL_NETMASK}^0xffffffff) - 1 ))
+ if [ $(($I_MAXLEASE_IP - $I_LOCAL_IPADDR)) -ge 10 ]; then
+ # Use ten IP addresses in the top of the address range:
+ I_MINLEASE_IP=$(($I_MAXLEASE_IP - 9))
+ elif [ $(($I_LOCAL_IPADDR - $I_MINLEASE_IP)) -ge 10 ]; then
+ # Use ten IP addresses in the bottom of the address range:
+ I_MAXLEASE_IP=$(($I_MINLEASE_IP + 9))
+ else
+ # Small range, use what we can get:
+ I_MINLEASE_IP=$(($I_LOCAL_IPADDR + 1))
+ fi
+
+ MINLEASE_IP=$(int_to_ip "$I_MINLEASE_IP")
+ MAXLEASE_IP=$(int_to_ip "$I_MAXLEASE_IP")
+
+ while [ 0 ]; do
+ ( dialog --stdout --backtitle "Slackware PXE Server." \
+ --title "DHCP SERVER CONFIGURATION" \
+ --cancel-label Restart \
+ --form "\
+The PXE Service is going to run on $INTERFACE with these values \
+(the defaults should be OK). \n\
+You can change the range of IP addresses used by the DHCP server, if \
+IP addresses in the proposed range are used by computers in your LAN. \
+For instance, your default gateway if you have one. \n\
+\n\
+Also note that we will not validate any changes you make:" \
+ 18 68 0 \
+ "IP Address:" 1 1 "$LOCAL_IPADDR" 1 30 0 0 \
+ "Netmask:" 2 1 "$LOCAL_NETMASK" 2 30 0 0 \
+ "Gateway:" 3 1 "$LOCAL_GATEWAY" 3 30 0 0 \
+ "Lowest DHCP Client Address:" 4 1 "$MINLEASE_IP" 4 30 15 0 \
+ "Highest DHCP Client Address:" 5 1 "$MAXLEASE_IP" 5 30 15 0 \
+ ) > $TMP/tempopts
+
+ if [ $? = 0 ]; then
+ # Remember... busybox ash is no good with arrays :/
+ local i=0
+ rm $TMP/tempkeys
+ cat $TMP/tempopts | while read VALUE ; do
+ if [ $i = 0 ]; then echo "MINLEASE_IP=\"$VALUE\"" >> $TMP/tempkeys
+ elif [ $i = 1 ]; then echo "MAXLEASE_IP=\"$VALUE\"" >> $TMP/tempkeys
+ fi
+ i=$(expr $i + 1)
+ done
+ eval $(cat $TMP/tempkeys)
+ rm $TMP/tempopts
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+fi # [ "$DHCP" = "yes" ]
+
+echo "DHCP=${DHCP}" >> $TMP/SeTpxe
+echo "LOCAL_IPADDR=${LOCAL_IPADDR}" >> $TMP/SeTpxe
+echo "LOCAL_NETMASK=${LOCAL_NETMASK}" >> $TMP/SeTpxe
+echo "LOCAL_GATEWAY=${LOCAL_GATEWAY}" >> $TMP/SeTpxe
+echo "LOCAL_BROADCAST=${LOCAL_BROADCAST}" >> $TMP/SeTpxe
+echo "LOCAL_NETWORK=${LOCAL_NETWORK}" >> $TMP/SeTpxe
+echo "MINLEASE_IP=${MINLEASE_IP}" >> $TMP/SeTpxe
+echo "MAXLEASE_IP=${MAXLEASE_IP}" >> $TMP/SeTpxe
+
+# Write out a suitable dnsmasq configuration:
+cat <<EOF > /etc/dnsmasq.conf
+# We do not need dnsmasq to function as a DNS server:
+port=0
+
+# Write the pid file:
+pid-file=/var/run/dnsmasq.pid
+
+# Start a TFTP server:
+enable-tftp
+
+# Set the root directory for files available via FTP:
+tftp-root=/var/lib/tftpboot
+
+# The boot filename:
+dhcp-boot=/pxelinux.0
+
+# Disable re-use of the DHCP servername and filename fields as extra
+# option space. That's to avoid confusing some old or broken DHCP clients.
+dhcp-no-override
+
+# Log connections so that we can display them on the console:
+log-facility=/var/log/dnsmasq.log
+log-dhcp
+
+# Custom path for the leases file:
+dhcp-leasefile=$TMP/dnsmasq.leases
+
+# Craft a nice PXE menu:
+pxe-prompt="Press F8 for boot menu", 3
+
+# The known types are x86PC, PC98, IA64_EFI, Alpha, Arc_x86,
+# Intel_Lean_Client, IA32_EFI, BC_EFI, Xscale_EFI and X86-64_EFI
+pxe-service=X86PC, "Boot from network", /var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux
+
+# A boot service type of 0 is special, and will abort the
+# net boot procedure and continue booting from local media.
+pxe-service=X86PC, "Boot from local hard disk", 0
+
+EOF
+
+if [ -n "$LOCAL_GATEWAY" ]; then
+ cat <<EOF >> /etc/dnsmasq.conf
+# Override the default route supplied by dnsmasq, which assumes the
+# router is the same machine as the one running dnsmasq.
+#dhcp-option=option:router,${LOCAL_GATEWAY}
+dhcp-option=3,${LOCAL_GATEWAY}
+
+EOF
+else
+ cat <<EOF >> /etc/dnsmasq.conf
+# Override the default route supplied by dnsmasq and send no default
+# route at all.
+dhcp-option=3
+
+EOF
+fi
+
+if [ "$DHCP" = "yes" ]; then
+ cat <<EOF >> /etc/dnsmasq.conf
+# dnsmasq functions as a normal DHCP server, providing IP leases.
+dhcp-range=${MINLEASE_IP},${MAXLEASE_IP},${LOCAL_NETMASK},1h
+
+EOF
+else
+ cat <<EOF >> /etc/dnsmasq.conf
+# There is an existing DHCP server on this LAN, so dnsmasq functions
+# as a proxy DHCP server providing boot information but no IP leases.
+# Any ip in the subnet will do, so you may just put your server NIC ip here.
+dhcp-range=${LOCAL_IPADDR},proxy
+
+EOF
+fi
+
+# Create the pxelinux configuration file:
+cat <<EOF > /var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg/default
+default huge.s
+prompt 1
+timeout 1200
+display message.txt
+F1 message.txt
+F2 f2.txt
+label huge.s
+ kernel kernels/huge.s/bzImage
+ append initrd=initrd.img load_ramdisk=1 prompt_ramdisk=0 rw printk.time=0 SLACK_KERNEL=huge.s cf=tftp,${LOCAL_IPADDR},/slackpxe.cfg
+label speakup.s
+ kernel kernels/huge.s/bzImage
+ append initrd=initrd.img load_ramdisk=1 prompt_ramdisk=0 rw printk.time=0 SLACK_KERNEL=huge.s cf=tftp,${LOCAL_IPADDR},/slackpxe.cfg
+label memtest
+ kernel kernels/memtest/memtest
+EOF
+
+# Update the slackpxe.cfg file:
+sed -i -e "s,^REMOTE_URL=.*,REMOTE_URL=http://$LOCAL_IPADDR," /var/lib/tftpboot/slackpxe.cfg
+
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTpxemedia b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTpxemedia
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..3e46fb59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTpxemedia
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# Copyright 2011 Eric Hameleers, Eindhoven, NL
+# Copyright 2011 Patrick Volkerding, Sebeka, Minnesota USA
+# All rights reserved.
+#
+# Redistribution and use of this script, with or without modification, is
+# permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+#
+# 1. Redistributions of this script must retain the above copyright
+# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+#
+# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+# WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+# MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
+# EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+# SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+# PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;
+# OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
+# WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
+# OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
+# ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+#
+# Bug reports, suggestions, etc for pxesetup: alien@slackware.com
+#
+TMP=/var/log/setup/tmp
+if [ ! -d $TMP ]; then
+ mkdir -p $TMP
+fi
+
+dialog --backtitle "Select Slackware installation source." \
+--title "SOURCE MEDIA SELECTION" --menu \
+"Please select the media which contains Slackware Linux:" \
+13 70 6 \
+"1" "Use a Slackware DVD" \
+"2" "Use a hard drive partition" \
+"3" "Use a pre-mounted directory" \
+2> $TMP/pxemedia
+if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then
+ rm $TMP/pxemedia
+ exit
+fi
+
+SOURCE_MEDIA="`cat $TMP/pxemedia`"
+rm -f $TMP/pxemedia
+if [ "$SOURCE_MEDIA" = "1" ]; then
+ INSCD
+elif [ "$SOURCE_MEDIA" = "2" ]; then
+ INShd
+elif [ "$SOURCE_MEDIA" = "3" ]; then
+ INSdir
+fi
+
+# Find out where the PXE boot files are on the medium.
+# Note: 'isolinux' will be used on the DVD and 'syslinux' on the USB stick.
+if [ -f $(readlink -f $(cat $TMP/SeTDS))/isolinux/initrd.img ]; then
+ SYSLINUXPATH="$(readlink -f $(cat $TMP/SeTDS))/isolinux"
+elif [ -f $(readlink -f $(cat $TMP/SeTDS))/../isolinux/initrd.img ]; then
+ SYSLINUXPATH="$(cd $(readlink -f $(cat $TMP/SeTDS))/../isolinux ; pwd)"
+elif [ -f $(readlink -f $(cat $TMP/SeTDS))/../syslinux/initrd.img ]; then
+ SYSLINUXPATH="$(cd $(readlink -f $(cat $TMP/SeTDS))/../syslinux ; pwd)"
+elif [ -f $(readlink -f $(cat $TMP/SeTDS))/../../syslinux/initrd.img ]; then
+ SYSLINUXPATH="$(cd $(readlink -f $(cat $TMP/SeTDS))/../../syslinux ; pwd)"
+else
+ SYSLINUXPATH=""
+fi
+
+if [ -d $(readlink -f $(cat $TMP/SeTDS))/../kernels ]; then
+ KERNELPATH="$(cd $(readlink -f $(cat $TMP/SeTDS))/../kernels ; pwd)"
+elif [ -d $(readlink -f $(cat $TMP/SeTDS))/../../kernels ]; then
+ KERNELPATH="$(cd $(readlink -f $(cat $TMP/SeTDS))/../../kernels ; pwd)"
+elif [ -d $(readlink -f $(cat $TMP/SeTDS))/../../syslinux/kernels ]; then
+ KERNELPATH="$(cd $(readlink -f $(cat $TMP/SeTDS))/../../syslinux/kernels ; pwd)"
+else
+ KERNELPATH=""
+fi
+
+# Found them... hopefully.
+if [ -n "$SYSLINUXPATH" -a -n "$KERNELPATH" ]; then
+ # Setup symlinks to initrd files and kernels for the PXE boot:
+ ( cd /var/lib/tftpboot
+ for FILE in $(find $SYSLINUXPATH -type f -maxdepth 1) ; do
+ ln -sf $FILE $(basename $FILE)
+ done
+ ln -sf $KERNELPATH kernels
+ ) 2>/dev/null
+ # Update the slackpxe.cfg file (need to strip off '/var/log/mount'):
+ sed -i -e "s,^REMOTE_PATH=.*,REMOTE_PATH=/$(cat $TMP/SeTDS | cut -d/ -f5-)," /var/lib/tftpboot/slackpxe.cfg
+else
+ dialog --title "FTP/HTTP DOWNLOAD FAILURE" --msgbox "\
+Could not find the kernel and/or initial ramdisk files. \n\
+These are required for booting the client computer.\n\
+Please try to setup the SOURCE location correctly." 7 68
+fi
+
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTswap b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTswap
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..f9eb52fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/SeTswap
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+
+TMP=/var/log/setup/tmp
+if [ ! -d $TMP ]; then
+ mkdir -p $TMP
+fi
+REDIR=/dev/tty4
+NDIR=/dev/null
+
+crunch() {
+ read STRING;
+ echo $STRING;
+}
+
+# get_part_size( dev ) - Return the size in K, M, G, T, or P of the named partition.
+get_part_size() {
+ numfmt --to=iec $(blockdev --getsize64 $1)
+}
+
+rm -f $TMP/SeTswap $TMP/SeTswapskip $TMP/SeTuseswap $TMP/tmpscript
+
+SWAPLIST="`probe -l 2> /dev/null | grep "Linux swap" | cut -f 1 -d ' ' | sort 2> $NDIR`"
+
+if [ "$SWAPLIST" = "" ]; then
+ dialog --title "NO SWAP SPACE DETECTED" --yesno "You have not created \
+a swap partition with Linux fdisk. \
+Do you want to continue installing without one? " 6 60
+ if [ "$?" = "1" ]; then
+ dialog --title "ABORTING INSTALLATION" --msgbox "Create a swap partition with Linux fdisk, and then try this again." \
+6 40
+ else
+ touch $TMP/SeTswapskip
+ fi
+ exit
+else # there is at least one swap partition:
+ # Build the swap partition selection menu:
+ cat << EOF > $TMP/tmpscript
+dialog --backtitle "Setting up swap partitions." \\
+--title "SWAP SPACE DETECTED" --checklist \\
+"Slackware Setup has detected one or more swap partitions \\
+on your system. These partitions have been \\
+preselected to be set up as swap space. If there are any \\
+swap partitions that you \\
+do not wish to use with this installation, please unselect \\
+them with the up and down arrows and spacebar. If you wish \\
+to use all of them (this is recommended), simply hit \\
+the ENTER key." \\
+0 0 0 \\
+EOF
+ for swappartition in $SWAPLIST ; do
+ PARTSIZE=$(get_part_size $swappartition)
+ cat << EOF >> $TMP/tmpscript
+"$swappartition" "Linux swap partition, ${PARTSIZE}" on \\
+EOF
+ done
+ cat << EOF >> $TMP/tmpscript
+ 2> $TMP/SeTuseswap
+EOF
+ . $TMP/tmpscript
+ if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then
+ rm -f $TMP/tmpscript $TMP/SeTswap $TMP/SeTuseswap
+ touch $TMP/SeTswapskip
+ fi
+
+ if [ -r $TMP/SeTuseswap ]; then
+ # Remove extra quotes from SeTuseswap, if any:
+ cat $TMP/SeTuseswap | tr -d \" > $TMP/SeTfoo
+ mv $TMP/SeTfoo $TMP/SeTuseswap
+
+ # Were any swap partitions asked for?
+ if [ "$(cat $TMP/SeTuseswap)" = "" -a ! -r $TMP/SeTswapskip ]; then
+ rm -f $TMP/tmpscript $TMP/SeTswap $TMP/SeTuseswap
+ touch $TMP/SeTswapskip
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if [ ! -r $TMP/SeTswapskip ]; then
+ dialog --backtitle "Setting up swap partitions." \
+ --title "CHECK SWAP PARTITIONS FOR BAD BLOCKS?" --defaultno --yesno \
+"Slackware Setup will now prepare your system's swap space. \
+When formatting swap partitions with mkswap you may also check \
+them for bad blocks. This is not the default since nearly all \
+modern hard drives check themselves for bad blocks anyway. \
+Would you like to check for bad blocks while running mkswap?" \
+10 60
+ if [ $? = 0 ]; then
+ CHECKBAD=yes
+ else
+ CHECKBAD=no
+ fi
+
+ # Run mkswap on swap partitions, unless they are already in use:
+ for swappartition in $(cat $TMP/SeTuseswap) ; do
+ if ! grep -w $swappartition /proc/swaps 1> $REDIR 2> $REDIR ; then
+ if [ "$CHECKBAD" = "no" ]; then
+ mkswap -v1 $swappartition 1> $REDIR 2> $REDIR
+ else
+ mkswap -c -v1 $swappartition 1> $REDIR 2> $REDIR
+ fi
+ echo "Activating swap partition ${swappartition}:"
+ echo "swapon ${swappartition}"
+ swapon $swappartition 1> $REDIR 2> $REDIR
+ fi
+ done
+
+ # This is so people don't ask what that output was that flashed
+ # by on the screen. ;-)
+ sleep 1
+
+ # Add the swap partitions to the file that will go into /etc/fstab:
+ for swappartition in $(cat $TMP/SeTuseswap) ; do
+ printf "%-16s %-16s %-11s %-16s %-3s %s\n" "$swappartition" "swap" "swap" "defaults" "0" "0" >> $TMP/SeTswap
+ done
+
+ echo "Your swapspace has been configured. This information will" > $TMP/swapmsg
+ echo "be added to your /etc/fstab:" >> $TMP/swapmsg
+ echo >> $TMP/swapmsg
+ cat $TMP/SeTswap >> $TMP/swapmsg
+ dialog --title "SWAP SPACE CONFIGURED" --exit-label OK --textbox $TMP/swapmsg 10 72
+ rm $TMP/swapmsg
+ fi
+fi
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/migrate.sh b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/migrate.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..8c1de44a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/migrate.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+TMP=/var/log/setup/tmp
+T_PX="`cat $TMP/SeTT_PX`"
+#
+# Like, the space is *really* getting tight on these install disks!
+# Can you believe it? Anyway, we can avoid many problems by migrating
+# the $TMP directory onto the install partition ASAP. So, this script
+# is run right after the TARGET partition is configured and mounted
+# under ${T_PX}.
+#
+
+TMPLINK="`LC_ALL=C /bin/ls -l /var/log/setup/tmp | tr -s ' ' | cut -f 11 -d ' '`"
+if [ -L /var/log/setup/tmp -a "$TMPLINK" = "/tmp" ]; then
+ if mount | grep " on ${T_PX} " 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null ; then # ${T_PX} mounted
+ TYPE="`mount | grep " on ${T_PX} " | cut -f 5 -d ' '`"
+ if [ "$TYPE" = "umsdos" ]; then
+ LINKDIR=${T_PX}/linux/var/log/setup/tmp
+ else
+ LINKDIR=${T_PX}/var/log/setup/tmp
+ fi
+ if [ ! -d $LINKDIR ]; then
+ mkdir -p $LINKDIR
+ chmod 700 $LINKDIR
+ fi
+ ( cd /var/log/setup
+ rm tmp
+ ln -sf $LINKDIR tmp )
+ rm -f $LINKDIR/SeT*
+ mv /tmp/SeT* $LINKDIR
+ fi
+fi
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/nopartHELP b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/nopartHELP
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5214a0e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/nopartHELP
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+
+You have not yet designated any disk partitions as type Linux.
+
+If you are planning to use OS/2 Boot Manager, make your Linux
+partitions with OS/2 fdisk (or Partition Magic, which also
+includes Boot Manager), format them, reboot this disk, and then
+use Linux fdisk to tag the partitions as type 83 (Linux).
+
+Linux fdisk will select a default device when called without
+arguments, and from there it is menu driven. If you don't want
+to partition the default device, then call fdisk with the device
+you want as the argument, like this:
+
+fdisk /dev/hdb
+
+or this:
+
+fdisk /dev/sda
+
+If you are not using the OS/2 Boot Manager, then you may use Linux
+fdisk to create partitions for Linux. Other than the exception for
+the OS/2 Boot Manager, you are usually better off creating
+partitions for a given OS using a partitioning tool native to that
+OS. In other words, you probably shouldn't try to make your DOS or
+other non-Linux partitions with the Linux fdisk.
+
+"cfdisk" is an equally good version of Linux fdisk that is more
+graphical and menu driven. Many people prefer to use "cfdisk".
+
+Please make one or more partitions for Linux, and try setup again.
+If you haven't already, you might want to also make a swap partition
+while you're in fdisk. 64 megabytes would be a minimum starting size
+for a single user system. Linux swap is tagged as type 82.
+
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/pxesetup b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/pxesetup
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..fb7831a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/pxesetup
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# Copyright 2011 Eric Hameleers, Eindhoven, NL
+# Copyright 2011 Patrick Volkerding, Sebeka, Minnesota USA
+# All rights reserved.
+#
+# Redistribution and use of this script, with or without modification, is
+# permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+#
+# 1. Redistributions of this script must retain the above copyright
+# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+#
+# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+# WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+# MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
+# EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+# SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+# PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;
+# OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
+# WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
+# OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
+# ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+#
+# Bug reports, suggestions, etc for pxesetup: alien@slackware.com
+#
+TMP=/var/log/setup/tmp
+if [ ! -d $TMP ]; then
+ mkdir -p $TMP
+fi
+rm -f $TMP/SeT*
+# If a keymap was set up, restore that data:
+if [ -r $TMP/Pkeymap ]; then
+ cp $TMP/Pkeymap $TMP/SeTkeymap
+fi
+echo "on" > $TMP/SeTcolor # turn on color menus
+PATH="$PATH:/usr/lib/setup"
+export PATH;
+export COLOR=on
+# Before probing, activate any LVM partitions that may exist from
+# before the boot - perhaps the Slackware tree is on a local partition:
+vgchange -ay 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null
+if probe -l 2> /dev/null | grep -E 'Linux$' 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null ; then
+ probe -l 2> /dev/null | grep -E 'Linux$' | sort 1> $TMP/SeTplist 2> /dev/null
+fi
+
+while [ 0 ]; do
+
+ dialog --title "Slackware PXE Setup (version 13.37)" \
+--menu \
+"Welcome to Slackware PXE Setup.\n\
+Select an option below using the UP/DOWN keys and SPACE or ENTER.\n\
+Alternate keys may also be used: '+', '-', and TAB." 18 72 9 \
+"HELP" "Read the Slackware PXE Setup HELP file" \
+"NETWORK" "Configure your network parameters" \
+"SOURCE" "Select source media" \
+"ACTIVATE" "Activate the Slackware PXE Server" \
+"EXIT" "Exit Slackware PXE Setup" 2> $TMP/hdset
+ if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then
+ rm -f $TMP/hdset $TMP/SeT*
+ exit
+ fi
+ MAINSELECT="`cat $TMP/hdset`"
+ rm $TMP/hdset
+
+ # Start checking what to do. Some modules may reset MAINSELECT to run the
+ # next item in line.
+
+ if [ "$MAINSELECT" = "HELP" ]; then
+ SeTPXEHELP
+ fi
+
+ if [ "$MAINSELECT" = "NETWORK" ]; then
+ SeTnet
+ SeTpxe
+ if [ -r $TMP/SeTpxe ]; then
+ MAINSELECT="SOURCE"
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if [ "$MAINSELECT" = "SOURCE" ]; then
+ SeTpxemedia
+ if [ -r $TMP/SeTsource ]; then
+ MAINSELECT="ACTIVATE"
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if [ "$MAINSELECT" = "ACTIVATE" ]; then
+ if [ ! -r $TMP/SeTpxe -o ! -r $TMP/SeTsource ]; then
+ dialog --title "CANNOT START PXE SERVER YET" --msgbox "\
+\n\
+Before you can start the PXE Server, complete the following tasks:\n\
+\n\
+1. Set up your computer's network parameters.\n\
+2. Select your source media.\n\
+\n\
+Press ENTER to return to the main menu." 14 68
+ continue
+ fi
+ # Time to start the BOOTP/TFTP/HTTP servers:
+ dnsmasq -C /etc/dnsmasq.conf
+ httpd -h /var/log/mount
+
+ dialog --backtitle "Slackware PXE Server." \
+ --title "PXE Client activity log" \
+ --ok-label "EXIT" \
+ --tailbox /var/log/dnsmasq.log 18 68
+
+ # Time to kill the BOOTP/TFTP/HTTP servers:
+ kill -TERM $(cat /var/run/dnsmasq.pid)
+ killall -TERM httpd
+ fi
+
+ if [ "$MAINSELECT" = "EXIT" ]; then
+ break
+ fi
+
+done # end of main loop
+
+# end slackware PXE setup script
+
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/setup b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/setup
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..f30064a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/setup
@@ -0,0 +1,443 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# Copyright 1993, 1994, 1999 Patrick Volkerding, Moorhead, Minnesota USA
+# Copyright 2001, 2003, 2004 Slackware Linux, Inc., Concord, CA
+# Copyright 2006, 2007, 2018 Patrick Volkerding, Sebeka, Minnesota USA
+# All rights reserved.
+#
+# Redistribution and use of this script, with or without modification, is
+# permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+#
+# 1. Redistributions of this script must retain the above copyright
+# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+#
+# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+# WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+# MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
+# EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+# SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+# PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;
+# OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
+# WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
+# OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
+# ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+#
+# As always, bug reports, suggestions, etc: volkerdi@slackware.com
+#
+TMP=/var/log/setup/tmp
+if [ ! -d $TMP ]; then
+ mkdir -p $TMP
+fi
+# Wipe the probe md5sum to force rescanning partitions if setup is restarted:
+rm -f $TMP/SeTpartition.md5
+## FLOPPY? Comment out this obsolete code. We ain't gonna need it.
+## Use /tmp on floppy for now:
+#/usr/lib/setup/unmigrate.sh
+rm -f $TMP/SeT*
+# If a keymap was set up, restore that data:
+if [ -r $TMP/Pkeymap ]; then
+ cp $TMP/Pkeymap $TMP/SeTkeymap
+fi
+echo "on" > $TMP/SeTcolor # turn on color menus
+PATH="$PATH:/usr/lib/setup"
+export PATH;
+export COLOR=on
+dialog --backtitle "Slackware Linux Setup" --infobox "\n
+Scanning your system for partition information...\n
+\n" 5 55
+# In case the machine is full of fast SSDs:
+sleep 1
+# Before probing, activate any LVM partitions
+# that may exist from before the boot:
+vgchange -ay 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null
+if probe -l 2> /dev/null | grep -E 'Linux$' 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null ; then
+ probe -l 2> /dev/null | grep -E 'Linux$' | sort 1> $TMP/SeTplist 2> /dev/null
+else
+ dialog --title "NO LINUX PARTITIONS DETECTED" \
+ --msgbox "There don't seem to be any partitions on this machine of type \
+Linux. You'll need to make at least one of these to install Linux. \
+To do this, you'll need to leave 'setup', and make the partitions using \
+'cfdisk' (MBR partitions) or 'cgdisk' (GPT partitions). For more \
+information, read the 'setup' help file from the next menu." 10 64
+fi
+if [ -d /sys/firmware/efi ]; then
+ if ! probe -l 2> /dev/null | grep "EFI System Partition" 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null ; then
+ dialog --title "NO EFI SYSTEM PARTITION DETECTED" \
+ --msgbox "This machine appears to be using EFI/UEFI, but no EFI System \
+Partition was found. You'll need to make an EFI System Partition in order \
+to boot from the hard drive. To do this, leave 'setup', and \
+use 'cgdisk' to make a 100MB partition of type EF00. For more information, \
+read the 'setup' help file from the next menu." 10 64
+ fi
+fi
+T_PX="/mnt"
+echo "$T_PX" > $TMP/SeTT_PX
+ROOT_DEVICE="`mount | grep "on / " | cut -f 1 -d ' '`"
+echo "$ROOT_DEVICE" > $TMP/SeTrootdev
+if mount | grep /var/log/mount 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null ; then # clear source
+ umount /var/log/mount # location
+fi
+# Anything mounted on /var/log/mount now is a fatal error:
+if mount | grep /var/log/mount 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null ; then
+ echo "Can't umount /var/log/mount. Reboot machine and run setup again."
+ exit
+fi
+# If the mount table is corrupt, the above might not do it, so we will
+# try to detect Linux and FAT32 partitions that have slipped by:
+if [ -d /var/log/mount/lost+found -o -d /var/log/mount/recycled \
+ -o -r /var/log/mount/io.sys ]; then
+ echo "Mount table corrupt. Reboot machine and run setup again."
+ exit
+fi
+rm -f /var/log/mount 2> /dev/null
+rmdir /var/log/mount 2> /dev/null
+mkdir /var/log/mount 2> /dev/null
+
+while [ 0 ]; do
+
+ dialog --title "Slackware Linux Setup (version 12.2)" \
+--menu \
+"Welcome to Slackware Linux Setup.\n\
+Select an option below using the UP/DOWN keys and SPACE or ENTER.\n\
+Alternate keys may also be used: '+', '-', and TAB." 18 72 9 \
+"HELP" "Read the Slackware Setup HELP file" \
+"KEYMAP" "Remap your keyboard if you're not using a US one" \
+"ADDSWAP" "Set up your swap partition(s)" \
+"TARGET" "Set up your target partitions" \
+"SOURCE" "Select source media" \
+"SELECT" "Select categories of software to install" \
+"INSTALL" "Install selected software" \
+"CONFIGURE" "Reconfigure your Linux system" \
+"EXIT" "Exit Slackware Linux Setup" 2> $TMP/hdset
+ if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then
+ rm -f $TMP/hdset $TMP/SeT*
+ exit
+ fi
+ MAINSELECT="`cat $TMP/hdset`"
+ rm $TMP/hdset
+
+ # Start checking what to do. Some modules may reset MAINSELECT to run the
+ # next item in line.
+
+ if [ "$MAINSELECT" = "HELP" ]; then
+ SeTfdHELP
+ fi
+
+ if [ "$MAINSELECT" = "KEYMAP" ]; then
+ SeTkeymap
+ if [ -r $TMP/SeTkeymap ]; then
+ MAINSELECT="ADDSWAP"
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if [ "$MAINSELECT" = "MAKE TAGS" ]; then
+ SeTmaketag
+ fi
+
+ if [ "$MAINSELECT" = "ADDSWAP" ]; then
+ SeTswap
+ if [ -r $TMP/SeTswap ]; then
+ MAINSELECT="TARGET"
+ elif [ -r $TMP/SeTswapskip ]; then
+ # Go ahead to TARGET without swap space:
+ MAINSELECT="TARGET"
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if [ "$MAINSELECT" = "TARGET" ]; then
+ SeTpartitions
+ SeTEFI
+ SeTDOS
+ if [ -r $TMP/SeTnative ]; then
+ MAINSELECT="SOURCE"
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if [ "$MAINSELECT" = "SOURCE" ]; then
+ SeTmedia
+ if [ -r $TMP/SeTsource ]; then
+ MAINSELECT="SELECT"
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if [ "$MAINSELECT" = "SELECT" ]; then
+ if [ -r /var/log/mount/isolinux/setpkg ]; then
+ sh /var/log/mount/isolinux/setpkg
+ else
+ SeTPKG
+ fi
+ if [ -r $TMP/SeTSERIES ]; then
+ MAINSELECT="INSTALL"
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if [ "$MAINSELECT" = "INSTALL" ]; then
+ if [ ! -r $TMP/SeTSERIES -o ! -r $TMP/SeTsource -o ! -r $TMP/SeTnative ]; then
+ dialog --title "CANNOT INSTALL SOFTWARE YET" --msgbox "\
+\n\
+Before you can install software, complete the following tasks:\n\
+\n\
+1. Select your source media.\n\
+2. Set up your target Linux partition(s).\n\
+3. Select which software categories to install.\n\
+\n\
+You may also optionally remap your keyboard and set up your\n\
+swap partition(s). \n\
+\n\
+Press ENTER to return to the main menu." 16 68
+ continue
+ fi
+ SERIES="`cat $TMP/SeTSERIES`"
+ SOURCE_DEVICE="`cat $TMP/SeTsource`"
+ IGNORE_TAGFILES=""
+ while [ 0 ]; do
+ dialog --title "SELECT PROMPTING MODE" --default-item "terse" --menu \
+ "Now you must select the type of prompts you'd like to see during the \
+installation process. If you have the drive space, the 'full' option \
+is quick, easy, and by far the most foolproof choice. The 'newbie' \
+mode provides the most information but is much more time-consuming \
+(presenting the packages one by one) than the menu-based choices. \
+Otherwise, you can pick packages from menus \
+using 'expert' or 'menu' mode. Which type of prompting would you like \
+to use?" \
+ 20 76 7 \
+ "full" "Install everything (9+ GB of software, RECOMMENDED!)" \
+ "terse" "Like 'full', but display one line per package during install" \
+ "menu" "Choose individual packages from interactive menus" \
+ "expert" "This is actually the same as the \"menu\" option" \
+ "newbie" "Use verbose prompting (the X series takes one year)" \
+ "custom" "Use custom tagfiles in the package directories" \
+ "tagpath" "Use tagfiles in the subdirectories of a custom path" \
+ "help" "Read the prompt mode help file" 2> $TMP/SeTpmode
+ if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then
+ rm -f $TMP/SeTpmode
+ exit
+ fi
+ MODE="`cat $TMP/SeTpmode`"
+ rm -f $TMP/SeTtagext
+ if [ "$MODE" = "help" ]; then
+ dialog --title "PROMPT MODE HELP" --exit-label OK --textbox "/usr/lib/setup/PROMPThelp" 19 65
+ fi
+ if [ "$MODE" = "tagpath" ]; then
+ dialog --title "PROVIDE A CUSTOM PATH TO YOUR TAGFILES" --inputbox \
+ "If you're installing from CD or DVD, it's impossible to edit the \
+tagfiles that are in the package directories. In this case, you might \
+want to provide a path to your custom tagfiles. As an example, you \
+could create a /tagfiles directory and mount a floppy disk containing \
+the tagfiles on that directory. Then you'd enter '/tagfiles' at the \
+prompt below. The setup program will look for your tagfile in \
+SUBDIRECTORIES of the path you provide, such as /tagfiles/a, \
+/tagfiles/ap, /tagfiles/d, and so on. You only need to provide a \
+subdirectory and tagfile for the first disk of each series to be \
+installed. If a custom tagfile is not found at the path you provide, \
+setup will revert to the default tagfiles. Please enter the path to your \
+custom tagfiles:" \
+ 19 71 2> $TMP/SeTtagpath
+ if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then
+ continue
+ fi
+ if [ -r $TMP/SeTtagpath ]; then
+ if [ "`cat $TMP/SeTtagpath`" = "" ]; then
+ rm -f $TMP/SeTtagpath
+ elif [ ! -d "$(cat $TMP/SeTtagpath)" ]; then
+ dialog --title "NOT A VALID DIRECTORY" --msgbox \
+"Sorry, but the $(cat $TMP/SeTtagpath) directory could not be located. \
+Press ENTER to go back to the SELECT PROMPTING MODE menu." \
+7 65
+ rm -f $TMP/SeTtagpath
+ continue
+ fi
+ fi
+ break;
+ fi
+ if [ "$MODE" = "newbie" ]; then
+ dialog --infobox "'newbie' prompt mode selected. Using default tagfiles \
+and verbose package prompting." 4 50
+ break;
+ fi
+ if [ "$MODE" = "custom" ]; then
+ dialog --title "ENTER CUSTOM EXTENSION" --inputbox "Now, enter the custom \
+extension you have used for your tagfiles. This must be a valid MS-DOS format \
+file extension consisting of a period followed by three characters. For \
+example, I use '.pat'. You might see my tagfiles on your disks. :^)" \
+12 60 2> $TMP/SeTtagext
+ if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then
+ continue
+ fi
+ if [ -r $TMP/SeTtagext ]; then
+ if [ "`cat $TMP/SeTtagext`" = "" ]; then
+ rm -f $TMP/SeTtagext
+ fi
+ fi
+ dialog --infobox "'custom' prompt mode selected. Using prompting defaults \
+found in custom tagfiles." 4 50
+ break;
+ fi
+ if [ "$MODE" = "full" ]; then
+ IGNORE_TAGFILES="-ignore_tagfiles"
+ dialog --infobox "Full installation mode. Installing all software \
+packages without prompting." 4 45
+ break;
+ fi
+ if [ "$MODE" = "terse" ]; then
+ setterm -background cyan -foreground black -blank 0
+ clear
+ IGNORE_TAGFILES="-ignore_tagfiles"
+ echo
+ echo
+ echo "Full (terse display) installation mode."
+ echo
+ echo "A one-line description will be displayed as each package is installed."
+ echo
+ break;
+ fi
+ if [ "$MODE" = "menu" ]; then
+ dialog --infobox "'menu' prompt mode selected. Using interactive menus \
+to choose subsystems of related packages." 4 60
+ break;
+ fi
+ if [ "$MODE" = "expert" ]; then
+ dialog --infobox "'expert' prompt mode selected. Using interactive menus \
+to choose packages individually." 4 60
+ break;
+ fi
+ done
+ export MAKETAG;
+ sleep 1
+ if [ -r $TMP/SeTCDdev ]; then # only try to remount media if it's a CD/DVD
+ slackinstall --device `cat $TMP/SeTCDdev` --promptmode $MODE --srcpath `cat $TMP/SeTDS` --mountpoint /var/log/mount --target $T_PX --series $SERIES
+ elif [ -r $TMP/SeTremotesvr ]; then
+ slackinstall --device noremount --promptmode $MODE --srcpath `cat $TMP/SeTDS` --mountpoint /var/log/mount --target $T_PX --series $SERIES --net `cat $TMP/SeTremotesvr`
+ else
+ slackinstall --device noremount --promptmode $MODE --srcpath `cat $TMP/SeTDS` --mountpoint /var/log/mount --target $T_PX --series $SERIES
+ fi
+ if [ $MODE = terse ]; then
+ # Let's pause a moment and then restore the terminal settings
+ sleep 1
+ setterm -background black -foreground white -blank 0
+ fi
+ MAINSELECT="CONFIGURE"
+ fi
+
+ if [ "$MAINSELECT" = "CONFIGURE" ]; then
+ SeTconfig
+ REPLACE_FSTAB=Y
+ if [ -r $TMP/SeTnative ]; then
+ if [ -r $T_PX/etc/fstab ]; then
+ dialog --title "REPLACE /etc/fstab?" --yesno "You already have an \
+/etc/fstab on your install partition. If you were just adding software, \
+you should probably keep your old /etc/fstab. If you've changed your \
+partitioning scheme, you should use the new /etc/fstab. Do you want \
+to replace your old /etc/fstab with the new one?" 10 58
+ if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then
+ REPLACE_FSTAB=N
+ fi
+ fi
+ if [ "$REPLACE_FSTAB" = "Y" ]; then
+ cat /dev/null > $T_PX/etc/fstab
+ if [ -r $TMP/SeTswap ]; then
+ cat $TMP/SeTswap > $T_PX/etc/fstab
+ fi
+ cat $TMP/SeTnative >> $T_PX/etc/fstab
+ if [ -r $TMP/SeTDOS ]; then
+ cat $TMP/SeTDOS >> $T_PX/etc/fstab
+ fi
+ printf "%-16s %-16s %-11s %-16s %-3s %s\n" "#/dev/cdrom" "/mnt/cdrom" "auto" "noauto,owner,ro,comment=x-gvfs-show" "0" "0" >> $T_PX/etc/fstab
+ printf "%-16s %-16s %-11s %-16s %-3s %s\n" "/dev/fd0" "/mnt/floppy" "auto" "noauto,owner" "0" "0" >> $T_PX/etc/fstab
+ printf "%-16s %-16s %-11s %-16s %-3s %s\n" "devpts" "/dev/pts" "devpts" "gid=5,mode=620" "0" "0" >> $T_PX/etc/fstab
+ printf "%-16s %-16s %-11s %-16s %-3s %s\n" "proc" "/proc" "proc" "defaults" "0" "0" >> $T_PX/etc/fstab
+ printf "%-16s %-16s %-11s %-16s %-3s %s\n" "tmpfs" "/dev/shm" "tmpfs" "nosuid,nodev,noexec" "0" "0" >> $T_PX/etc/fstab
+ fi
+ dialog --title "SETUP COMPLETE" --msgbox "System configuration \
+and installation is complete. \
+\n\nYou may now reboot your system." 7 55
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if [ "$MAINSELECT" = "EXIT" ]; then
+ break
+ fi
+
+done # end of main loop
+sync
+
+chmod 755 $T_PX
+if [ -d $T_PX/tmp ]; then
+ chmod 1777 $T_PX/tmp
+fi
+if mount | grep /var/log/mntiso 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null ; then
+ umount -f /var/log/mntiso
+fi
+if mount | grep /var/log/mount 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null ; then
+ umount /var/log/mount
+fi
+# Anything mounted on /var/log/mount now is a fatal error:
+if mount | grep /var/log/mount 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null ; then
+ exit
+fi
+# If the mount table is corrupt, the above might not do it, so we will
+# try to detect Linux and FAT32 partitions that have slipped by:
+if [ -d /var/log/mount/lost+found -o -d /var/log/mount/recycled \
+ -o -r /var/log/mount/io.sys ]; then
+ exit
+fi
+rm -f /var/log/mount 2> /dev/null
+rmdir /var/log/mount 2> /dev/null
+mkdir /var/log/mount 2> /dev/null
+chmod 755 /var/log/mount
+
+# An fstab file is indicative of an OS installation, rather than
+# just loading the "setup" script and selecting "EXIT"
+if [ -f ${T_PX}/etc/fstab ]; then
+ # umount CD:
+ if [ -r $TMP/SeTCDdev ]; then
+ if mount | grep iso9660 > /dev/null 2> /dev/null ; then
+ umount `mount | grep iso9660 | cut -f 1 -d ' '`
+ fi
+ eject -s `cat $TMP/SeTCDdev`
+ # Tell the user to remove the disc, if one had previously been mounted
+ # (it should now be ejected):
+ dialog \
+ --clear \
+ --title "Slackware Linux Setup is complete" "$@" \
+ --msgbox "\nPlease remove the installation disc.\n" 7 40
+ fi
+ # Offer to reboot or drop to shell:
+ dialog \
+ --title "Slackware Linux Setup is complete" "$@" \
+ --yesno \
+ "\nWould you like to reboot your system?\n\n\n\
+If you choose \"No\", you will be dropped to a shell.\n" 11 50
+ retval=$?
+ if [ $retval = 1 ]; then
+ clear
+ echo
+ echo "You may now reboot your system once you are ready."
+ echo "You can issue the 'reboot' command; or if your system has"
+ echo "a keyboard attached, you can use the key combination: control+alt+delete"
+ echo
+ else
+ touch /reboot
+ fi
+fi
+
+# Fix the date:
+/sbin/fixdate
+
+# final cleanup
+rm -f $TMP/tagfile $TMP/SeT* $TMP/tar-error $TMP/PKGTOOL_REMOVED
+rm -f /var/log/mount/treecache
+rmdir /var/log/mntiso 2>/dev/null
+rm -rf $TMP/treecache
+rm -rf $TMP/pkgcache
+rmdir ${T_PX}/tmp/orbit-root 2> /dev/null
+
+# If the OS had been installed and the user elected to reboot:
+if [ -f /reboot ]; then
+ clear
+ echo "** Starting reboot **"
+ sleep 1
+ reboot
+fi
+
+# end slackware setup script
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/slackinstall b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/slackinstall
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..1d16abde
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/slackinstall
@@ -0,0 +1,254 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# Copyright 2003 Slackware Linux, Inc., Concord, CA USA
+# Copyright 2009 Patrick J. Volkerding, Sebeka, MN, USA
+# All rights reserved.
+#
+# Redistribution and use of this script, with or without modification, is
+# permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+#
+# 1. Redistributions of this script must retain the above copyright
+# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+#
+# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+# WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+# MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
+# EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+# SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+# PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;
+# OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
+# WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
+# OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
+# ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+#
+
+# globals
+
+TMP=/var/log/setup/tmp
+
+# functions
+
+get_pkg () {
+ # Download a package from a remote server.
+ # $1 == package series
+ # $2 == package base name
+ # $3 == additional options to the downloader (like, '-v')
+ # REMOTESVR points to the root of the slackware tree, and is composed of
+ # comma-separated values (protocol://remote_ipaddr[:portnumber],remote_root)
+ # like this example: 'ftp://192.168.0.22,/pub/slackware-12.1'
+ local REMOTE_URL=$(echo $REMOTESVR | cut -d, -f1)
+ local REMOTE_ROOT=$(echo $REMOTESVR | cut -d, -f2)
+ PKGBASE=$(basename $(basename $(basename $(basename $2 .tgz) .tbz) .tlz) .txz)
+ local PKGSIZE=`cat \`cat $TMP/SeTDS\`/${1}/${PKGBASE}.size`
+ # So Pat does not get a seizure ;-)
+ #dialog --title "FTP/HTTP DOWNLOAD ==> series '$1' <==" --infobox \
+ # "Downloading ${2} ($PKGSIZE) ..." 3 72
+ mkdir -p `cat $TMP/SeTDS`/${1}
+ cat /dev/null > `cat $TMP/SeTDS`/${1}/${2}
+ cat /dev/null > `cat $TMP/SeTDS`/${1}/${PKGBASE}.txt
+ wget $3 -c -P `cat $TMP/SeTDS`/${1} \
+ $REMOTE_URL$REMOTE_ROOT/slackware/${1}/${PKGBASE}.txt
+ wget $3 -c -P `cat $TMP/SeTDS`/${1} \
+ $REMOTE_URL$REMOTE_ROOT/slackware/${1}/${2}
+ if [ $? -ne 0 ]; then # One retry for aborted transfers
+ wget $3 -c -P `cat $TMP/SeTDS`/${1} \
+ $REMOTE_URL$REMOTE_ROOT/slackware/${1}/${2}
+ fi
+ if [ $? -ne 0 ]; then
+ dialog --title "FTP/HTTP DOWNLOAD FAILURE" --msgbox \
+ "Downloading ${2} FAILED." 5 72
+ fi
+}
+
+zap_pkg () {
+ # Cleanup a download from a remote server.
+ # $1 == package series
+ # $2 == package name
+ PKGBASE=$(basename $(basename $(basename $(basename $2 .tgz) .tbz) .tlz) .txz)
+ cat /dev/null > `cat $TMP/SeTDS`/${1}/${2} # zero the local file
+ rm -f `cat $TMP/SeTDS`/${1}/${PKGBASE}.txt # remove the description file
+}
+
+updatetagfiles() {
+ if [ $MODE = newbie -o $MODE = full -o $MODE = terse ]; then
+ cat $TMP/series/series.in | while read series ; do
+ if [ -r $SRCPATH/$series/tagfile ]; then
+ mkdir -p $TMP/tagfiles/$series
+ cp -a $SRCPATH/$1/tagfile $TMP/tagfiles/$series
+ fi
+ done
+ elif [ $MODE = tagpath ]; then
+ cp -a `cat $TMP/SeTtagpath`/* $TMP/tagfiles
+ elif [ $MODE = custom ]; then
+ mkdir -p $TMP/tagfiles/$series
+ cp -a $SRCPATH/$series/tagfile`cat $TMP/SeTtagext` $TMP/tagfiles/$series/tagfile
+ elif [ $MODE = menu -o $MODE = expert ]; then
+ cat $TMP/series/series.in | while read series ; do
+ if [ $MODE = menu ]; then
+ if [ -r $SRCPATH/$series/maketag.ez ]; then
+ sh $SRCPATH/$series/maketag.ez
+ fi
+ else
+ if [ -r $SRCPATH/$series/maketag ]; then
+ sh $SRCPATH/$series/maketag
+ fi
+ fi
+ if [ -r $TMP/SeTnewtag ]; then
+ mkdir -p $TMP/tagfiles/$series
+ mv $TMP/SeTnewtag $TMP/tagfiles/$series/tagfile
+ fi
+ done
+ fi
+}
+
+errorcode() {
+ if [ $1 = 99 ]; then
+ # User aborted installation
+ exit 1
+ else
+ dialog --timeout 600 --title "installpkg error #$1" --msgbox \
+"There was a fatal error attempting to install $2. The package may \
+be corrupt, the installation media may be bad, one of the target \
+drives may be full, or something else \
+has caused the package to be unable to be read without error. You \
+may hit enter to continue if you wish, but if this is an important \
+required package then your installation may not work as-is." 11 70
+ fi
+}
+
+installseries() {
+ if [ -d $SRCPATH/$1 ]; then
+ # First, make sure our tagfiles are in order:
+ if [ ! -r $TMP/tagfiles/$1/tagfile -a ! $MODE = full -a ! $MODE = terse ]; then
+ updatetagfiles $1
+ fi
+ # First, make sure there's at least one package:
+ if ! ls $SRCPATH/$series/*.t?z 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null ; then
+ return 1
+ fi
+ if [ "$MODE" = "terse" ]; then
+ echo " >> Installing package series $(echo $1 | tr [a-z] [A-Z])"
+ else
+ dialog --infobox "
+Installing package series ==>$1<==
+" 5 45
+ fi
+ sleep 1
+ # Install the package series:
+ for package in $SRCPATH/$series/*.t?z ; do
+ if [ "$MODE" = "full" ]; then # install the package
+ [ "x$REMOTESVR" != "x" ] && get_pkg $series $(basename $package) '-q'
+ installpkg -root $ROOTDIR -infobox -priority ADD $package
+ ERROR=$?
+ elif [ "$MODE" = "terse" ]; then # install the package with terse description
+ [ "x$REMOTESVR" != "x" ] && get_pkg $series $(basename $package) '-q'
+ installpkg -root $ROOTDIR -terse -priority ADD $package
+ ERROR=$?
+ else
+ if [ "x$REMOTESVR" != "x" ]; then
+ grep "^$(echo $(basename $package) | rev | cut -f4- -d '-' | rev):" \
+ $TMP/tagfiles/$1/tagfile | grep -qw SKP \
+ || get_pkg $series $(basename $package) '-q'
+ fi
+ installpkg -root $ROOTDIR -menu -tagfile $TMP/tagfiles/$1/tagfile $package
+ ERROR=$?
+ fi
+ if [ ! $ERROR = 0 ]; then
+ errorcode $ERROR $package
+ fi
+ [ "x$REMOTESVR" != "x" ] && zap_pkg $series $(basename $package)
+ done
+ # A "README_SPLIT.TXT" file means the series continues on another CD:
+ if [ -r $SRCPATH/$series/README_SPLIT.TXT -o -r $SRCPATH/$series/readme_split.txt ] ; then
+ # Defer until later.
+ echo $1 >> $TMP/series/series.out
+ fi
+ else # requested, but not on media. defer until later.
+ echo $1 >> $TMP/series/series.out
+ fi
+}
+
+remount_disc() {
+ umount $DEVICE 2> /dev/null
+ eject -s $DEVICE 2> /dev/null
+ dialog --title "INSERT NEXT DISC" --menu "Please insert the next Slackware disc and \
+press ENTER to continue installing packages." \
+10 62 2 \
+ "Continue" "Install packages from the next disc" \
+ "Quit" "Quit installing packages and finish up" 2> $TMP/reply
+ if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then
+ REPLY="Quit"
+ else
+ REPLY="`cat $TMP/reply`"
+ fi
+ rm -f $TMP/reply
+ if [ "$REPLY" = "Quit" ]; then
+ errorcode 99
+ fi;
+ # Recently, mounting has become unreliable at this point.
+ # Not sure if it's udev, or what, but we have seen
+ # mount: /dev/sr0: unknown device
+ # We will attempt to mount several times to attempt to make
+ # this less likely to fail.
+ for attempt in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ; do
+ mount $DEVICE $MOUNTPOINT 2> /dev/null
+ if [ $? = 0 ]; then
+ break
+ fi
+ sleep 7
+ done
+ if [ "$MODE" = "terse" ]; then
+ setterm -background cyan -foreground black -blank 0
+ fi
+}
+
+# /* main */
+
+# Process command line:
+if [ $# -gt 0 ]; then # there are arguments to the command
+ while [ $# -gt 0 ]; do
+ case "$1" in
+ "--promptmode")
+ MODE=`echo $2` ; shift 2 ;;
+ "--srcpath")
+ SRCPATH=`echo $2` ; shift 2 ;;
+ "--mountpoint")
+ MOUNTPOINT=`echo $2` ; shift 2 ;;
+ "--target")
+ ROOTDIR=`echo $2` ; shift 2 ;;
+ "--device")
+ DEVICE=`echo $2` ; shift 2 ;;
+ "--series")
+ SERIES=`echo $2` ; shift 2 ;;
+ "--net")
+ REMOTESVR=`echo $2` ; shift 2 ;;
+ *)
+ echo "Unrecognized option $1" ; shift 1 ;;
+ esac
+ done
+else
+ exit 1;
+fi
+# Empty out temporary directories:
+rm -rf $TMP/series $TMP/tagfiles
+mkdir -p $TMP/series $TMP/tagfiles
+# Create initial list of series to install:
+for series in `echo $SERIES | tr "#" " "` ; do
+ echo $series | tr A-Z a-z >> $TMP/series/series.in
+done
+# Main loop:
+while [ -r $TMP/series/series.in ]; do
+ cat $TMP/series/series.in | while read series ; do
+ installseries $series;
+ done
+ rm -f $TMP/series/series.in
+ if [ -r $TMP/series/series.out ]; then
+ mv $TMP/series/series.out $TMP/series/series.in
+ if [ "$DEVICE" = "noremount" ]; then
+ # we've done all we can here
+ break
+ else # see if there's anything we need on the next disc
+ remount_disc
+ fi
+ fi
+done
+
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/unmigrate.sh b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/unmigrate.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..fa374bcd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/setup/unmigrate.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# This resets the temporary directory to /tmp on the floppy in the
+# case where it's been changed during a previous 'setup' run. This
+# should be done before $TMP is cleared.
+#
+
+TMPLINK="`LC_ALL=C /bin/ls -l /var/log/setup/tmp | tr -s ' ' | cut -f 11 -d ' '`"
+if [ -L /var/log/setup/tmp -a ! "$TMPLINK" = "/tmp" ]; then
+ ( cd /var/log/setup
+ rm tmp
+ ln -sf /tmp tmp )
+fi
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/terminfo b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/terminfo
new file mode 120000
index 00000000..32e6eb76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/lib/terminfo
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+../share/terminfo \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/man/cat1 b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/man/cat1
new file mode 120000
index 00000000..f9f965cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/man/cat1
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+man1 \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/man/cat3 b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/man/cat3
new file mode 120000
index 00000000..66d2fdab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/man/cat3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+man3 \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/man/cat5 b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/man/cat5
new file mode 120000
index 00000000..619c11e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/man/cat5
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+man5 \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/man/cat8 b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/man/cat8
new file mode 120000
index 00000000..80f21f85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/usr/man/cat8
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+man8 \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/var/adm b/source/installer/sources/initrd/var/adm
new file mode 120000
index 00000000..fbf828d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/var/adm
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+log \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.0 b/source/installer/sources/initrd/var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.0
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c82f91a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.0
Binary files differ
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg/default b/source/installer/sources/initrd/var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg/default
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e69de29b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg/default
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/var/lib/tftpboot/slackpxe.cfg b/source/installer/sources/initrd/var/lib/tftpboot/slackpxe.cfg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..47e285b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/var/lib/tftpboot/slackpxe.cfg
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+REMOTE_URL=@REMOTE_URL@
+REMOTE_PATH=@REMOTE_PATH@
+
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/var/log/packages b/source/installer/sources/initrd/var/log/packages
new file mode 120000
index 00000000..89c9c896
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/var/log/packages
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+/mnt/var/log/packages \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/var/log/scripts b/source/installer/sources/initrd/var/log/scripts
new file mode 120000
index 00000000..5fc539ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/var/log/scripts
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+/mnt/var/log/scripts \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/var/log/setup/tmp b/source/installer/sources/initrd/var/log/setup/tmp
new file mode 120000
index 00000000..cad23091
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/var/log/setup/tmp
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+/tmp \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/source/installer/sources/initrd/var/log/wtmp b/source/installer/sources/initrd/var/log/wtmp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e69de29b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/installer/sources/initrd/var/log/wtmp